IBM Infoprint Color 1454, 1464 Parts List, Service Manual

IBM
Infoprint Color 1454, 1464

4924-xx
Table of Contents
Start Diagnostics
Safety and Notices
Trademarks
Index
and with diamond design are trademarks of
International, Inc., registered in the United States and/
or other countries.

Edition: September 2004
The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the
information herein; these changes will be incorporated in later editions. Improvements or changes in the products or the
programs described may be made at any time.
Comments may be addressed to Lexmark International, Inc., Department D22A/032-2, 740 West New Circle Road,
Lexington, Kentucky 40550, U.S.A or e-mail at [email protected]. Lexmark may use or distribute any
of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. You can purchase
additional copies of publications related to this product by calling 1-800-553-9727. In other countries, contact your point of
purchase.
References in this publication to products, programs, or services do not imply that the manufacturer intends to make these
available in all countries in which it operates. Any reference to a product, program, or service is not intended to state or
imply that only that product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that
does not infringe any existing intellectual property right may be used instead. Evaluation and verification of operation in
conjunction with other products, programs, or services, except those expressly designated by the manufacturer, are the
users responsibility.
Lexmark, Lexmark with diamond design, and MarkNet are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the
United States and/or other countries.
ImageQuick, Optra Forms, and PrintCryption are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc.
LEXFAX is a service mark of Lexmark International, Inc.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
Other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
2004 Lexmark International, Inc.
All rights reserved.
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
This software and any accompanying documentation provided under this agreement are commercial computer software
and documentation developed exclusively at private expense.
4924-xx
Table of contents iii
4924-xx
Table of contents
Notices and safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Laser notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Safety information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Tools required for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Options and features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Printer specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Print speed and performance print speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Media specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Diagnostic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
POR (Power-On Reset) sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Symptom tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Symptom table - base printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Symptom table - 500-sheet drawer option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Symptom table - HCIT 2000-sheet option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Symptom table - output expander option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Symptom table - 5-bin mailbox option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Symptom table - finisher (HCOF) option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Error code table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
9xx service errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
1xx service errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Programming errors - P101 through P116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2xx Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Sub error code table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Understanding the printer operator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Operator panel buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Color Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Utilities Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
User attendance messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
100 ITU Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
104 ITU Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
120 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
121 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
122 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
123 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
124 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
125 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
126 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
127 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
128 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
129 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
130 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
131 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
132 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
iv Service Manual
4924-xx
133 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
134 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
135 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
136 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
148 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
150 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
151 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
152 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
153 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
154 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
156 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
157 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
158 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
159 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
160 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
162 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
163 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
164 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
165 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
200 Paper JamTray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
200 Paper JamOptions and multipurpose feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68
201 Paper Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
202 Paper Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
230 Paper Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
24x Paper jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
250 Paper Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
271 Paper Jam - check bin 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
272 Paper Jam - check bin x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81
280 Paper Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
900 RIP Software Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
925 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
926 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
927 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
930 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
940 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87
941 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
942 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
943 error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93
956 service error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95
990 service error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95
5-bin mailbox option service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-98
500-sheet drawer option service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102
AC and DC power service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105
Autocompensator service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107
Black only retract (BOR) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-109
Close door/HVPS/printhead interlock switch service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-110
Duplex option service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112
Envelope feeder option service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114
Finisher service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-116
HCIT 2000-sheet option service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-121
Fuser drive assembly noise check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-124
Operator panel LCD/status LED/buttons service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125
Output expander option service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-127
Print quality service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-130
Blank page (no image) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-130
Table of contents v
4924-xx
Entire page is mostly one colorFull bleed planes in one color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131
Missing colorsComplete or partially missing color planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-132
Black and white onlycyan, magenta, and yellow are missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-133
Light print over the entire page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-133
Vertical lines or streaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-134
Horizontal lines or streaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-134
Low image density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-135
Poor color alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-136
Transparency print quality is poor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-136
Negative ghosting or faded image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137
Residual image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137
Uneven printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137
Toner smears or rubs off the page with no error code displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-138
Smudged or distorted images on fused page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-138
Toner is on the back of the printed page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-139
Light lines or streaks appear on the page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-139
White streak in color plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-140
Paper wrapped around the second transfer roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-140
Second transfer roll service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-141
Tray 1 service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-142
Tray 1 paper size sensing service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-143
Diagnostic aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Diagnostic aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Printhead diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Print quality defect locator chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Partial Print Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Entering Config Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Exiting the Config Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
ITU Count Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Fuser Cnt Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Reset Fuser Cnt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Prt Quality Pgs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Color Trapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Tray Insert Msg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
SIZE SENSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Panel Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
PPDS Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Demo Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Energy Conserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Auto Color Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
ERROR LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Font Sharpening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Paper Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Env Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Exit Config Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Diagnostics mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Entering Diagnostics mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Exiting the Diagnostics mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
REGISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
ALIGNMENT MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Setting alignment for color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Drift Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
TOP FINE MARGIN ADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
vi Service Manual
4924-xx
MISC TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Motor Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Toggle ITU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Belt Tracking (ITU 4th point adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Printhead Inst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
PRINT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Print Tests (input sources) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Print Quality Pgs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
HARDWARE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
LCD Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Button Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
DRAM Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
CACHE Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
ROM Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Parallel Wrap Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Serial Wrap Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
DUPLEX TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Duplex Quick Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Duplex Top Margin Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Duplex Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
INPUT TRAY TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Feed Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
OUTPUT BIN TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Feed Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Feed to All Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Diverter Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
FINISHER TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Staple Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Finisher Feed Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Finisher Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Hole Punch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
BASE SENSOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
DEVICE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Quick Disk Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Disk Test/Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Flash Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
PRINTER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
PAGE COUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Engine Setting x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Model Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Configuration ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Edge to Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Reset Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Cal Ref Adj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
EP SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
EP Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Fuser Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
DC Charge Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Dev Bias Adj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Transfer Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
ERROR LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Display Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Print Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Table of contents vii
4924-xx
Clear Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
EXIT DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
HCIT standalone test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Repair information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Handling ESD-sensitive parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Screw identification table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Top cover assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Front lower left cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Paper path access door cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Front left handle cover assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Front lower right cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Front right handle cover assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Front cover assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Rear cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Lower right door assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Left lower cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Lower jam access door assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Redrive door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Autocompensator pick assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
BOR drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Cartridge contact assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Cartridge drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Developer HVPS board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Friction buckler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Front right light shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Fuser assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Fuser bottom duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Fuser drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Fuser drive card assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Fuser fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Fuser top duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Inner system board shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
ITU assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
ITU drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
ITU drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
LVPS assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Multipurpose feeder (MPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Nip relief handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Operator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Outer system board shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Paper size sensing assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Paper size sensing board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Pick rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Printhead removal and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Identifying the printheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Printhead mechanical alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Printhead electronic alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Rear bellcrank (cyan, magenta, yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Rear bellcrank (black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Redrive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Registration motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
RIP fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
viii Service Manual
4924-xx
S2/narrow media/transparency/multipurpose feeder cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
S2/narrow media/transparency/multipurpose feeder sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Second transfer roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
System board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Transfer HVPS board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Transfer plate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Vacuum transport belt (VTB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Vacuum transport belt (VTB) fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Waste container door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Waste container latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Connector locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Printer boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Printer motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Printer sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cartridge contact assembly pin locations (cyan, magenta and yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Cartridge contact assembly pin locations (black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
System board - non-network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
System board - network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Autoconnecttop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Autoconnectbottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Transfer high voltage power supply (HVPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Developer high voltage power supply (HVPS) board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
LVPS cable connectors to system board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
LVPS fuser connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Paper size sensing board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
High-capacity input tray (HCIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
High-capacity output finisher (HCOF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
HCOF system board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
HCOF LVPS board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
HCOF sub LVPS relay board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Preventive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Safety inspection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Lubrication specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Lubrication for replacement motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Fuser drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Cartridge drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
ITU drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Standard fusers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Parts catalog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
How to use this parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Assembly 1: Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Assembly 2: Cartridge mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Assembly 3: Fuser assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Assembly 4: Fuser drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Assembly 5: Vacuum transport belt (VTB) assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Assembly 6: Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Assembly 7: Printheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Assembly 8: Paper feed output (redrive). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Table of contents ix
4924-xx
Assembly 9: Paper feed input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Assembly 10: Paper size sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Assembly 11: Paper feed transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Assembly 12: Multipurpose feeder (MPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Assembly 13: 500-Sheet integrated tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Assembly 14: Autocompensator assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Assembly 15: ITU assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Assembly 16: ITU drive assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Assembly 17: ITU loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Assembly 18: Waste toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Assembly 19: BOR drive assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Assembly 20: Cartridge contact assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Assembly 21: Cartridge drive assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Assembly 22: Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Assembly 23: Electronicscabling interconnections 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Assembly 27: Output expander (Infoprint 1464 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Assembly 28: 5-Bin mailbox (Infoprint 1464 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Assembly 29: 500-Sheet drawer option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Assembly 30: Duplex option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Assembly 31: High-capacity input tray (HCIT) (Infoprint 1464 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Assembly 32: Finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Assembly 33: Finisher cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Assembly 34: Envelope option (Infoprint 1464 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Assembly 35: Outdoor media tray option (Infoprint 1464 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Assembly 36: Banner option (Infoprint 1464 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Assembly 37: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Assembly 38: Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Appendix AService tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Printhead diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Identifying the printheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
System board cabling reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Redrive belt routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
Finisher alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
Duplex option deflector button replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
Appendix BPrint quality samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Print MenusPage one of two. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Print MenusPage two of two. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Print tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
Print Quality PagesTitle page (total of five). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
Print Quality PagesPage 1 (total of five) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
Registration and alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
Quick Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
Printhead mechanical alignment test page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9
Printhead electronic alignment test pageMagenta (one of two) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
Printhead electronic alignment test pageMagenta (two of two) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1
Part number index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-9
x Service Manual
4924-xx
Notices and safety information xi
4924-xx
Notices and safety information
The following laser notice labels may be affixed to this printer as shown:
Laser notice
The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class I (1)
laser products, and elsewhere is certified as a Class I laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC
60825-1.
Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The printer contains internally a Class IIIb (3b) laser
that is nominally a 5 milliwatt gallium arsenide laser operating in the wavelength region of 770-795 nanometers.
The laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class
I level during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed service condition.
Laser
Der Drucker erfllt gem amtlicher Besttigung der USA die Anforderungen der Bestimmung DHHS
(Department of Health and Human Services) 21 CFR Teil J fr Laserprodukte der Klasse I (1). In anderen
Lndern gilt der Drucker als Laserprodukt der Klasse I, der die Anforderungen der IEC (International
Electrotechnical Commission) 60825-1 gem amtlicher Besttigung erfllt.
Laserprodukte der Klasse I gelten als unschdlich. Im Inneren des Druckers befindet sich ein Laser der Klasse
IIIb (3b), bei dem es sich um einen Galliumarsenlaser mit 5 Milliwatt handelt, der Wellen der Lnge 770-795
Nanometer ausstrahlt. Das Lasersystem und der Drucker sind so konzipiert, da im Normalbetrieb, bei der
Wartung durch den Benutzer oder bei ordnungsgemer Wartung durch den Kundendienst Laserbestrahlung,
die Klasse I bersteigen wrde, Menschen keinesfalls erreicht.
Avis relatif lutilisation de laser
Pour les Etats-Unis : cette imprimante est certifie conforme aux provisions DHHS 21 CFR alina J concernant
les produits laser de Classe I (1). Pour les autres pays : cette imprimante rpond aux normes IEC 60825-1
relatives aux produits laser de Classe I.
Les produits laser de Classe I sont considrs comme des produits non dangereux. Cette imprimante est
quipe dun laser de Classe IIIb (3b) (arsniure de gallium dune puissance nominale de 5 milliwatts) mettant
sur des longueurs donde comprises entre 770 et 795 nanomtres. Limprimante et son systme laser sont
conus pour impossible, dans des conditions normales dutilisation, dentretien par lutilisateur ou de rvision,
lexposition des rayonnements laser suprieurs des rayonnements de Classe I .
Avvertenze sui prodotti laser
Questa stampante certificata negli Stati Uniti per essere conforme ai requisiti del DHHS 21 CFR Sottocapitolo
J per i prodotti laser di classe 1 ed certificata negli altri Paesi come prodotto laser di classe 1 conforme ai
requisiti della norma CEI 60825-1.
I prodotti laser di classe non sono considerati pericolosi. La stampante contiene al suo interno un laser di classe
IIIb (3b) allarseniuro di gallio della potenza di 5mW che opera sulla lunghezza donda compresa tra 770 e 795
nanometri. Il sistema laser e la stampante sono stati progettati in modo tale che le persone a contatto con la
stampante, durante il normale funzionamento, le operazioni di servizio o quelle di assistenza tecnica, non
ricevano radiazioni laser superiori al livello della classe 1.
xii Service Manual
4924-xx
Avisos sobre el lser
Se certifica que, en los EE.UU., esta impresora cumple los requisitos para los productos lser de Clase I (1)
establecidos en el subcaptulo J de la norma CFR 21 del DHHS (Departamento de Sanidad y Servicios) y, en
los dems pases, rene todas las condiciones expuestas en la norma IEC 60825-1 para productos lser de
Clase I (1).
Los productos lser de Clase I no se consideran peligrosos. La impresora contiene en su interior un lser de
Clase IIIb (3b) de arseniuro de galio de funcionamiento nominal a 5 milivatios en una longitud de onda de 770 a
795 nanmetros. El sistema lser y la impresora estn diseados de forma que ninguna persona pueda verse
afectada por ningn tipo de radiacin lser superior al nivel de la Clase I durante su uso normal, el
mantenimiento realizado por el usuario o cualquier otra situacin de servicio tcnico.
Declarao sobre Laser
A impressora est certificada nos E.U.A. em conformidade com os requisitos da regulamentao DHHS 21 CFR
Subcaptulo J para a Classe I (1) de produtos laser. Em outros locais, est certificada como um produto laser da
Classe I, em conformidade com os requisitos da norma IEC 60825-1.
Os produtos laser da Classe I no so considerados perigosos. Internamente, a impressora contm um produto
laser da Classe IIIb (3b), designado laser de arseneto de potssio, de 5 milliwatts ,operando numa faixa de
comprimento de onda entre 770 e 795 nanmetros. O sistema e a impressora laser foram concebidos de forma
a nunca existir qualquer possiblidade de acesso humano a radiao laser superior a um nvel de Classe I
durante a operao normal, a manuteno feita pelo utilizador ou condies de assistncia prescritas.
Laserinformatie
De printer voldoet aan de eisen die gesteld worden aan een laserprodukt van klasse I. Voor de Verenigde Staten
zijn deze eisen vastgelegd in DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J, voor andere landen in IEC 60825-1.
Laserprodukten van klasse I worden niet als ongevaarlijk aangemerkt. De printer is voorzien van een laser van
klasse IIIb (3b), dat wil zeggen een gallium arsenide-laser van 5 milliwatt met een golflengte van 770-795
nanometer. Het lasergedeelte en de printer zijn zo ontworpen dat bij normaal gebruik, bij onderhoud of reparatie
conform de voorschriften, nooit blootstelling mogelijk is aan laserstraling boven een niveau zoals
voorgeschreven is voor klasse 1.
Lasermeddelelse
Printeren er godkendt som et Klasse I-laserprodukt, i overenstemmelse med kravene i IEC 60825-1.
Klasse I-laserprodukter betragtes ikke som farlige. Printeren indeholder internt en Klasse IIIB (3b)-laser, der
nominelt er en 5 milliwatt galliumarsenid laser, som arbejder p blgelngdeomrdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet og printeren er udformet sledes, at mennesker aldrig udsttes for en laserstrling over Klasse
I-niveau ved normal drift, brugervedligeholdelse eller obligatoriske servicebetingelser.
Notices and safety information xiii
4924-xx
Huomautus laserlaitteesta
Tm kirjoitin on Yhdysvalloissa luokan I (1) laserlaitteiden DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J -mrityksen mukainen
ja muualla luokan I laserlaitteiden IEC 60825-1 -mrityksen mukainen.
Luokan I laserlaitteiden ei katsota olevan vaarallisia kyttjlle. Kirjoittimessa on sisinen luokan IIIb (3b) 5
milliwatin galliumarsenidilaser, joka toimii aaltoalueella 770 - 795 nanometri. Laserjrjestelm ja kirjoitin on
suunniteltu siten, ett kyttj ei altistu luokan I mrityksi voimakkaammalle steilylle kirjoittimen normaalin
toiminnan, kyttjn tekemien huoltotoimien tai muiden huoltotoimien yhteydess.
VARO! Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina nkymttmlle lasersteilylle. l katso
steeseen.
VARNING! Osynlig laserstrlning nr denna del r ppnad och sprren r urkopplad. Betrakta ej strlen.
Laser-notis
Denna skrivare r i USA certifierad att motsvara kraven i DHHS 21 CFR, underparagraf J fr laserprodukter av
Klass I (1). I andra lnder uppfyller skrivaren kraven fr laserprodukter av Klass I enligt kraven i IEC 60825-1.
Laserprodukter i Klass I anses ej hlsovdliga. Skrivaren har en inbyggd laser av Klass IIIb (3b) som bestr av
en laserenhet av gallium-arsenid p 5 milliwatt som arbetar i vglngdsomrdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet och skrivaren r utformade s att det aldrig finns risk fr att ngon person utstts fr
laserstrlning ver Klass I-niv vid normal anvndning, underhll som utfrs av anvndaren eller annan
freskriven servicetgrd.
Laser-melding
Skriveren er godkjent i USA etter kravene i DHHS 21 CFR, underkapittel J, for klasse I (1) laserprodukter, og er
i andre land godkjent som et Klasse I-laserprodukt i samsvar med kravene i IEC 60825-1.
Klasse I-laserprodukter er ikke betrakte som farlige. Skriveren inneholder internt en klasse IIIb (3b)-laser, som
bestr av en gallium-arsenlaserenhet som avgir strling i blgelengdeomrdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at personer aldri utsettes for laserstrling ut over klasse I-niv under
vanlig bruk, vedlikehold som utfres av brukeren, eller foreskrevne serviceoperasjoner.
Avs sobre el Lser
Segons ha estat certificat als Estats Units, aquesta impressora compleix els requisits de DHHS 21 CFR, apartat
J, pels productes lser de classe I (1), i segons ha estat certificat en altres llocs, s un producte lser de classe
I que compleix els requisits dIEC 60825-1.
Els productes lser de classe I no es consideren perillosos. Aquesta impressora cont un lser de classe IIIb
(3b) darsenir de gal.li, nominalment de 5 mil.liwats, i funciona a la regi de longitud dona de 770-795
nanmetres. El sistema lser i la impressora han sigut concebuts de manera que mai hi hagi exposici a la
radiaci lser per sobre dun nivell de classe I durant una operaci normal, durant les tasques de manteniment
dusuari ni durant els serveis que satisfacin les condicions prescrites.
xiv Service Manual
4924-xx
Safety information xv
4924-xx
Safety information
The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific
components. The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized
replacement parts.
The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person
and is not intended to be used by others.
There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of
this product. Professional service personnel should understand this and take necessary precautions.
CAUTION: When you see this symbol, there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the
product where you are working. Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the product
must receive power in order to perform the task.
Consignes de scurit
La scurit de ce produit repose sur des tests et des
agrations portant sur sa conception d'origine et sur des composants particuliers. Le fabricant n'assume
aucune responsabilit concernant la scurit en cas d'utilisation de pices de rechange non agres.
Les consignes d'entretien et de rparation de ce produit s'adressent uniquement un personnel de
maintenance qualifi.
Le dmontage et l'entretien de ce produit pouvant prsenter certains risques lectriques, le personnel
d'entretien qualifi devra prendre toutes les prcautions ncessaires.
ATTENTION : Ce symbole indique la prsence d'une tension dangereuse dans la partie du
produit sur laquelle vous travaillez. Dbranchez le produit avant de commencer ou faites preuve
de vigilance si l'excution de la tche exige que le produit reste sous tension.
Norme di sicurezza
La sicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull'approvazione del progetto originale e dei componenti
specifici. Il produttore non responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non autorizzata delle
parti.
Le informazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di
assistenza autorizzato.
Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto,
il rischio di subire scosse elettriche e danni alla persona pi elevato. Il personale di assistenza
autorizzato deve, quindi, adottare le precauzioni necessarie.
ATTENZIONE: Questo simbolo indica la presenza di tensione pericolosa nell'area del prodotto.
Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per
eseguire l'intervento.
xvi Service Manual
4924-xx
Sicherheitshinweise
Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des ursprnglichen Modells und
bestimmter Bauteile. Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wird vom Hersteller keine
Verantwortung oder Haftung fr die Sicherheit bernommen.
Die Wartungsinformationen fr dieses Produkt sind ausschlielich fr die Verwendung durch einen
Wartungsfachmann bestimmt.
Whrend des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des Gerts besteht ein zustzliches Risiko eines
elektrischen Schlags und krperlicher Verletzung. Das zustndige Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende
Vorsichtsmanahmen treffen.
ACHTUNG: Dieses Symbol weist auf eine gefhrliche elektrische Spannung hin, die in diesem
Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann. Ziehen Sie vor den Arbeiten am Gert den Netzstecker des
Gerts, bzw. arbeiten Sie mit groer Vorsicht, wenn das Produkt fr die Ausfhrung der Arbeiten
an den Strom angeschlossen sein mu.
Pautas de Seguridad
La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y aprobaciones del diseo original y componentes
especficos. El fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no
autorizadas.
La informacin sobre el mantenimiento de este producto est dirigida exclusivamente al personal
cualificado de mantenimiento.
Existe mayor riesgo de descarga elctrica y de daos personales durante el desmontaje y la reparacin de
la mquina. El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este peligro y tomar las precauciones
necesarias.
PRECAUCIN: este smbolo indica que el voltaje de la parte del equipo con la que est
trabajando es peligroso. Antes de empezar, desenchufe el equipo o tenga cuidado si, para
trabajar con l, debe conectarlo.
Informaes de Segurana
A segurana deste produto baseia-se em testes e aprovaes do modelo original e de componentes
especficos. O fabricante no responsvel pela segunrana, no caso de uso de peas de substituio
no autorizadas.
As informaes de segurana relativas a este produto destinam-se a profissionais destes servios e no
devem ser utilizadas por outras pessoas.
Risco de choques elctricos e ferimentos graves durante a desmontagem e manuteno deste produto.
Os profissionais destes servios devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os cuidados necessrios.
CUIDADO: Quando vir este smbolo, existe a possvel presena de uma potencial tenso
perigosa na zona do produto em que est a trabalhar. Antes de comear, desligue o produto da
tomada elctrica ou seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar ligado corrente elctrica para
realizar a tarefa necessria.
Safety information xvii
4924-xx
Informaci de Seguretat
La seguretat d'aquest producte es basa en l'avaluaci i aprovaci del disseny original i els components
especfics.
El fabricant no es fa responsable de les qestions de
seguretat si s'utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades.
La informaci pel manteniment daquest producte est orientada exclusivament a professionals i no est
destinada
a ning que no ho sigui.
El risc de xoc elctric i de danys personals pot augmentar durant el procs de desmuntatge i de servei
daquest producte. El personal professional ha destar-ne assabentat i prendre
les mesures convenients.
PRECAUCI: aquest smbol indica que el voltatge de la part de l'equip amb la qual esteu
treballant s perills. Abans de comenar, desendolleu l'equip o extremeu les precaucions si, per
treballar amb l'equip, l'heu de connectar.

xviii Service Manual
4924-xx
Preface
This manual contains maintenance procedures for service personnel. It is divided into the following chapters:
1. General information contains a general description of the printer and the maintenance approach used to
repair it. Special tools and test equipment are, as well as general environmental and safety instructions.
2. Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table, symptom tables, and service checks used to
isolate failing field replaceable units (FRUs).
3. Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or repeat symptoms of printer problems.
4. Repair information provides instructions for making printer adjustments and removing and installing
FRUs.
5. Connector locations uses illustrations to identify the connector locations and test points on the printer.
6. Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications and recommendations to prevent
problems.
7. Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for individual FRUs.
Appendix A contains service tips and information.
Appendix B contains representative print samples.
Definitions
Note: A note provides additional information.
Warning: A warning identifies something that might damage the product hardware or software.
CAUTION: A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm.
CAUTION: When you see this symbol, there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the
product where you are working. Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the product
must receive power in order to perform the task.
General information 1-1
4924-xx
1. General information
The IBM Infoprint 1454/1464 is a network-capable color printer that uses electrophotographic technology to
deliver high quality images, presentation graphics, line art, and text. It prints up to 25 pages per minute (ppm) for
both four-color and monochrome print jobs.
The flexible design supports a variety of printing needs. For example, if you need the printer to match the color
process used in a particular application, you can select RGB or CMYK color corrections. You can also adjust the
printed colors to more closely represent the colors on your computer display.
A variety of connectivity options enable the printer to be used in all types of system environments. You can
attach one internal adapter to support network configurations requiring Ethernet, Token-Ring, LocalTalk, serial,
infrared, or additional parallel ports.
The printer has flexible paper handling. It supports a wide variety of paper sizes, and has a standard
multipurpose feeder that makes it easy to print on envelopes, transparencies, labels, card stock, and non-
standard size paper. You can add optional inputs to the base printer, which can increase the printer paper
capacity to 3100 sheets.
The IBM Infoprint 1454/1464 (4924-xxx) laser printer is available in the following models:
Tools required for service
Flat-blade screwdriver
#1 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic
#2 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic
#2 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic short-blade
Needlenose pliers
Diagonal side cutters
Spring hook
Feeler gauges
Analog or digital multimeter
Parallel wrap plug 1319128
Twinax/serial debug cable 1381963
Coax/serial debug cable 1381964
IBM Infoprint 1464 4924-n01 Network (LV)
IBM Infoprint 1464 4924-n02 Network (HV)
IBM Infoprint 1464 4924-dn1 Network (LV) duplex
IBM Infoprint 1464 4924-dn2 Network (HV) duplex
1-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
Options and features
500-Sheet drawer - (includes 500-sheet tray and support unit) installs beneath the printer and holds
approximately 500 sheets of 20 lb, 75 g/m
2
paper. Up to three drawers are supported simultaneously, or an
option drawer and high-capacity input tray. All models.
500-Sheet tray - for environments with space or budget constraints this can be ordered for special media.
This temporarily replaces the standard tray in a 500-sheet drawer and holds approximately 500 sheets of
20 lb, 75 g/m
2
paper. All models.
Duplex option - offers two-side printing. The first option under a duplex option must be a 500-sheet drawer.
All models.
2,000-Sheet drawer (HCIT) - installs beneath the printer and below any other optional input sources and
holds approximately 2,000 sheets of 20 lb, 75 g/m
2
paper. Infoprint 1464.
Output expander - installs above the printer primary output bin to offer an additional output destination.
This holds approximately 650 sheets of 20 lb, 75 g/m
2
paper. Only one output option above the printer is
supported. Infoprint 1464.
5-Bin mailbox - installs above the printer primary output bin to offer five output destinations in one option.
Each of the five bins supports approximately 100 pages of 20 lb, 75 g/m
2
paper. Only one output option
above the printer is supported. Infoprint 1464.
Finisher - offers stapling, hole punching, offset stacking and an additional output bin. Two models are
available, a short and a tall one. Hole punching for 2-, 3-, or 4-hole left-edge is available. The single staple
position is the upper left corner. The finisher supports up to 3,000 sheets of non-stapled, non-punched
media. For stapled media, the output bin supports up to 90 stapled sets or 2,700 sheets. The stapler
staples a maximum of 30 sheets per set. Each printer supports one finisher. Infoprint 1464.
Envelope drawer - installs beneath the printer, and holds approximately 60 envelopes (20 lb, 75 g/m
2
). Up
to three envelope drawer are supported or one envelope drawer and a high-capacity input tray. Infoprint
1464.
Outdoor media drawer - installs beneath the printer and holds up to 100 sheets of outdoor media suitable
for outdoor use. Infoprint 1464 only.
Banner tray - extension allows printing of banner-width paper. Infoprint 1464 only.
High performance
Up to 25 ppm black or color
500 MHz RISC processor (non-network) or 600 MHz (network)
128MB RAM
Time to first page
Black: less than 13 seconds
Color: less than 15 seconds
Print quality
1200 x 1200 dpi and 4800 CQ.
Heavy volume reliability
Up to 4,000-page average monthly duty cycle
Up to 60,000-page maximum duty cycle based on a single month usage
4924-xx
Automatic calibration
The printer performs an automatic calibration under the following conditions.
At power-on
After eight hours of power saver
Approximately every 500 pages, at the end of a job
After changing a print cartridge
After changing an image transfer unit (ITU)
A manual calibration can be initiated by selecting Color Adjust from the Color Menu.
Resolution
1200 x 1200 dpi (one half printer speed)
4800 CQ (default 00B) (full printer speed)
Toner darkness
Toner darkness settings offer five user-selectable settings to balance print darkness and toner savings. The
higher the setting, the darker the print. The toner darkness default setting is 4. Color level 4 and level 5 are the
same.
The toner darkness setting is available through the operator panel under the Print Quality menu or through the
IBM PostScript driver.
Color correction settings
The following correction settings are available:
Auto (default): Applies different color correction to each object on the printed page depending upon the
type of object and how the color for each object is specified.
Off: No color correction is implemented.
Manual: Allows users to customize color correction output from the driver or operator panel.
Setting 1 2 3 4 5
Delta toner from default (mono) -50% -30% -15% Default +10%
Delta toner from default (color) -50% -30% -15% Default N/A
1-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
Printer specifications
Description Width Depth Height Weight
Printer
IBM Infoprint 1454/1464(n) 23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
20.8 in.
(528.3 mm)
105 lb
(47.7 kg)
IBM Infoprint 1454/1464dn
(including duplex option)
23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
24.3 in
(617.2 mm)
118 lb
(53.8 kg)
IBM Infoprint 1454/1464dtn
(including duplex and optional
500-sheet drawer)
23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
28.9 in.
(734.1 mm)
132 lb
(60 kg)
IBM Infoprint 1464 with Finisher T
(including duplex unit, optional
500-sheet drawer, 2000-sheet
drawer, and finisher T)
59.4 in.
(1508.8 mm)
28.1 in.
(713.7 mm)
1
43.5 in.
(1104.9 mm)
274.5 lb
(124.7 kg)
IBM Infoprint 1464 with maximum
input trays
3
(including duplex unit,
three optional 500-sheet drawer,
and printer stand)
23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
41.4 in.
(1051.6 mm)
179. lb
(81.4 kg)
IBM Infoprint 1464 with maximum
input sheets
4
(including duplex
unit, optional 500-sheet drawer,
2000-sheet drawer)
23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
2

43.5 in.
(1104.9 mm)
181 lb
(82.3 kg)
Options
500-sheet drawer 23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
5 in.
(127 mm)
13.5 lb
(6.1 kg)
Duplex option 23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
3.5 in.
(88.9 mm)
13.5 lb
(6.1 kg)
2,000-sheet tray* 26 in.
(660.4 mm)
23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
2
15.4 in.
(391.2 mm)
49 lb
(22.3 kg)
Outdoor media drawer 23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
5 in.
(127 mm)
13.5 lb
(6.1 kg)
Envelope drawer 23.8 in.
(604.5 mm)
18.5 in
469.9 mm
5 in.
(127 mm)
13.5 lb
(6.1 kg)
Output expander* 14.5 in.
(368.3 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
7 in
(177.8 mm)
4.5 lb
(2 kg)
5-bin mailbox* 14.5 in.
(368.3 mm)
18.5 in.
(469.9 mm)
11.5 in.
(292.1 mm)
8.2 lb
(3.7 kg)
Finisher S* 33.5 in.
(850.9 mm)
28.1 in.
(713.7 mm)
1

40.4 in.
(1026.2 mm)
93.5 lb
(42.5 kg)
Finisher T* 33.5 in.
(850.9 mm)
28.1 in.
(713.7 mm)
1

42.5 in.
(1079.5 mm)
93.5 lb
(42.5 kg)
Printer stand 26 in.
(660.4 mm)
24.2 in.
(614.7 mm)
2

4.2 in.
(106.7 mm)
20 lb
(9.1 kg)
1 Includes stabilizer bars on Finisher T and 2000-sheet drawer.
2 Includes stabilizer bars.
3 Printer stack required for Finisher S.
4 Printer stack required for Finisher T.
4924-xx
Power and electrical specifications
Average nominal power requirements for the base printer configuration (110 volt). (Power levels are shown in
watts.) Maximum current shown in amp ergs.
Note: Using a 220 to 110 power converter with the 110 volt printer is not recommended.
All models are Energy Star compliant.
Electrical specifications
110 Volt model
110 to 127 V ac at 47 to 63 hertz (hz) nominal
99 to 137 V ac, extreme
Operating clearances
Acoustics
All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and conform with ISO 9296.
Printing states
IBM Infoprint 1454/
1464(n)
IBM Infoprint 1454/
1464dn
Printing - average power
Base model 500 500
All options 540 540
Idle - average power
Power Saver On 30 31
Power Saver Off 180 180
Printing - average current (110 V) 5.3 5.3
Printing - maximum current (110 V) 10.2 10.2
Printer Side Model Measurement
Left side All 24 in. (609.6 mm)
Right side All 15 in. (381 mm)
1
Front All 20 in. (508 mm)
Rear All 12 in. (304.8 mm)
Top Infoprint 1454/
1464(n)
42 in. (1,066.8 mm)
2
Infoprint 1454/
1464dn
34 in. (863.6 mm)
2
1
Allow 1,219 mm (48 in.) clearance to the right if you are adding a finisher.
2
Allow clearance above the printer front door clearance and for adding options, such as additional
input drawers, output expander or 5-bin mailbox.
Model Status
1-Meter average sound
pressure
IBM Infoprint 1454/1464(n) 4800 CQ printing 52 dBA
Idle (standby) 34 dBA
1-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
Environment
Printer Temperature and Humidity
Operating
Temperature: 60 to 90F (15.6 to 32.3C)
Relative humidity: 8 to 80%
Maximum wet bulb temperature: 73F (22.8C)
Altitude: 10,000 ft. (0 to 3,048 meters)
Atmospheric pressure: 74.6 kPa
Power off
Temperature: 50 to 110F (10 to 43.3C)
Maximum wet bulb temperature: 80.1F (26.7C)
Altitude: 10,000 ft. (0 to 3,048 meters)
Atmospheric pressure: 74.6 kPa
Ambient operating environment*
Temperature: 60 to 90F (15.6 to 32.2C)
Storage and shipping (packaged printer) with or without print cartridge
Temperature: -40 to 110F (-40 to 43.3C)
Print cartridge
Temperature: -40 to 110F (-40 to 43.3C)
*In some cases, performance specifications (such as paper OCF, EP cartridge usage) are measured at an
ambient condition.
Print speed and performance print speed
IBM Infoprint 1454/1464dn 4800 CQ printing 52 dBA
Idle (standby) 34 dBA
Media sizeTray 1
Simplex printing on letter-size media (pages per minute), duplex printing on letter-size media (sides per
minute)
Media name Media size 4800 CQ 1200 x 1200 dpi
Full size media, full rated engine speed
Letter 8.5 in. x 11 in. 25 10
A4 8.3 in. x 11.7 in. 23.5 9.5
Legal 8.5 in. x 14 in. 20 8.1
Full size media, reduced rated engine speed (one half)
Transparencies 8.5 in. x 11 in. 10 10
Card stock 8.5 in. x 11 in. 10 10
Labels 8.5 in. x 11 in. 10 10
Coated Paper 8.5 in. x 11 in. 10 10
Coated Cover 8.5 in. x 11 in. 10 10
Model Status
1-Meter average sound
pressure
4924-xx
Smaller sizes, reduced throughput
b
Nearly narrow (for example,
B5 or Exec)
More than 6.8 in., but less
than 8.3 in. wide
25 10
Narrow media
a
(for
example, A5).
Less than 6.8 in. wide 10 10
a
The first 25 narrow pages print at rated speed; subsequent pages print at the speed shown.
b
Once the printer enters a reduced throughput mode as indicated, the printer remains at the given speed after
the last sheet of smaller media, until the fuser return to standby temperature.
Media sizeMultipurpose feeder
Simplex printing on letter-size media (pages per minute), duplex printing on letter-size media (sides per
minute)
Media name Media size 4800 CQ 1200 x 1200 dpi
Full size media, full rated engine speed
d

Letter 8.5 in. x 11 in. 22.5 9
Duplex (letter) 8.5 in. x 11 in. 22.5 9
A4 8.3 in. x 11.7 in. 21.5 8.6
Legal 8.5 in. x 14 in. 18.6 7.5
Full size media, reduced rated engine speed (one half)
d

Transparencies 8.5 in. x 11 in. 9 9
Cardstock 8.5 in. x 11 in. 9 9
Labels 8.5 in. x 11 in. 9 9
Coated Paper 8.5 in. x 11 in. 9 9
Coated Cover 8.5 in. x 11 in. 9 9
Smaller sizes, reduced throughput
b, c
Nearly narrow
(for example, B5 or Exec)
More than 6.8 in., but less
than 8.3 in. wide
22.5 9
Narrow media
a

(for example, A5).
Less than 6.8 in. wide 9 9
Envelopes
b
All supported sizes 9 9
a
The first 25 narrow pages print at rated speed; subsequent pages print at the speed shown.
b
All envelope sizes print at 1200 dpi process speeds, as shown.
c
Once the printer enters a reduced throughput mode as indicated, the printer remains at the given speed after
the last sheet of smaller media, until the fuser return to standby temperature.
d
After media has been added to an empty MPF, the first three pages print at speed. The remainder of the
pages print at the speed indicated until the MPF is empty. the speed change occurs each time media is added
to an empty MPF.
Media sizeTray 1
1-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
Performance
Performance speed depends on:
Interface to the host (USB, serial, parallel, network)
Host system and application
Page complexity and content
Printer options installed or selected
Available printer memory
Media size and type
Resolution
Printer usage setting
Time to first print
Time to first print from standby mode
ab
Black: <13 seconds
Color: <15 seconds
Time to first print from power saver mode
a
Black: <120 seconds
Color: <120 seconds
Notes:
a
All first copy times are measured for 600 image quality, simplex printing on letter-size paper. The test job
consists of the character A followed by a form feed (single-page job). The first copy time is defined as the
elapsed time from pressing Enter on the keyboard to the page exiting to the output bin. All tests pick paper
from the primary input tray and the page exits into the primary output bin.
b
Standby times may be longer if the toner control senses that toner flow needs to be checked or adjusted.
Processor
Duty cycle
Up to 60,000 pages maximum one-time usage
Up to 4,000 pages per month average usage
Memory configuration
IBM Infoprint 1454/1464
IBM Infoprint 1454/
1464(n), dn
Processor frequency (Mhz) 500 600
Bus frequency (Mhz) 100 100
DRAM memory
IBM Infoprint 1454/
1464(n), dn
IBM Infoprint 1454/
1464dtn, fn
Standard 128MB 256MB
Maximum 512MB 512MB
4924-xx
Available memory options
Optional 64MB, 128MB, 256MB and 512MB SDRAM DIMMs are available from IBM. The memory options are
168-pin synchronous DRAM DIMMs (dual in-line memory modules) meeting or exceeding the following
specifications:
100MHz or greater
4KB refresh rate
Unbuffered, non ECC
x32
3.3 V
Unpredictable results may occur if an attempt is made to operate the printer with memory other than SDRAM
DIMM memory with the stated specifications.
Flash Memory Options 16, 32 (Nand Flash)
Expansion
Memory slot for extra flash or DRAM
Expansion slot for optional interface cards
Code expansion slot (application solution firmware cards)
On-board hard disk interface (for optional hard disk)
Additional memory may be required for printing complex pages or full-page, high-resolution images in 1200
image quality at rated speeds.
1-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
Media specifications
Media input and output capacities
The capacities listed below are based on plain paper at 75g/m
2
.
Media source or output
description
Capacity (sheets)
Infoprint
1454
Infoprint
1454n
Infoprint
1454dn
Infoprint
1464
Infoprint
1464n
Infoprint
1464dn
Input
Standard input sources
Tray 1
Tray 2
Multipurpose tray
Maximum total standard
capacity (sheets)
500
N/A
100
600
500
N/A
100
600
500
N/A
100
600
500
N/A
100
600
500
N/A
100
600
500
N/A
100
600
Optional available input
sources
500-Sheet drawer
3

(maximum of 3 or only 1
with a 2000-sheet
drawer)
1

2000-Sheet drawer
(maximum of one)
Envelope drawer
(maximum of 3 or only 1
with a 2000-sheet
drawer)
1

Outdoor media drawer
Banner tray
Maximum additional drawers
Maximum input capacity
2
With added drawers (no
high-capacity input tray)
With added drawer and
high-capacity input tray
500-
1500
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
1100
1100
500-
1500
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
1100
1100
500-
1500
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1
1100
1100
500-
1500
2000
60
100
3
2100
3100
500-
1500
2000
60
100
3
2100
3100
500-
1500
2000
60
100
3
2100
3100
4924-xx
Media type
Output
Standard output bin capacity 250 250 250 250 250 250
Optional outputs
5-Bin mailbox
(maximum of one)
Output Expander
Finisher S or T
4
(maximum of one)
Maximum output paper
capacity
N/A
N/A
N/A
250
N/A
N/A
N/A
250
N/A
N/A
N/A
250
500
650
3000
3900
500
650
3000
3900
500
650
3000
3900
1
Two versions are available: One configuration is a printer, duplex unit, optional 500-sheet drawer,
and a 2000-sheet drawer; The other configuration is a printer, duplex unit, and 3 optional 500-
sheet drawers, and a printer stand.
2
A maximum combination of three optional 500-sheet drawers or a maximum combination of one
optional 500-sheet drawer plus one 2000-sheet drawer is supported on any model.
3
An optional 500-sheet drawer is required for a 2000-sheet Drawer and a Duplex Unit. The first
option under a duplex unit must be a 500-sheet drawer.
Media type
5
0
0
-
s
h
e
e
t

i
n
p
u
t
M
u
l
t
i
p
u
r
p
o
s
e

t
r
a
y
E
n
v
e
l
o
p
e

d
r
a
w
e
r
*
2
,
0
0
0
-
s
h
e
e
t

d
r
a
w
e
r
*
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

m
e
d
i
a

t
r
a
y
*
B
a
n
n
e
r

t
r
a
y
*
D
u
p
l
e
x
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

o
u
t
p
u
t
5
-
b
i
n

m
a
i
l
b
o
x
*
O
u
t
p
u
t

e
x
p
a
n
d
e
r
*
F
i
n
i
s
h
e
r

t
o

s
t
a
p
l
e
,
h
o
l
e

p
u
n
c
h
,

o
f
f
s
e
t

s
t
a
c
k
s
t
a
c
k

o
r

w
i
t
h

o
u
t
p
u
t

b
i
n
*
Paper x x x x x x x x x
Card stock x x x x x
Transparencies x x x x
Envelopes x x x x
Vinyl labels x x x x
Paper labels x x x x x x
Polyester labels x x x x x
Dual web labels x x x x x x
Integrated labels x x x x x x
Outdoor media x
* Available in models 221 and 222 only.
Media source or output
description
Capacity (sheets)
Infoprint
1454
Infoprint
1454n
Infoprint
1454dn
Infoprint
1464
Infoprint
1464n
Infoprint
1464dn
1-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
Media size
Media size supported
5
0
0
-
s
h
e
e
t

i
n
p
u
t
M
u
l
t
i
p
u
r
p
o
s
e

t
r
a
y
E
n
v
e
l
o
p
e

d
r
a
w
e
r
8
2
,
0
0
0
-
s
h
e
e
t

d
r
a
w
e
r
8
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

m
e
d
i
a

t
r
a
y
8
B
a
n
n
e
r

t
r
a
y
8
D
u
p
l
e
x
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

o
u
t
p
u
t
5
-
b
i
n

m
a
i
l
b
o
x
8

O
u
t
p
u
t

e
x
p
a
n
d
e
r
8

F
i
n
i
s
h
e
r

t
o

s
t
a
p
l
e
,

h
o
l
e

p
u
n
c
h
,

o
f
f
s
e
t
s
t
a
c
k

o
r

w
i
t
h

o
u
t
p
u
t

b
i
n
8
A4 8.27 in. x 11.7 in.
(210 mm x 297 mm)
x x x x x x x x
5, 6, 7
A5 5.83 in. x 8.27 in.
(148 mm x 210 mm)
x x x x x x x
5
JIS-B5 7.17 in. x 10.12 in.
(182 mm x 257 mm)
x x x x x x x x
5
Statement 5.5 in. x 8.5 in.
(140 mm x 216 mm)
4
x x x x x x
5
Letter 8.5 in. x 11 in.
(216 mm x 279 mm)
x x x x x x x x
5, 6, 7
Folio 8.5 in. x 13 in.
(216 mm x 330 mm)
4
x x x x x x x
5, 6, 7
Legal 8.5 in. x 14 in.
(216 mm x 356 mm)
x x x x x x x x
5, 6, 7
Executive 7.25 in. x 10.5 in.
(184 mm x 267 mm)
x x x x x x x x
6, 7
Banner 11.69 x 36 in.
(297.2 x 914.4 mm)
x
Outdoor media
9
7 x 10 in. (178 mm x 254 mm) x
7 x 11 in. (178 mm x 279 mm) x
8 x 10 in. (203 mm x 254 mm) x
8.5 x 11 in. (216 x 279 mm) x
Universal
1
5.5 x 8.27 in. to 8.5 x 14 in. (139.7 x 210
mm to 215.9 x 355.6 mm)
x x x x x x
2.75 x 5 in. to 9.01 x 14 in. (69.85 x 127
mm to 229 x 355.6 mm)
x x x x
5.83 x 7.17 in. to 8.5 x 14 in. (148 x 182
mm to 215.9 x 355.6 mm)
x x x x x x
4924-xx
Envelope
7 Envelope 3.875 in. x 7.5 in. (98 mm
x 191 mm)
x x x x
9 Envelope 3.875 in. x 8.9 in. (98 mm x
225.4 mm)
x x x x
10 Envelope 4.125 in. x 9.5 in. (105 mm
x 241 mm)
x x x x
DL Envelope 4.33 in. x 8.66 in. (110 mm
x 220 mm)
x x x x
C5 Envelope 6.38 in. x 9.01 in. (162 mm
x 229 mm)
x x x x
B5 Envelope 6.93 in. x 9.84 in. (176 mm
x 250 mm)
x x x x
Other envelope
3
3.87 x 6.38 in. to 6.93
x 9.84 in. (98.4 x 162 mm to 176 x 250
mm)
x x x x
1
When Universal is selected, the page is formatted for 8.5 x 14 in. (215.9 x 355.6 mm), unless the size is specified in
the software application.
2
Narrow media should be loaded with the length in the feed direction (portrait).
3
When Other Envelope is selected, the page is formatted for 8.5 x 14 in. (215.9 x 355.6 mm) unless the size is
specified in the software application.
4
Statement and Folio are supported as standard size through software only. Tray size sensing must be turned off
before this standard size is visible in the paper-size menu on the operator panel.
5
2-hole punch is supported.
6
7
8
Option available on models 221 and 222 only.
9
Use only approved outdoor media in the outdoor media tray.
Media size supported
5
0
0
-
s
h
e
e
t

i
n
p
u
t
M
u
l
t
i
p
u
r
p
o
s
e

t
r
a
y
E
n
v
e
l
o
p
e

d
r
a
w
e
r
8
2
,
0
0
0
-
s
h
e
e
t

d
r
a
w
e
r
8
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

m
e
d
i
a

t
r
a
y
8
B
a
n
n
e
r

t
r
a
y
8
D
u
p
l
e
x
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

o
u
t
p
u
t
5
-
b
i
n

m
a
i
l
b
o
x
8

O
u
t
p
u
t

e
x
p
a
n
d
e
r
8

F
i
n
i
s
h
e
r

t
o

s
t
a
p
l
e
,

h
o
l
e

p
u
n
c
h
,

o
f
f
s
e
t
s
t
a
c
k

o
r

w
i
t
h

o
u
t
p
u
t

b
i
n
8
1-14 Service Manual
4924-xx
Input media types and weights
Media Weight
Integrated trays
f
and optional 500-sheet drawer
Paper
b, f
Xerographic or
business paper
16 to 19.9 lb bond (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
grain long)
20 to 47 lb bond (75 to 176 g/m
2
grain long)
Specialty papers Gloss
book
60 to 120 lb book (88 to 176 g/m
2
grain long)
Gloss cover 60 to 65 lb cover (162 to 176 g/m
2
grain long)
Card stock - upper limit
(grain long)
a, f

Index 90 lb (163 g/m
2
)
Bristol Tag 100 lb (163 g/m
2
)
Cover 65 lb (176 g/m
2
)
Card stock - upper limit (grain short)
a, f
Index Bristol 110 lb (199 g/m
2
)
Tag 125 lb (203 g/m
2
)
2
)
Transparencies
i, j

Laser printer type 43 to 45 lb bond (161 to 169 g/m
2
)
Labels - upper limit Paper 48 lb bond (180 g/m
2
)
Dual-web paper 48 lb bond (180 g/m
2
)
Polyester 59 lb bond (220 g/m
2
)
Vinyl
g, h
92 lb liner (300 g/m
2
)
Integrated forms Pressure sensitive
area
c
(140 to 175 g/m
2
)
Paper base (grain long) 20 to 36 lb bond (75 to 135 g/m
2
)
Multipurpose Feeder
Paper
b, f
Xerographic or
business paper
16 to 19.9 lb bond (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
grain long)
20 to 47 lb bond (75 to 176 g/m
2
grain long)
Specialty papers Gloss book 60 to 120 lb book (88 to 176 g/m
2
grain long)
2
grain long)
(grain long)
a, f
2
)
Tag 100 lb (163 g/m
2
)
2
)
(grain short)
a, f
2
)
Tag 125 lb (203 g/m
2
)
2
)
Transparencies
i, j
2
)
Labels - upper limit
Paper 53 lb bond (199 g/m
2
)
Dual-web paper 53 lb bond (199 g/m
2
)
2
)
Vinyl
g, h
2
)
area
c
Up to 47 lb bond (140 to 175 g/m
2
)
Paper base (grain long) 20 to 36 lb bond (75 to 135 g/m
2
)
Envelopes
d, e
Sulfite, wood-free or up
to 100% cotton bond
16 to 28 lb bond (60 to 105 g/m
2
)
4924-xx
Output media types and weights
2,000-Sheet drawer
Paper
b, f
Xerographic or
business paper
16 to 19.9 lb bond (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
grain long)
20 to 47 lb bond (75 to 176 g/m
2
grain long)
2
grain long)
2
grain long)
a
For 60 to 176 g/m
2
paper, grain long fibers are recommended. For papers heavier than 176 g/m
2
, grain short
is preferred.
b
Paper less than 75 g/m2 limited to less than 60% relative humidity and is not supported in duplex.
c
Pressure-sensitive area must enter the printer first.
d
100% cotton content maximum weight is 24 lb bond. 28 lb envelopes are limited to 25% cotton content.
e
28 lb bond envelopes are limited to 25% cotton content.
f
The duplex option supports the same types and weights as the printer except 16 to 19.9 lb (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
)
grain long paper, transparencies, labels, envelopes or A5 card stock.
g
Vinyl labels are supported only when printing environment and media are 20 to 23C (68 to 90F).
h
Refer to the Converter Listing on Lexmark's Home Page and Automated FAX system (LEXFAX
SM
) for
information on whether your vinyl label converter has passed Lexmark's criteria. Refer to the Card Stock and
Label Guide for more details.
i
Lexmark transparency numbers 12A5940 and 12A5941 are supported from the standard tray, optional 500-
sheet trays and the multipurpose feeder.
j
Lexmark transparency numbers 12A5150 and 12A5151 are supported from the multipurpose feeder only.
Media Weight
Standard output bin and optional output expander
Paper
b, f
Xerographic or
business paper
16 to 19.9 lb bond (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
grain long)
20 to 47 lb bond (75 to 176 g/m
2
grain long)
2
grain long)
2
grain long)
Card Stock - Upper
limit (grain long)
a
2
)
Tag 100 lb (163 g/m
2
)
2
)
Card stock upper
limit (grain short)
a
2
)
Tag 125 lb (203 g/m
2
)
2
)
Transparencies
i,j
2
)
Labels - upper limit Paper 48 lb bond (180 g/m
2
)
Dual-web paper
k
48 lb bond (180 g/m
2
)
2
)
Vinyl
g, h, k
2
)
area
c

Up to 47 lb bond (140 to 175 g/m
2
)
Paper base
(grain long)
20 to 36 lb bond (75 to 135 g/m
2
)
Envelopes
d, e
Sulfite, wood-free or up
to 100% cotton bond
16 to 28 lb bond (60 to 105 g/m
2
)
Media Weight
1-16 Service Manual
4924-xx
Finisher (Output bin, Offset Stack)
Paper
b, f
Xerographic or
business paper
16 to 19.9 lb bond (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
grain long)
20 to 47 lb bond (75 to 176 g/m
2
grain long)
2
grain long)
Finisher (Staple and Hole Punch)
Paper Xerographic or
business paper
16 to 19.9 lb bond (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
grain long)
20 to 32 lb bond (75 to 120.4 g/m2 grain long)
Specialty papers Gloss book 60 to 84.5 lb book (88 to 125 g/m
2
grain long)
5-Bin Mailbox
Paper Xerographic or
business paper
16 to 19.9 lb bond (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
grain long)
20 to 24 lb bond (75 to 90 g/m
2
grain long)
a
For 60 to 176 g/m
2
paper, grain long fibers are recommended. For papers heavier than 176 g/m
2
, grain short
is preferred.
b
Paper less than 75 g/m
2
limited to less than 60% relative humidity and is not supported in duplex.
c
Pressure-sensitive area must enter the printer first.
d
100% cotton content maximum weight is 24 lb bond. 28 lb envelopes are limited to 25% cotton content.
e
28 lb bond envelopes are limited to 25% cotton content.
f
The duplex option supports the same types and weights as the printer except 16 to 19.9 lb (60 to 74.9 g/m
2
)
grain long paper, transparencies, labels, envelopes or A5 card stock.
g
Vinyl labels are supported only when printing environment and media are 20 to 23C (68 to 90F).
h
Refer to the Converter Listing on Lexmark's Home Page and Automated FAX system (LEXFAX) for
information on whether your vinyl label converter has passed Lexmark's criteria. Refer to the Card Stock and
Label Guide for more details.
i
Lexmark transparency numbers 12A5940 and 12A5941 are supported from the standard tray, optional
500-sheet trays and the multipurpose feeder.
j
Lexmark transparency numbers 12A5150 and 12A5151 are supported from the multipurpose feeder only.
k The web oiler might be used for extensive use of vinyl or dual web labels. See Acronyms on page 1-17.
Media Weight
4924-xx
Acronyms
BLDC Brushless DC Motor
BOR Black Only Retract
C Cyan
CSU Customer Setup
DIMM Dual Inline Memory Module
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
EDO Enhanced Data Out
EP Electrophotographic Process
EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
GB Gigabyte
HCIT High-Capacity Input Tray
HCOF High-Capacity Output Finisher
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply
ITU Image Transfer Unit
K Black
LASER Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light-Emitting Diode
LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply
M Magenta
MROM Masked Read Only Memory
MS Microswitch
NVRAM Nonvolatile Random Access Memory
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OPT Optical Sensor
PC Photoconductor
pel Picture element
POR Power-On Reset
POST Power-On Self Test
PSD Position Sensing Device
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
RIP Raster Imaging Processor
ROM Read Only Memory
SDRAM Synchronous Dual Random Access Memory
SIMM Single Inline Memory Module
SRAM Static Random Access Memory
UPR Used Parts Return
V ac Volts alternating current
V dc Volts direct current
VTB Vacuum Transport Belt
Y Yellow
1-18 Service Manual
4924-xx
Diagnostic information 2-1
4924-xx
2. Diagnostic information
Start
CAUTION: Unplug power cord from the printer or electrical outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable or
electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer. Disconnect any
connections between the printer and PCs/peripherals. The printer weighs 47.7 kg (105 lb.) and requires at
least two people to lift it safely. Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the
printer down.
To determine the corrective action necessary to repair a printer, look for the following information:
Does the POR stop? Check the POR (Power-On Reset) sequence on page 2-2
Do you have a symptom, rather than an error message?
Symptom table - base printer on page 2-3
Symptom table - 500-sheet drawer option on page 2-4
Symptom table - HCIT 2000-sheet option on page 2-4
Symptom table - output expander option on page 2-4
Symptom table - 5-bin mailbox option on page 2-5
Symptom table - finisher (HCOF) option on page 2-5
If you have an error message or user message, check the following:
Error code table on page 2-6
2xx Paper Jams on page 2-15
User attendance messages on page 2-27
Service checks on page 2-41 for individual error messages
Additional information can be found at the following locations:
Sub error code table on page 2-18
Understanding the printer operator panel on page 2-21
Service checks on page 2-41
Note: There may be printer error messages that are not contained in this service manual. Call your next level
support for assistance.
2-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
POR (Power-On Reset) sequence
The following is an example of the events that occur during the POR sequence for the base machine with no
paper handling options installed.
1. Power the machine on.
2. +5V LED (Power ON) on the system board comes on.
3. Operator Panel LED comes on solid.
4. All diamonds appear on the display.
5. While loading code, dots scroll across the display.
6. The following is an example of the screen that displays after the code is loaded.
7. Performing Self Test is displayed.
8. Fuser drive motor turns on.
9. Fuser fan turns on.
10. RIP fan turns on.
11. Heartbeat LED on system boards turns on.
12. Fuser lamps turn on.
13. Vacuum transport belt fan turns on.
14. ITU Missing is posted if the ITU is missing.
15. Fuser Missing is posted if the fuser is missing.
16. Close Door is posted if the front cover is open.
17. Busy is displayed.
18. Operator panel LED blinks.
19. Redrive exit roller turns.
20. Any cartridge errors are posted such as a defective cartridge, Return Program information, or missing
cartridge.
21. Any applicable maintenance messages display such as 80 Fuser Maintenance or 83 ITU Maintenance.
22. One of the toner low messages appears when applicable: 88 Yellow Toner Low, 88 Magenta Toner Low,
88 Cyan Toner Low, or 88 Black Toner Low.
23. Color calibration may be initiated. This is displayed if one of the following occurs:
The printer detects at power on, or the front cover is closed, that a new or different toner cartridge has
been installed.
The printer detects at power on when the cover is closed that a new or different ITU has been
installed.
The printer detects at power on that the fuser temperature is below 60C.
When coming out of power saver if power saver has been active for eight hours or longer.
If the printer is turned on when a calibration cycle was in progress since the printer was last powered
off.
24. Ready is displayed.
128MB 600Mhz
128MB = Amount of Memory 600Mhz = Processor Speed
4924-xx
Symptom tables
Symptom table - base printer
Symptom Action
Fuser fan fails to run or is noisy Go to 925 error code on page 2-85.
RIP fan fails to run or is noisy Go to 927 error code on page 2-86.
VTB fan fails to run or is noisy Go to 926 error code on page 2-85.
Excessive fuser drive motor assembly noise Go to Excessive fuser drive motor assembly
noise on page 2-124.
Machine inoperative: Fans dont turn, engine not on,
lights not on, and none of the printer functions work.
Go to AC and DC power service check on
page 2-105.
Close Door displays constantly, unable to clear the
message, POR incomplete
Go to Close door/HVPS/printhead interlock switch
service check on page 2-110.
Operator panel: One or more buttons do not work Go to Operator panel LCD/status LED/buttons
Operator panel: Display is blank, printer does not
sound 5 beeps, but printer is not inoperative
Replace the Operator panel on page 4-50.
Operator Panel: Operator panel displays all diamonds
continuously, sounds 5 beeps, and POST inoperative
Go to Operator panel LCD/status LED/buttons
Operator panel: One pel or random pels are missing Replace the Operator panel on page 4-50.
Paper feed problems, base printer Go to 2xx Paper Jams on page 2-15.
Paper feed problems, integrated tray Go to Tray 1 service check on page 2-142.
Printer prints black only, no colors Make sure that the printer is not set up to print black
only. If the printer is set up correctly, check the Black
Retract Motor and gears for correct operation. If the
gears are operating correctly, replace the Retract
Motor Assembly. If this does not correct the problem,
go to Black only retract (BOR) service check on
page 2-109.
Print quality: 100% single color printed
All black print
All cyan print
All magenta print
All yellow print
Go to Entire page is mostly one colorFull bleed
planes in one color on page 2-131.
Print quality: Blank page (no image) Go to Blank page (no image) on page 2-130.
Print quality: Evenly spaced horizontal marks or lines
on the printed page
Go to Vertical lines or streaks on page 2-134.
Print quality: Black line Black horizontal lines are most likely caused by a
shorted charge roll in the print cartridge. Replace the
black print cartridge.
Print quality: Magenta, cyan, or yellow lines. Vertical lines or streaks on page 2-134 or
Horizontal lines or streaks on page 2-134.
Print quality: Colored lines, streaks, or smudges Go to Vertical lines or streaks on page 2-134 or
Horizontal lines or streaks on page 2-134.
Print quality: Light lines or streaks appear on the
printed page
Go to Light lines or streaks appear on the page
on page 2-139.
Print quality: Light print Go to Light print over the entire page on
page 2-133.
Print quality: Missing colors Go to Missing colorsComplete or partially
missing color planes on page 2-132.
Print quality: Uneven printing Go to Uneven printing on page 2-137.
2-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
Symptom table - 500-sheet drawer option
Symptom table - HCIT 2000-sheet option
Symptom table - output expander option
Print quality: Poor color alignment Go to Poor color alignment on page 2-136.
Print quality: Toner on the back of the page Go to Toner is on the back of the printed page on
page 2-139.
Print quality: Toner smears or rubs off the page Go to Toner smears or rubs off the page with no
error code displayed on page 2-138.
Print quality: Multiple horizontal lines Go to Vertical lines or streaks on page 2-134
Symptom Action
Printer fails to recognize the option is installed Go to The base printer does not recognize that
tray x is installed. on page 2-102.
The tray x autocompensator fails to retract, stays in
down position
Go to Tray x autocompensator fails to retract,
stays in down position. on page 2-103.
Paper Low message appears when adequate paper
is installed (tray x)
Go to The printer detects paper low in tray x when
adequate paper is installed in the tray. on
page 2-103.
Paper Out message appears when adequate paper is
installed (tray x)
Go to The printer detects paper out in tray x when
adequate paper is installed in the tray. on
page 2-104.
Tray x does not detect size media is installed Go to Tray x does not detect size media installed
on page 2-104.
Paper jams in the option tray Go to 2xx Paper Jams on page 2-15.
Symptom Action
Printer fails to recognize the option is installed Go to Printer does not recognize that the HCIT
2000-sheet option is installed. on page 2-122.
HCIT does not function. There is no response. The
HCIT is inoperative.
Go to HCIT inoperative on page 2-123.
HCIT does not recognize the correct paper size Go to HCIT 2000-sheet option does not recognize
the size paper selected. on page 2-124.
Paper jams in the HCIT Go to 2xx Paper Jams on page 2-15.
Symptom Action
Printer fails to recognize the option is installed. The
paper feeds into the standard bin.
Go to Output expander option service check on
page 2-127.
Remove Paper - Output Bin x is displayed and cannot
be cleared
Go to Remove Paper - Output Bin x is displayed,
POST is incomplete unable to clear the message.
on page 2-128
Printer does not display Output Bin Full Go to No indication that bin x is full or no
indication that bin x is near full. on page 2-129.
Excessive static electricity buildup Go to Problems with excessive static electricity
buildup. on page 2-129.
Symptom Action
4924-xx
Symptom table - 5-bin mailbox option
Symptom table - finisher (HCOF) option
Symptom Action
Printer fails to recognize the option is installed. Paper
feeds into the standard bin.
Go to The printer does not recognize one or more
output options as installed. on page 2-99.
Ready Bin x Full displays and wont clear Go to Ready bin x full message - may be able to
clear message and will feed paper into bin
selected. on page 2-100
Bin x is full but no message displays that Bin x is full Bin x full - no message that bin x is full message
on page 2-100
271 Paper Jam appears, paper does not feed into the
bin selected.
Go to Paper does not feed into the bin selected.
271 Paper Jam - check bin 1 message on
page 2-101
Symptom Action
Check Finisher displayed, unable to clear message Go to Check Finisher displayed, unable to clear
message on page 2-117
Finisher is inoperative Go to Finisher is inoperative, or not recognized
on page 2-118
Front door is open and no error message appears Go to Front door is open, no indication on
display on page 2-119
Inoperative fan Go to Fan in finisher inoperative on page 2-119
Full chad box, no message appears Go to No indication that the chad box is full, no
message on page 2-120
Chad Box Full message appears when box is not full Go to Chad Box Full message when chad box is
not full on page 2-120
Paper jams in the finisher (HCOF) option Go to 2xx Paper Jams on page 2-15.
2-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
Error code table
Error code Action
9xx service errors
900 RIP Software Error Go to 900 RIP Software Error on page 2-83.
902 Service Engine Error 0 General Engine Software Errors 902 through 907 indicate an
unrecoverable engine software error. The system board may cause this
type of error. Turn the printer off and on to try and clear the error code. If
this does not fix the problem after several attempts, call your next level
support before replacing the system board.
904 Engine Software Interface violation by RIP - Check all cabling and connections to the
system board. If no problem is found, replace the system board. See
System board on page 4-69.
906 Engine RAM Error Engine RAM Error - Replace the system board. See System board on
page 4-69.
907 Engine Flash Error Engine Flash Error - The system board might be causing the error code.
Try the following:
Reflash the system board with the correct level code. If this does not fix
the problem, replace the system board. See System board on
page 4-69.
920 Color Calibrate Unrecoverable TPS Gain Error - Replace the ITU assembly. See ITU
assembly on page 4-40.
921 Color Calibrate Unrecoverable TPS Error - Replace the ITU assembly. See ITU
922 Color Calibrate Unrecoverable TPS Invalid Belt - Replace the ITU assembly. See ITU
925 Fan Stalled Fuser fan - Go to 925 error code on page 2-85.
926 Fan Stalled VTB fan - Go to 926 error code on page 2-85.
927 Fan Stalled RIP Fan - Go to 927 error code on page 2-86.
930 LV Power Supply Unable to find zero crossover point - Replace the LVPS. See LVPS
931 LV Power Supply Invalid AC Frequency - The AC power line frequency may be incorrect.
Go to AC power service check on page 2-105.
939 RIP Engine Comm The RIP processor cannot communicate with the engine processor.
Replace the system board. See System board on page 4-69.
940 TMC Error - Cyan Cyan TMC switch failure - Go to 940 error code on page 2-87.
941 TMC Error - Magenta Magenta TMC switch failure - Go to 941 error code on page 2-89.
942 TMC Error - Yellow Yellow TMC switch failure - Go to 942 error code on page 2-91.
943 TMC Error - Black Black TMC switch failure - Go to 943 error code on page 2-93.
953 NVRAM Failure NVRAM Chip Failure system board - Replace the system board. See
954 NVRAM Failure NVRAM CRC failure - Replace the system board. See System board
on page 4-69.
4924-xx
955 Code CRC <loc> System board - This error indicates that the Code ROM or NAND failed
the CRC check. The location of the failure is indicated by <loc>. Replace
the system board. See System board on page 4-69.
956 Service <xxxx>
System Board
A four digit code displays <xxxx>. Go to 956 service error on
page 2-95.
957 System Board ASIC Failure Replace the system board. See System board on page 4-69.
958 NAND Failure Replace the system board. See System board on page 4-69.
960 RAM Memory Error RAM soldered on board is bad. Replace the system board. See System
board on page 4-69.
961 RAM Memory Error There is an error in the memory installed in the memory option slot on the
system board. If another memory option is available, switch the memory
options to isolate the problem. If you do not have a spare memory option
to switch, then replace the memory installed. If this does not fix the
problem, replace the System board on page 4-69.
964 Emulation Error Download emulation CRC failure has occurred. The following actions
may be taken:
1. Disable the Download Emulation
2. Program the download emulation into the code overlay SIMM, again.
3. If the problem is not resolved, replace the code overlay SIMM and
download emulation, again.
975 Standard Network
or
Network Card x
Unrecognizable network Errors 975 through 979 indicate a failure with
the standard network port located on the system board or a network card
in the specified slot x, x=1, 2 or 3. Replace the card in the specified slot.
976 Standard Network Unrecoverable software or error in network for network card x. If unable
to clear the error message, check the following:
If installed, check network card for correct installation.
If correctly installed, replace the network card.
If a network card is not installed, replace the system board.
or
Network Card x
Bad checksum while programming network Network Card x port.
or
Network Card X
Flash parts failed while programming Network Card x port.
980 <device> comm Engine is experiencing unreliable communications to the specified
device.
Errors 980 through 984 indicate the specified device has detected a
Paper Port communication failure.
981 <device> comm Engine protocol violation detected by the specified device.
Engine
Duplex Option
Tray x (where x=1,2,3,4, or 5)
982 <device> comm Communications error detected by the specified device.
Output Bin (where x=1,2,3,or 6)
Note: This message is used for single bin output devices.
Bins x to y (where x to y= 1 to 5, 2 to 6, or 6 to 10)
Error code Action
2-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
983 <device> comm Invalid command received by the specified device.
Note: This message is used for multiple bin output devices.
Note: Check the autoconnects above and below the failing option to
make sure they are seated and connected correctly. Go to service check
for the device indicated.
984 <device> comm Invalid command parameter received by the specified device.
990 <device> This error message indicates that an equipment check condition has
occurred in the specified device, but the device is unable to identify the
exact component failure. Go to For 990 Service Error - Tray x, x=Tray
2, 3, 4 or 5, this is the tray that has a problem or needs service. on
page 2-96.
Note: <device> can be one of the following:
Duplex option
Tray x (where x=1,2,3,4, or 5)
Output bin x (where x=1,2,3, or 6)
Output bin x to y (where x=1 to 5, 2 to 6, or 6 to 20)
Note: This message is used for multiple bin output devices. Go to the
service check for the device indicated.
991 <device> System Card
Failure
This error message indicates that a device has detected an equipment
check in its system board.
Note: <device> can be one of the following;
Duplex option
Tray x (where x=1,2,3,4 or 5)
Output bin x (where x=1,2,3, or 6)
Output bin x to y (where x=1 to 5, 2 to 6, or 6 to 20)
Note: This message is used for multiple bin output devices. Go to the
service check for the device indicated.
1xx service errors
100 ITU Error ITU stall - Go to 100 ITU Error on page 2-41.
101 ITU Error Invalid ITU memory - Replace ITU assembly on page 4-40.
102 ITU Error ITU shorted thermistor - Replace ITU assembly on page 4-40.
103 ITU Error Memory load error - Replace ITU assembly on page 4-40.
104 ITU Error ITU belt tracking - Go to 104 ITU Error on page 2-44.
106 Printhead Error Cyan printhead lost Hsync
Check for the correct installation of all the cables to the system board
assembly and to the printhead assembly; J8, and J9 on the system
board. Go to System board on page 5-8. If the cables are connected
correctly to the system board and to the printhead assembly, go to
Printhead diagnostics on page 3-1.
Note: Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in
Error code Action
4924-xx
107 Printhead Error Magenta printhead lost Hsync
assembly and to the printhead assembly; J11 and J12 on the system
108 Printhead Error Yellow printhead lost Hsync
assembly and to the printhead assembly; J7 and J8 on the system board.
Go to System board on page 5-8. If the cables are connected
109 Printhead Error Black printhead lost Hsync
110 Printhead Error No first Hysnc - cyan
111 Printhead Error No first Hysnc - magenta
112 Printhead Error No first Hysnc - yellow
Error code Action
2-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
113 Printhead Error No first Hysnc - black
Check for the correct installation of all the cables to the system board and
in the printhead assembly; J12 and J13 on the system board. Go to
System board on page 5-8. If the cables are connected correctly, go
to Printhead diagnostics on page 3-1.
114 Printhead Error A black printhead servo error has been detected.
Verify all packing material have been removed from the printer. Check at
the top of the printhead for the cardboard or plastic packaging.
If error persists, see Printhead diagnostics on page 3-1.
115 Printhead Error A cyan printhead servo error has been detected.
116 Printhead Error A magenta printhead servo error has been detected.
Error code Action
4924-xx
117 Printhead Error A yellow printhead servo error has been detected.
120 Fuser Error Wrong fuser lamp - hot roll - replace the fuser assembly. See Fuser
121 Fuser Error Wrong fuser lamp - BUR - replace the fuser assembly. See Fuser
122 Fuser Error Fuser below temperature when printing - hot roll - go to 122 error code
on page 2-46.
123 Fuser Error Fuser below temperature when printing - BUR - go to 123 error code
on page 2-46.
124 Fuser Error Fuser over temperature - hot roll - go to 124 error code on page 2-47.
125 Fuser Error Fuser over temperature - BUR - go to 125 error code on page 2-47.
126 Fuser Error Fuser open thermistor hot roll - go to 126 error code on page 2-48.
127 Fuser Error Fuser open thermistor BUR - go to 127 error code on page 2-48.
128 Fuser Error Fuser under temperature in standby - hot roll - go to 128 error code on
page 2-49.
129 Fuser Error Fuser under temperature in standby - BUR - go to 129 error code on
page 2-49.
130 Fuser Error Fuser failed to reach standby temperature - hot roll - go to 130 error
code on page 2-50.
131 Fuser Error Fuser failed to reach standby temperature -BUR - go to 131 error
code on page 2-51.
132 Fuser Error Fuser cold hot roll - go to 132 error code on page 2-52.
133 Fuser Error Fuser cold roll - BUR - go to 133 error code on page 2-53.
134 Fuser Error Fuser lamp on too long hot roll - go to 134 error code on page 2-54.
135 Fuser Error Fuser lamp on too long BUR - go to 135 error code on page 2-54.
136 Fuser Error Fuser cam position not found - go to 136 error code on page 2-54.
140 Motor DC motor accel stall - registration (staging)- replace the Registration
motor on page 4-66.
If this does not fix the problem, replace the System board on
page 4-69.
Error code Action
2-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
141 Motor DC pick motor excessive PWM - registration (staging) motor - replace the
Registration motor on page 4-66.
page 4-69.
142 Motor DC pick motor, over speed - registration (staging) motor - replace the
Registration motor on page 4-66. If this does not fix the problem,
replace the System board on page 4-69.
143 Motor DC pick motor, no encoder feedback - registration (staging) motor -
replace the Registration motor on page 4-66. If this does not fix the
problem, replace the System board on page 4-69.
144 Motor DC motor accel stall - autocompensator motor - replace the
Autocompensator pick assembly on page 4-20.
page 4-69.
145 Motor DC motor excessive PWM autocompensator motor - replace the
Autocompensator pick assembly on page 4-20.
page 4-69.
146 Motor Autocompensator motor over speed, autocompensator motor - replace
the Autocompensator pick assembly on page 4-20 If this does not
fix the problem, replace the System board on page 4-69.
147 Motor There is no autocompensator DC motor feedback. Replace the
Autocompensator pick assembly on page 4-20. If this does not fix
the problem, replace the System board on page 4-69.
148 Motor ITU belt motor, unable to lock - go to 148 error code on page 2-56.
150 Motor Black cartridge motor unable to lock - go to 150 error code on
page 2-57.
151 Motor Magenta cartridge motor unable to lock - go to 151 error code on
page 2-58.
152 Motor Cyan cartridge motor unable to lock - go to 152 error code on
page 2-58.
153 Motor Yellow Cartridge motor unable to lock - go to 153 error code on
page 2-59.
154 Motor ITU belt motor - lost lock - go to 154 error code on page 2-60.
156 Motor Black cartridge motor lost lock - go to 156 error code on page 2-61.
157 Motor Magenta cartridge motor lost lock - go to 157 error code on
page 2-62.
158 Motor Cyan cartridge motor lost lock - go to 158 error code on page 2-62.
159 Motor Yellow cartridge motor lost lock - go to 159 error code on page 2-63.
160 Motor ITU belt BLDC motor mfg. unknown - go to 160 error code on
page 2-63.
162 Motor Black cartridge BLDC motor mfg. unknown - go to 162 error code on
page 2-64.
163 Motor Magenta cartridge BLDC motor mfg. unknown - go to 163 error code
on page 2-64.
Error code Action
4924-xx
164 Motor Cyan cartridge BLDC motor mfg. unknown - go to 164 error code on
page 2-64.
165 Motor Yellow cartridge BLDC motor mfg. unknown - go to 165 error code on
page 2-65.
167 Motor The incorrect configuration ID.
168 Motor Unknown manufacture type - perform Motor Detect on page 3-17. If
you do not find the problem after performing the test, call your next level
support.
169 Motor Mirror motor lock not achieved - black - go to Printhead diagnostics
on page 3-1.
170 Motor Mirror motor lost lock - black - go to Printhead diagnostics on
page 3-1.
171 Motor Mirror motor lock not achieved - cyan - go to Printhead diagnostics
on page 3-1.
172 Motor Mirror motor lost lock - cyan - go to Printhead diagnostics on
page 3-1.
173 Motor Mirror motor lock not achieved - magenta - go to Printhead
diagnostics on page 3-1.
174 Motor Mirror motor lost lock - magenta - go to Printhead diagnostics on
page 3-1.
175 Motor Mirror motor lock not achieved - yellow - go to Printhead diagnostics
on page 3-1.
176 Motor Mirror motor lost lock - yellow - go to Printhead diagnostics on
page 3-1.
196 Service Thermal System The printer has detected an error in the printhead thermal drift
compensation system. Perform the Drift Sensors on page 3-16.
199 Service Reflash RIP The printer has detected an invalid version of the RIP code and must be
reflashed to the approved version. Contact your next level support.
Error code Action
2-14 Service Manual
4924-xx
Programming errors - P101 through P116
These error codes may be displayed whenever a new code upgrade has been attempted. It is possible that the
wrong type of code, network versus non-network, or a corrupted file was probably sent to the printer. Verify that
the correct type of code is being flashed to the printer.
The following displays whenever a programming error occurs while programming the RIP code.
Programming
Error Pxxx
Error code Description
P101
P104
Bad file type - The proper signature was not found in the file.
P102 Device size error - The flash file was too large to fit on the flash device.
P103 Copyright too large - The copyright message was too large to fit into one block.
P104 Not used
P105 Invalid package - A network file was used to program a non-network printer, or a
non-network file was used to program a network printer.
P106 Not used (invalid chip select)
P107 Not used (invalid Block Table (IBT) is not valid)
P108 Invalid socket - The socket ID requested for programming is not valid.
P109 Package size error - An update file was used to program the printer, but the
package did not fit within the space allocated in the Master Boot Record.
P110 Too many bad blocks - The Invalid Block Table is too large to fit in the allocated
space.
P111 Boot Loader too large - The Boot Loader (zloader) is too large to fit into block 0.
P112 Invalid DLE - An upddle.fls file was used to update the DLE code on printer with a
firmware card installed, but the DLE was not found on the firmware card.
P113 Not used (no partition specified)
P114 Bad secure header - The secure header for the DLE was invalid.
P115 Invalid package - A non-DLE full file was sent to a flash that already had a DLE
partition. (You must use erasele.fls to wipe out the DLE partition first).
P116 User Flash partition in use - An attempt was made to program code over a user
flash part.
4924-xx
2xx Paper Jams
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
200 Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave sheets in
Finisher area 5
Primary: This message indicates that a paper jam has
occurred at or near the printer Input Sensor. Open the
printers left door (Paper Jam Removal Door) to access the
jammed media.
Secondary: If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled
when the jam is detected, the printer alternately flashes the
primary and secondary messages indicating the
accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam
clearing.
Note: When the secondary message is displayed, if the
accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint
these sheets. Also if the print job is completed, the portion of
the job printed after the jam will not be stapled.
If removing the jammed media does not fix the problem, go
to 200 Paper JamOptions and multipurpose feeder
on page 2-68 or 200 Paper JamTray 1 on page 2-66.
201 Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave sheets in
Finisher area 5
Primary: Media has jammed at or before the fuser sensor.
Open the printer lower right or center door to access the
jammed media.
clearing.
to 201 Paper Jam on page 2-70.
202 Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave sheets in
Finisher area 5
Primary: Media has jammed at the fuser. Open the printer
right door to access the jam area.
clearing.
to202 Paper Jam on page 2-71.
2-16 Service Manual
4924-xx
230 Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave Job in
Finisher area 5
Primary: Paper has most likely jammed in the duplex option.
Remove the duplex tray to access the jam.
clearing.
24x Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave Job in
Finisher area 5
Primary: This paper jam message can apply to both the
500-sheet Option Tray, envelope option, special media
option, and HCIT option. Tray x (x=2 through 4). Open the
option side access door and then the tray.
clearing.
to 24x Paper jam on page 2-74.
250 Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave Job in
Finisher area 5
Primary: Paper is jammed in the MPF.
clearing.
271 Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave Job in
Finisher area 5
Primary: Paper has jammed at Output Bin 1. Open the door
of Bin 1 to access the jammed media.
clearing.
to 271 Paper Jam - check bin 1 on page 2-80.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
4924-xx
272 Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave Job in
Finisher area 5
Primary: Media is jammed in the 5-Bin Mailbox Option.
Open the rear door of option to access the jammed media.
clearing.
to 272 Paper Jam - check bin x on page 2-81.
280 Paper Jam
Clear Paper Path
Leave sheets in
Finisher area 5
Primary: Media has jammed in the Finisher Option. Open
the finisher option front door to access the jammed pages.
clearing.
282 Staple Jam
Check Stapler
Remove Job from
Finisher
The stapler device detects a paper jam during normal
stapler operation such as when printing and stapling jobs.
Check stapler are for jam in accumulator or stapler. Remove
stapler cartridge to check for staple jam.
Note: After the error has been cleared, the printer does not
reprint any pages which existed in the accumulator for
stapling.
The following actions can be taken while either the primary
or secondary messages are displayed:
Press Go to initiate priming and resume printing.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
2-18 Service Manual
4924-xx
Sub error code table
Use this table to troubleshoot the printer when 9xx and 2xx Error Codes are displayed.
When a 9xx or 2xx error code is displayed, press and hold Return and press Select to view the Sub error code.
Sub error code Explanation
2D 00 No media available in duplex option.
2D 01 Leading edge of image position has reached image halt location.
2D 02 Paper jam detected. Sensor S2 was activated at an unexpected time.
2D 03 Paper jam detected. Sensor S2 was not activated within the timeout period.
2D 04 Paper jam detected. Sensor S2 did not deactivate during the timeout period.
2D 05 Paper jam detected. Sensor NM was activated at an unexpected time.
2D 06 Paper jam detected. Sensor NM did not deactivate during the timeout period.
2D 07 Paper jam detected. The fuser exit sensor was activated at an unexpected time.
2D 08 Paper jam detected. The fuser exit sensor did not deactivate by the previous page or the
current page did not activate the fuser exit sensor within the timeout period.
2D 09 Paper jam detected. The fuser exit sensor did not deactivate during the timeout period.
2D 0A Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in the Duplex Option.
2D 0B Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in Tray 2.
2D 0C Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in Tray 3.
2D 0D Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in Tray 4.
2D 0E S2 sensor was not made within timeout period (source is MPF).
2D 0F S2 sensor was made too early.
2D 10 S2 sensor was made too early (source is MPF).
2D 11 Media versus registration error is out of acceptable bounds.
2D 12 Media versus registration error is out of acceptable bounds (source is MPF).
2D 13 Prism sensor detected incorrect media (source is MPF).
2D 14 Prism sensor detected different media from the tray sensor.
2D 15 Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in Stacker 1.
2D 1A Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in Stacker 6.
2D 1B Sensor (S2) has been activated or obstructed.
2D 1C Fuser narrow media sensor obstructed.
4924-xx
2D 1D Fuser exit sensor obstructed.
2D 1E Duplex sensor(s) obstructed.
2D 1F Tray 2 sensor obstructed.
2D 20 Tray 3 sensor obstructed.
2D 21 Tray 4 sensor obstructed.
2D 22 Pass thru sensor in Stacker 1 obstructed.
2D 28 Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in the Duplex option.
2D 29 Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in Tray 2.
2D 2A Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in Tray 3.
2D 2B Paper jam detected. A paper jam detected in Tray 4.
2D 2C Duplex input motor error detected, the engine detected a stall condition.
2D 2D Duplex input motor error detected, the engine detected a PWM error.
2D 2E Duplex input motor error detected, the engine detected a motor encoder error.
2D 2F Duplex reversing motor error detected, the engine detected a stall condition.
2D 30 Duplex reversing motor error detected, the engine has detected a PWM error condition.
2D 31 Duplex reversing motor error detected, the engine detected a motor encoder error.
2D 32 Tray 2 pick motor stall error detected.
2D 33 Tray 2 pick motor PWM error detected.
2D 34 Tray 2 pick motor encoder error detected.
2D 35 Tray 2 feed motor stall error detected.
2D 36 Tray 2 feed motor PWM error detected.
2D 37 Tray 2 feed motor Encoder error detected.
2D 38 Tray 3 pick motor stall error detected.
2D 39 Tray 3 pick motor PWM error detected.
2D 3A Tray 3 pick motor Encoder error detected.
2D 3B Tray 4 feed motor stall error detected.
2D 3C Tray 4 feed motor PWM error detected.
2D 3D Tray 4 feed motor Encoder error detected.
2-20 Service Manual
4924-xx
2D 3E Tray 4 pick motor stall error detected.
2D 3F Tray 4 pick motor PWM error detected.
2D 40 Tray 4 pick motor Encoder error detected.
2D 41 Tray 4 feed motor stall error detected.
2D 42 Tray 4 feed motor PWM error detected.
2D 43 Tray 4 feed motor encoder error detected.
2D 44 Registration (staging) Motor stall error detected when picking media from the MPF.
2D 45 Autocompensator motor stall error detected when picking media from the MPF.
2D 46 Autocompensator motor stall error detected when picking media from Tray 1.
2D 47 Registration (staging) motor PWM error detected.
2D 48 Autocompensator motor PWM error detected when picking media from the MPF.
2D 49 Autocompensator motor PWM error detected when picking media from Tray 1.
2D 4A Registration (staging) motor encoder error detected.
2D 4B Autocompensator motor encoder error detected when picking media from the MPF.
2D 4C Autocompensator motor encoder error detected when picking media from Tray 1.
2D 4E Output expander sensor was not activated by the media.
2D 4F Topmost output option sensor obstructed.
2D 50 5-Bin mailbox pass thru sensor was not deactivated by the previous page or not activated
by the current page.
2D 51 5-Bin mailbox pass thru sensor was not activated by the media.
2D 52 5-Bin mailbox sensor was not deactivated by the previous page or not activated by the
current page.
2D 53 5-Bin mailbox sensor was not activated by the media.
2D 54 Expander did not declare page complete.
2D 55 5-Bin mailbox did not declare page complete.
2D 56 5-Bin mailbox S1 broke early.
2D 57 5-Bin mailbox S2 broke early.
2D 58 Output expander sensor broke early.
2D 59 Detected early break of fuser exit sensor.
2D 5A Finisher detected staple jam.
4924-xx
Understanding the printer operator panel
The operator panel has five buttons, a display, and a light that flashes when the printer is processing a job
indicated by the Busy message.
Operator panel buttons
See the menu map for a brief overview of the printer menus available from the operator panel.
Button Function
Go Press Go to:
Return to the Ready state if the printer is offline (the Ready message does not
appear on the display).
Exit printer menus and return to the Ready state.
Clear some operator panel messages.
Resume printing after loading paper or clearing paper jams.
Exit Power Saver.
If you have changed printer settings from the operator panel menus, press Go before
sending a job to print. The printer must display Ready for jobs to print.
Menu Press Menu to:
Take the printer offline (out of the Ready state) and enter the menus. When the
printer is offline, press Menu to scroll through the menus and menu items.
List the menu items in the Job Menu (during Busy state).
For menu items that have numerical values, such as Copies, press and hold Menu to scroll
through the list of values. Release the button when the number you want appears.
If you see a Menu Disabled message, you will not be able to change default settings. You can
still clear messages and select items from the Job Menu when printing. When you send a job
to print, change printer properties to select the settings you want for your job.
Select Press Select to:
Open the menu shown on the second line of the display.
Save the displayed menu item as the new user default setting.
Clear certain messages from the display.
Continue printing after the Change <x> message appears.
Return Press Return to go back to the previous menu level or menu item.
Stop Press Stop at the Ready, Busy or Waiting message to temporarily take the printer offline.
The message changes to Not Ready. No date is lost.
1,2,3,4,5,6 Use the numbers located next to the names of the buttons to enter your personal
identification number (PIN) after you send a confidential job.
2-22 Service Manual
4924-xx
Select a menu or menu item for more details.
Paper Menu
Paper Source
Paper Size
Paper Type
Custom Types
Output Bin
Configure Bins
Overflow Bin
Assign Type/Bin
Substitute Size
Configure MP
Paper Texture
Paper Weight
Paper Loading
Universal Setup
Supplies Menu
<color> Toner
Oiler
Waste Bottle
Finishing Menu
Duplex
Duplex Bind
Copies
Blank Pages
Collation
Separator Sheets
Separator Source
Hole Punch
Offset Pages
Staple Job
Staple Prime Src
Multipage Print
Multipage Order
Multipage View
Multipage Border
Color Menu
Color Adjust
Color Balance
Color Correction
Color Samples
Color Saver
Manual Color
Print Mode
Print Resolution
Toner Darkness
Job Menu
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Print Buffer
Cancel Fax
Confidential Job
Held Jobs
Reset Active Bin
Utilities Menu
Print Menus
Print Net <x> Setup
Print Fonts
Print Directory
Factory Defaults
Format Flash
Defragment Flash
Format Disk
Job Acct Stat
Hex Trace
Color Alignment
Coverage Estimator
Setup Menu
Printer Language
Printer Usage
Power Saver
Resource Save
Download Target
Print Timeout
Auto Continue
Wait Timeout
Jam Recovery
Page Protect
Display Language
Alarm Control
Hole Punch Alarm
Staple Alarm
Toner Alarm
Job Accounting
Print Area
Black & White Lock
PCL Emul Menu
Font Source
Font Name
Point Size
Pitch
Symbol Set
Orientation
Lines per Page
A4 Width
Auto CR after LF
Auto LF after CR
Tray Renumber
PostScript Menu
Print PS Error
Font Priority
Image Smoothing
Serial Menu
PCL SmartSwitch
PS SmartSwitch
NPA Mode
Serial Buffer
Job Buffering
Serial Protocol
Robust XON
Baud
Data Bits
Parity
Honor DSR
Network Menu
PCL SmartSwitch
PS SmartSwitch
MAC Binary PS
NPA Mode
Network Buffer
Job Buffering
Network <x> Setup
Std Net Setup
USB Menu
PCL SmartSwitch
PS SmartSwitch
MAC Binary PS
NPA Mode
USB Buffer
Job Buffering
Parallel Menu
PCL SmartSwitch
PS SmartSwitch
NPA Mode
Parallel Buffer
Job Buffering
Advanced Status
Protocol
Honor Init
Parallel Mode 1
Parallel Mode 2
MAC Binary PS
Help Menu
Print All
Help Guide
Printing Guide
Supplies Guide
Print Quality
Color Quality
Media Guide
Connection Guide
Moving Guide
Print Defects
Jam Clearance
4924-xx
Color Menu
Use the Color Menu to adjust print quality and customize color printing.
Note: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default settings.
Menu Item Purpose Values
Color Adjust To manually recalibrate the color
conversion tables, adjusting for variations
in output that can occur as a result of
changing conditions, such as room
temperature or humidity.
No selections exist for this operation.
Pressing Select initiates this operation.
Color
Balance
To provide users with the ability to make
subtle color adjustments to printed output
by increasing or decreasing the amount of
toner being used for each color plane
individually.
Note: This function is only applied to files
printed using the PostScript driver.
Cyan -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0*, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
-5 is maximum decrease
5 is maximum increase
Magenta
Yellow
Black
Reset
Defaults
Sets values for Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, and Black to 0 (zero).
Color
Correction
To adjust the printed color to better match
the colors of other output devices or
standard color systems.
Note: Due to the differences between
additive and subtractive colors, certain
colors that appear on your monitor are
impossible to duplicate on your printer.
Auto* Applies different color conversion
tables to each object on the printed
page depending upon the type of
object and how the color for each
object is specified.
Off No color correction is implemented.
Manual Lets you customize the color
conversion tables applied to each
object on the printed page depending
upon the type of object and how the
color for each object is specified.
Customization is performed using the
selections available under the Manual
Color menu item.
Color
Samples
To assist users in selecting colors to be
printed. Users can print color samples
pages for each of the RGB and CMYK
color conversion tables used in the printer.
The color samples pages consist of a
series of colored boxes along with the
RGB or CMYK combination that creates
the color observed for each particular box.
These pages can be useful in helping
users decide which RGB or CMYK
combinations to use in their software
applications to create the desired printed
color output.
sRGB Display Prints RGB samples using
sRGB Display color conversion
tables.
sRGB Vivid Prints RGB samples using
sRGB Vivid color conversion tables.
OffRGB Prints RGB samples using Off (or no)
color conversion tables.
Vivid Prints RGB samples using Vivid color
conversion tables.
US CMYK Prints CMYK samples using
US CMYK color conversion tables.
Euro CMYK Prints CMYK samples using
Euro CMYK color conversion tables.
OffCMYK Prints CMYK samples using Off (or
no) color conversion tables.
Vivid CMYK Prints CMYK samples using
Vivid CMYK color conversion tables.
2-24 Service Manual
4924-xx
Color Saver To conserve toner. If selected, this setting
overrides Toner Darkness settings.
Off* Prints using Toner Darkness setting.
On Applies a lower Toner Darkness level.
Toner Darkness setting is ignored.
Manual Color To let users customize the RGB or CMYK
color conversions applied to each object
on the printed page. Color conversion of
the data specified using RGB
combinations can be customized based
on object type (text, graphics, or image).
RGB Image sRGB Display*: Applies a color
conversion table to produce
output that approximates the
colors displayed on a computer
monitor.
sRGB Vivid: Increases color
saturation for the sRGB Display
color conversion table. Preferred
for business graphics and text.
Off: No color conversion is
implemented.
Vivid: Applies a color conversion
table that produces brighter, more
saturated colors.
RGB Text sRGB Display
sRGB Vivid*
Off
Vivid
RGB
Graphics
CMYK US CMYK (default for 120V
machines): Applies a color
conversion table to approximate
SWOP color output.
Euro CMYK (default for 220V
machines): Applies color
conversion table to approximate
EuroScale color output.
Vivid CMYK: Increases color
saturation for the US CMYK color
conversion table.
Off: No color conversion is
implemented.
Print Mode To determine whether files are printed in a
monochrome grayscale or in color.
Color*
Black & White
Print
Resolution
To define the number of dots printed per
inch (dpi).
4800 CQ* Default setting.
1200 dpi Provides the highest resolution output
which generates preferable output for
certain images and graphics. This
setting also provides increased gloss.
4924-xx
Utilities Menu
Use the Utilities Menu to print a variety of listings relating to available printer resources, printer settings, and print
jobs. Other menu items let you set up printer hardware and troubleshoot printer problems.
Toner
Darkness
To lighten or darken printed output, or
conserve toner.
Note: Setting Toner Darkness to values of
1, 2, or 3 is only effective when using the
PostScript driver.
5 If Print Mode is Black & White, a
setting of 5 increases toner density
and darkness to all print jobs (PCL or
PostScript). If Print Mode is Color, a
setting of 5 is the same as 4.
4* Default toner darkness setting.
3 Reduction in toner consumption.
2 Further reduction in toner
consumption.
1 Maximum reduction in toner
consumption.
Color
Alignment
To print a color alignment test page, which
can be used to properly align how colors
are printed.
You are prompted to enter alignment values
for each setting (A...L).
0...20 (10*) Used to indicate which line is most
acceptable for alignments A...L.
Coverage
Estimator
Provides an estimate of the percent
coverage of cyan, magenta, yellow, and
black on a page. This estimate is printed on
the page.
Off* Percent coverage is not printed.
On Prints the estimated percentage of
coverage for each color on the page.
Defragment
Flash
To retrieve storage area lost when
resources are deleted from flash memory.
Do not turn off the printer while the flash is
defragmenting.
Yes Printer transfers all resources stored in
flash memory to printer memory and
then reformats the flash memory
option. When the format operation is
complete, the resources are loaded
back into flash memory.
No Printer cancels the request to
defragment the flash memory.
Factory
Defaults
To return your printer settings to the factory
default values.
Restore All menu items are returned to the
factory default values except:
- Display Language.
- All settings in the Parallel
Menu, Serial Menu, Network
Menu, and USB Menu.
All downloaded resources (fonts,
macros, and symbol sets) in printer
memory (RAM) are deleted.
(Resources residing in flash
memory or on the hard disk are
unaffected.)
Do Not
Restore
User-defined settings remain.
2-26 Service Manual
4924-xx
Format Disk To format the printer hard disk.
Warning: Do not turn off the printer while
the hard disk is formatting.
Yes Deletes any data stored on the hard
disk and prepares the device to
receive new resources.
No Cancels the request to format the hard
disk and leaves current resources
stored on the disk.
Format Flash To format the flash memory.
Warning: Do not turn off the printer while
the flash is formatting.
Yes Deletes any data stored in flash
memory and prepares the flash
memory to receive new resources.
No Cancels the request to format the flash
memory and leaves current resources
stored in flash memory.
Hex Trace To help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Trace selected, all data sent to the printer is
printed in hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not executed.
To exit Hex Trace, turn the printer off or reset the printer from the Job Menu.
Job Acct Stat To print a listing of all job statistics stored
on the hard disk, or to clear all statistics on
the disk.
Print Prints all statistics available for the
most recent print jobs.
Clear Deletes all accumulated job statistics
from the hard disk.
Print Directory To print a list of all the resources stored in flash memory or on the hard disk.
Note: Print Directory is available only when either a nondefective flash or disk is installed and
formatted, and Job Buffer Size is not set to 100%.
Print Fonts To print a sample of all the fonts available
for the selected printer language.
PCL Fonts Prints a sample of all printer fonts
available for PCL emulation.
PS Fonts Prints a sample of all printer fonts
available for PostScript emulation.
Print Menus To print a listing of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount of installed printer
memory, and the status of printer supplies.
Print Net <x>
Setup
To print information relating to the internal print server and the network settings defined by the
Network <x> Setup menu item in the Network Menu.
4924-xx
User attendance messages
Note: A secondary message only displays if the finisher option is installed. Use the Sub error code table on
page 2-18 to help diagnose paper jam problems.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
Setup Required This message is displayed when the printer has detected at
POST, that packing material is still installed and must be
removed. The user should verify that the machine is
properly setup.
Press Go and Reflash Code.
A Alignment = x.x* This message is displayed when an ITU Alignment
Procedure is in process and the printer is prompting the
user for the A alignment value. Alignment values for A
through L (=x.x*) -7 to +7 in 0.5 increments.
Enter the alignment value and press Select to continue
to the next alignment value.
To stop the alignment operation press Go or Return.
Change
<custom Type Name>
<input source>
This message is displayed when the printer is requesting the
operator to change the media installed in one of the input
sources. <input source>=Tray 1 through 5, MPF or Envelope
Feeder.
Change
<input source>
<Custom String>
Change
<input source>
<Size> Change
<input source>
<type> <size>
One of the following is displayed on line two.
The user can define a name for each of the custom types
(Custom 1 through 6)
Reattach Output Bin x
Reattach Bins x-y
Check Tray x
Connection
These messages are displayed anytime the printer loses
communications with one of the following options:
Output Bin x (x=1,2 or 3)
Bins (x-y=1 through 5)
Tray x (x=2,3,4 or 5)
Duplex
Finisher
Check Duplex
Connection
Check Finisher
Connection
The specified option could have been removed from the
printer, maybe to clear a paper jam or to remove the option
or the option may be still installed but experiencing a
communications problem. The option may not be fully
installed or it may have a hardware failure. The most likely
cause of this message is a failure to reattach the option
when removed to service a printer intervention.
If the option was temporarily removed or not connected
properly, then reattach or reconnect it. When the option is
recognized, the printer automatically clears the attendance
message and continues. Press Go to execute a
configuration change which will tell the printer the option has
been Hot Unplugged removed. In this case it is assumed
that the user wants to continue to operate the printer with
the option removed. If the problem continues, turn the
printer off and back on. If the message continues to be
displayed, turn the printer off, remove the option and call for
service.
2-28 Service Manual
4924-xx
Close Door This message is displayed when the printer upper front
cover (door) is open.
Close the upper front cover (door).
Close <tray> Door This message is displayed when the HCIT (2000-sheet)
option tray door is open. Close the tray door to clear the
message.
Close Finisher Door This message is displayed when the Finisher Option front
door is open. Close the finisher front door.
Disk Corrupted This message is displayed when the printer has detected
that there are errors on the hard disk that could not be
corrected. The disk cannot be used until it has been
reformatted.
The following actions can be taken:
Press Return or Stop to clear the message.
The disk cannot be used without reformatting the disk.
Warning: All data will be lost if you press Go to format the
disk.
Empty Hole Punch
Box
This message is displayed when the Hole Punch Alarm is
On and the code has determined that the Hole Punch Waste
Box is completely full.
The following actions may be taken while this message is
displayed:
The user may empty the Hole Punch Box and put it back
to clear the message.
Press Go to ignore the message and the job prints
without hole punching.
Each time a new job requests Hole Punch and the box is not
emptied, this message is displayed.
Priming Failed, Retry.
GO/Stop
This message is displayed when an error has occurred
during the printer staple priming operation.
Press Go to initiate the priming operation again or
Press Return or Stop to cancel the priming operation.
Note: If no action is taken and the printer Auto Continue
setting is not disabled, the printer eventually clears the
message, the priming operation is canceled, and the printer
resumes printing.
Insert Staple
Cartridge
This message is displayed when the staple cartridge is
missing or installed incorrectly. This message can be
displayed at any of the following times, regardless of the
Staple Alarm setting.
At POST
After the Stapler Door has been closed.
Install the staple cartridge
or
Press Go to ignore this message.
The printer now handles staple jobs as if the staple unit
were installed with no staples. The Staples Empty warning
appears on the status line and Load Staples may
immediately appears.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
4924-xx
Load Staples This message is displayed when the Staples Empty Alarm is
activated and there are no staples in the staple unit or the
staple unit is not installed.
This message appears:
Prior to printing the first page of a batch of pages that
are to be stapled
or
During the printing of a batch of pages that are to be
stapled (if the condition cannot be detected prior to
printing the first page of the batch).
A new staple cartridge may be installed to clear this
message and start/continue printing the staple batch
or
Ignore the Load Staples request for this print job by
pressing Go or Select. The printer resumes printing,
however the print job for which stapling was selected is
not stapled
or
Press Menu to access the Busy/Waiting Menu.
The following functions are available using the Busy/Waiting
Menu:
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Note: Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy/
Waiting Menu.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
2-30 Service Manual
4924-xx
Install Tray x or
Cancel Job
Install Bin x or
Cancel Job
Install Duplex or
Cancel Job
This message is displayed when the printer requests the
user to insert tray x before it can continue printing the job.
The printer needs to pick media from the missing tray or the
trays below it.
Tray=Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5
Note: This message displays when refilling the trays during
a job. Before filling tray x take the printer offline by pressing
Stop and wait for pages to reach the output bin.
Insert the requested tray
or
Menu:
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
This message is displayed when the user has Hot
Unplugged a paper handling option and the printer requires
the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has
been formatted by an install Tray x interpreter prior to
removal of the option or Cancel Job:
Bin x (x=1,2 or 3)
Tray x (x=2,3,4 or 5)
Duplex
Insert the requested option
or
Press Menu to access the Busy/Waiting Menu Group.
Menu:
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
No DRAM Installed This message is displayed when the printer is turned on and
no DRAM is detected.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
4924-xx
30 ITU Error
Check Area
Move Z Down
Power Off/On
This message is displayed when the ITU is not sensed.
If the ITU is present, check the ITU Release Lever for
correct operation. The ITU Release Lever is the black lever
located on the left upper side frame above the ITU opening
and can be seen by opening and lowering the MPF
Assembly. When locked the lever should be at the 6 o'clock
position. When unlocked it should be in a 3 o'clock position.
Undue pressure is not required to operate the lever.
If the ITU is not present, turn the printer off, insert the ITU,
move the lever to the 6 o'clock position, and turn the printer
back on.
30 Yellow Toner
Cart Missing
30 Magenta Toner
Cart Missing
30 Cyan Toner
Cart Missing
30 Black Toner
Cart Missing
This message is displayed when the printer is missing the
yellow, magenta, cyan, or black toner cartridge. Open the
front cover, insert the toner cartridge, and close the cover.
Note: Verify that cartridge packing material is removed.
31 Defective
Black Cartridge
31 Defective
Yellow Cartridge
31 Defective
Magenta Cartridge
31 Defective
Cyan Cartridge
This message is displayed when the front cover is closed
and a defective print cartridge is detected. It may take the
printer 10 to 20 seconds to determine whether or not the
print cartridge is installed. The printer may print pages
during this 10 to 20 second interval. If pages are allowed to
print, then they will not be reprinted once a valid print
cartridge is inserted. Replace the defective print cartridge.
The defective cartridge can be removed while the message
is displayed.
32 Unsupported This message is displayed when the front cover is closed
with the wrong print cartridge installed.
33 Calibration
Error Cyan
33 Calibration
Error Magenta
33 Calibration
Error Yellow
33 Calibration
Error Black
This message is displayed when the printer detects a
calibration error for a particular color.
When this message is displayed you can press Go to clear
the message and continue processing the job. The cartridge
state is updated in the supplies menu.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
2-32 Service Manual
4924-xx
34 Incorrect
Media
Change <source>
<type><size>
This message is displayed when the printer detects a media
mismatch.
Primary Message: 34 Incorrect Media.
Secondary Message: <type>= Bond, Cardstock, Colored,
Labels, Envelopes, Letterhead, Plain, Preprint,
Transparency or Glossy. <size>= Letter, Legal, B5, A4,
Exec, Univ, A5, A3, 11x17, Folio or Stmt, 73/4, 9, 10, DL,
C5, B5 or other.
Replace the media in the source with the requested
media and press Go
or
Menu:
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
Note: If message persists, go to BASE SENSOR TEST
on page 3-30 and check operation of inline media sensor.
34 Short Paper This message is displayed when the printer determines that
the paper length is too short to print the data as formatted.
Press Go to clear the error and continue printing pages
or
Menu:
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
35 Res Save Off
Deficient Memory
This message displays when the printer lacks sufficient
memory to enable Resource Save. This message usually
indicates the user has allocated too much memory for one
or more of the printer link buffers; however, modification of
other printer settings which affect the amount of available
memory may also create this condition. If restoration of
Resource Save is required after this message is received,
the customer should install additional memory or set each
link buffer to Auto. Once all link buffers are returned to Auto,
you should exit the menus to activate the link buffer
changes. Once the printer returns to the Ready state, you
can then enable Resource Save and go back and modify the
link buffers, again. Note the reduction of available memory
to the link buffers when Resource Save has been enabled
and compare it to the memory available when Resource
Save is disabled.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
4924-xx
36 Printer Service
Required
This message is displayed when background toner prevents
a completion of a TPS calibration cycle. Service is required
to fix the problem.
Press Go to clear the error.
If the Service Printer message is displayed it means that a
TPS failure has most likely occurred. The printer continues
to operate but the color quality degrades. The most probable
cause for this error message is a defective print cartridge or
ITU.
37 Insufficient
Collation Area
This message is displayed when the printer memory and
disk used to store pages is too full to collate the print job.
Press Go to clear the message and continue collating
the remaining pages of the job
or
Menu:
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
37 Insufficient Defrag
Memory
This message is displayed when insufficient printer memory
is available to perform Flash Memory Defragment operation.
This message appears prior to the actual start of the
defragment operation.
Press Go to clear the message.
To perform the defragment operation you can:
Delete fonts, macros and other data in RAM
Install additional printer memory
Menu:
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
2-34 Service Manual
4924-xx
37 Insufficient
Memory
Held Jobs May Not
Be Restored
Help Jobs May Not be
Restored
This message displays when the printer has attempted to
Print and Hold jobs from the disk and found that some or all
of the jobs could not be restored. Each of the three
57 Configuration Held Jobs messages describe different
conditions under which the restore failed.
Primary Message: 37 Insufficient Memory. The printer
firmware ran out of memory while attempting to restore
the jobs.
Secondary Message: Held Jobs May Not Be Restored.
Primary Message: 57 Configuration Change - The
printer firmware could not restore jobs from the disk
because the configuration of the printer has changed.
Some configuration changes that can cause a 57
Configuration Change message are:
- Code version change
- Paper handling option removed
- Disk drive has been moved to a different printer.
Primary Message: Held Jobs May Not Be Restored
handles any other conditions where any of the Print and
Hold jobs could not be restored from the disk.
Note: Some of the Print and Hold jobs may not be restored.
They remain on the disk but cannot be accessed.
38 Memory Full This message is displayed when the printer is processing an
incoming job and there is not enough memory available to
continue processing the job.
You may want to determine how to make more memory
available to your print job by:
Deleting fonts, macros and other data in RAM
Simplify your print job
Install additional memory
Press Go to clear the message, however some data may
be lost
Press Menu to access the Busy/Waiting Menu
The following functions may be available.
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
39 Complex Page This message is displayed when a page is too complex to
print.
Press Go to clear the message and continue processing
the job, some data loss may occur.
Try to simplify the print job
The following functions may be available:
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
4924-xx
40 <color> Invalid
Refill
This message is displayed when the printer has detected a
refilled Return Program cartridge. <color> can be black,
cyan, magenta, or yellow.
Remove the toner cartridge and install a new cartridge.
Press and hold Select and then press Return to display any
secondary error codes that might help diagnose a problem.
Note: The user receives this message for every invalid
cartridge installed.
50 PPDS
Font Error
This error displays when the PPDS interpreter has detected
a font error. When a specific font, which is not installed is
requested, based on a PPDS mode Set Font Global
command, a Select Code Page command, or a
comprehensive Font Selection command and the printer
BEST FIT setting is OFF. If BEST FIT is ON, the printer
performs a best fit search to find a similar font and this error
does not occur.
This error also displays when the printer receives invalid
PPDS download font data.
Note: This error only occurs when a printer is formatting
PPDS print data. Other data streams support different
protocols for handling font errors.
The following actions can be taken while this message is
displayed:
the job.
Press Menu to access the Busy/Waiting Menu. The
following functions may be available via the Busy/
Waiting:
- Cancel Job
- Reset Printer
- Reset Active Bin
51 Defective Flash This message is displayed when the printer detects a
defective flash.
The flash is marked as bad and normal operation continues.
No flash operation is allowed until the flash problem is
resolved.
52 Flash Full This message is displayed when there is not enough free
space in the flash memory to hold the resources that have
been requested to be written to flash.
Note: The following action deletes all downloaded Fonts and
Macros not written to flash:
the print job.
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
2-36 Service Manual
4924-xx
53 Unformatted Flash This message is displayed when the printer detects an
unformatted flash at POST.
The flash is marked bad and normal operation continues.
Flash operations are not allowed until the flash is formatted.
54 Std Par ENA
Connection Lost
This message is displayed when the printer detects during
POST that the connection to an ENA has been lost. Once a
connection is initially established, a printer setting is
modified to 54 Par x ENA to note a connection exists. Each
time the power is cycled on, the connection is lost.
54 Std Network
Software Error
This message is displayed when the RIP software detects
that a network port is installed but cannot establish
communications with it.
54 Network x
Software Error
Press Go to clear this message.
The printer disables all communications to the associated
network interface. No data may be received or sent from or
to the associated interface. The user can program new
firmware in the network using the parallel port after this
message clears.
54 Serial Option x
Error
This message is displayed when a serial error, either
framing, parity or overrun, is detected on the specified
(option x) serial port. This usually means the serial port is
not set up correctly.
Press Go to clear the message and continue processing the
print job.
Note: If the print job does not print correctly, make sure that
the correct cable is being used.
55 Unsupported
Option in Slot x
55 Unsupported
Flash in Slot x
This message displays when an unsupported option is
installed or when an unsupported flash DIMM, such as a
C750 version, is installed in a memory slot.
Turn off the printer and remove the offending option.
56 Serial Port x
Disabled
These messages may appear when data is sent to the
printer across a serial port, but the port is disabled.
Note: Once the error is displayed the first time, reporting of
further errors is suppressed until the printer is reset or
menus are entered.
Press Go to clear the message. Any data received on
the serial port is discarded.
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
4924-xx
56 Std Parallel Port
Disabled
56 Parallel Port x
Disabled
printer across a parallel port, but the port is disabled.
menus are entered.
the parallel port is discarded.
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
56 Standard USB
Port Disabled
56 USB Port x
Disabled
printer across the USB port, but the port is disabled.
menus are entered.
the USB port is discarded
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
57 Configuration
Change
Held Jobs May Not
Be Restored
Help Jobs May Not be
Restored
This message are displays when the printer has attempted
to Print and Hold jobs from the disk and found that some or
all of the jobs could not be restored. Each of the three
57 Configuration Held Jobs messages describe different
conditions under which the restore failed.
Primary Message: 37 Insufficient Memory. The printer
firmware ran out of memory while attempting to restore
the jobs.
Primary Message: 57 Configuration Change - The
printer firmware could not restore jobs from the disk
because the configuration of the printer has changed.
Some configuration changes that can cause a 57
Configuration Change message are:
- Code version change
- Paper handling option removed
- Disk drive has been moved to a different printer.
Primary Message: Held Jobs May Not Be Restored
handles any other conditions where any of the Print and
Hold jobs could not be restored from the disk.
Note: Some of the Print and Hold jobs may not be restored.
They remain on the disk but cannot be accessed.
58 Too Many Trays
Attached
This message is displayed when too many trays are
attached to the printer. Check the specifications and verify
the number of trays allowed on each printer model.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
2-38 Service Manual
4924-xx
58 Too Many Bins
Attached
This message is displayed when too many optional bins are
attached to the printer or if an unsupported combination of
bins is installed.
58 Too Many Disks
Installed
This message is displayed when too many disks are
installed.
Note: Some configurations of different output options
require the installation of one option before the other.
58 Too Many Flash
Options
This message is displayed when too many Flash Options
are installed. Verify the maximum number of flash memory
options which may be installed.
Note: Press Go to clear the message. The extra flash
memory options are ignored.
59 Incompatible
Output Bin x
59 Incompatible
Tray x
59 Incompatible
Duplex
These messages are displayed when the user installs an
incompatible option.
The following options may be incompatible for use on one or
more Infoprint 1454/1464 models:
Output Bin x (x=1, 2 or 3)
Tray x (x=2,3,4 or 5)
Duplex
Envelope feeder
The user is required to remove the incompatible option and
press Go to clear the message.
Note: If the user installed the incompatible option to satisfy a
Check Option Connections/Reattach Option attendance
condition, the user must reinstall an associated compatible
option or Hot Unplug the option.
61 Defective Disk This message is displayed when the printer detects a
defective disk. This error may occur at power on, or during
disk format and write operations.
The disk is marked as defective and normal printer
operation continues.
Disk operations are not allowed with a defective disk and the
Format Disk menu item is not shown.
62 Disk Full This message is displayed when there is not enough free
space on the disk to hold the data that have been requested
to be written to the disk. This message is displayed for both
resource collection and PostScript when the disk is full.
The following actions can be taken, however this deletes all
downloaded Fonts and Macros not written to disk.
the print job
Press Menu to access the Busy/Waiting Menu
Cancel Job
Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin
Check Supply Levels
Waiting Menu.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
4924-xx
63 Unformatted Disk This message is displayed when the printer detects an
unformatted disk at POST.
The disk is marked as bad and normal operation continues,
however disk operation is not allowed until the disk is
formatted.
64 Unsupported Disk
Format
This message is displayed when the printer detects an
unsupported disk format at POST. This message may
appear if the disk was formatted on another system with a
different format.
The disk is marked as bad and normal operation continues,
however disk operations is not allowed until the disk is
formatted.
80 Fuser
Maintenance
This messages displays when the printer requires
replacement of a worn assembly. The message is
independently posted when a fuser needs to be replaced.
Press Go to clear this message. See Scheduled
maintenance on page 6-4 for the part number of the
maintenance kit.
81 Engine Code CRC
Failure
This message is displayed when microcode programmed
into the engine flash code fails a CRC check.
The code data is discarded and must be resent from the
host computer.
82 Waste Toner
Bottle Full
This message is displayed when the waste container is full.
Replace the waste container and press Go.
82 Waste Toner
Bottle Missing
This message is displayed when the waste container is
missing.
Insert the waste container and press Go.
82 Waste Bottle
Nearly Full
This message is displayed when the waste container is
nearly full.
Press Go
Nearly Full appears in the Supplies Menu.
83 ITU
Maintenance
This message displays when the ITU reaches end of life. It is
recommended the customer order the maintenance kit. See
Scheduled maintenance on page 6-4 for the part
number of the maintenance kit. You can press Go to
continue, however, the message persists until replacement.
84 Replace
Oiler
This message is displayed when the web oiler is exhausted
or missing. Replace the web oiler. See Scheduled
maintenance on page 6-4 for the part number of the web
oiler fuser replacement kit.
84 Oiler Nearly
Exhausted
This message is displayed when the web oiler is nearly
exhausted. Press Go to continue to clear this message.
If 84 Oiler Nearly Exhausted message does not clear after a
new web oiler has been installed, replace parts in the
following order:
Fuser web oiler drive motor assembly
Fuser web oiler card.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
2-40 Service Manual
4924-xx
85 ITU
Maintenance
Check printouts for excess toner. If present, replace the
suspect cartridge. Otherwise, replace the ITU assembly
on page 4-40. Press Go to continue, however, the message
persists until replacement.
86 ITU
Maintenance
This message displays when the ITU reaches end of life.
Check printouts for excess toner. If present, replace the
suspect cartridge. Otherwise, Replace the ITU assembly
on page 4-40. Press Go to continue, however, the message
persists until replacement.
87 Fuser Missing This message is displayed when the engine detects the
fuser is missing.
Turn the printer off and insert the fuser assembly.
88 Yellow Toner
Low
88 Magenta Toner
Low
88 Cyan Toner
Low
88 Black Toner
Low
These messages are displayed when either the Yellow,
Magenta, Cyan, or Black toner cartridge is low on toner.
Open the front door, remove the old toner cartridge,
insert a new toner cartridge, and close the door
or
Press Go without changing the toner cartridge and
continue.
89 ITU
Maintenance
Check the ITU Release Lever for correct operation. The ITU
Release Lever is the black lever located on the left upper
side frame above the ITU opening and can be seen by
opening and lowering the MPF Assembly. When locked the
lever should be at the 6 o'clock position. When unlocked it
should be in a 3 o'clock position. Undue pressure is not
required to operate the lever
Turn the printer off, insert the ITU, move the lever to the 6
o'clock position, and turn the printer back on.
If this does not resolve, replace the ITU assembly on
page 4-40.
Press Go to continue. The message persists until
replacement.
1565 Emul Error Load
Emul Option
This message appears when the IPDS emulation version
contained in the SIMM does not function with the printer
code. This message automatically clears in 30 seconds, and
the IPDS emulation is disabled. No other printer functions
are affected. The correct IPDS emulation must be
downloaded.
User primary
message
User secondary
message
Explanation
4924-xx
Service checks
100 ITU Error
A 100 ITU error indicates that the printer did not detect the ITU belt home sensor. Before proceeding with this
service check make sure that the Second Transfer Roll is correctly installed. After you reinstall the Second
Transfer Roll, check to see if a 100 ITU error is still displayed. If a 100 ITU error is still being displayed, continue
with this check.
The ITU has an optical sensor that watches for a piece of reflective tape on the inside of the image belt. This
tape is read every revolution of the belt. If a signal is not received from the belt sensor within a certain time
period, the printer posts an error due to the loss of signal. There are several causes for the loss of signal. First,
the belt has tracked too far to the front or rear of the printer. In this case, the belt is still turning, but the reflective
tape is no longer passing within view of the belt sensor. This is considered a belt tracking error and is initially
posted as a 104 ITU Error. The other causes of a signal loss could be a belt stall, meaning the belt is not turning,
or a true signal loss, which would be due to a bad sensor, broken cable, loose connection, or bad system board.
These other causes post as a 100 ITU Error.
To assist the printer in determining what is the cause of a signal loss, there is a buffer that records the belt
position for the last 50 revolutions. If the printer loses the belt signal, it refers to the buffer. If the buffer shows
significant mistracking before signal loss, it will post a 104 ITU Error. If the buffer shows that the belt has been
tracking in the center before signal loss, it posts a 100 ITU Error. Due to memory restrictions, the buffer is not
saved during POR. This means, if a printer posts a 104 ITU Error, so the belt is tracked off, and the customer or
servicer turns off the printer to clear the error, when the printer starts up, it will still not see the belt signal and will
now post a 100 ITU Error because the buffer is empty. When servicing a printer for a 100 ITU Error, it is
important to view the error log. See Display Log on page 3-35. The error log can only be displayed at this
point. Do not try to print the log. Look for past occurrences of 100 ITU Errors preceded by a 104 ITU Error.
Step Action and questions Yes No
1 Make sure all packing material is removed from the
printer. The detensioner is located underneath the
toner cartridges. Make sure the ITU Detensioner is
removed. Remove the Detensioner by pulling up on the
red handle on the right side of the ITU.
Note: All the print cartridges must be removed to gain
access to the Detensioner packing material.
Has all packing material been removed from the
printer?
Go to step 2 Remove any
remaining
packing material
from the printer
2-42 Service Manual
4924-xx
2 Check the ITU Release Lever for correct operation.
The ITU Release Lever is the black lever located on the
left upper side frame above the ITU opening and can
be seen by opening and lowering the MPF Assembly.
When locked the lever should be at the 6 o'clock
position. When unlocked it should be in a 3 o'clock
position. Undue pressure is not required to operate the
lever.
Does the ITU release lever operate correctly?
Go to step 3 Repair as
necessary
3 Check the second transfer roll installation.
Is it installed correctly?
Go to step 4 Reinstall the
second transfer
roll.
4 Check the display error log in the Diagnostic Menu. Is
100 ITU preceded in the log by a 104 ITU Error?
Go to 104 ITU
Error on
page 2-44.
Go to step 5
5 Remove the ITU assembly and check that the sensor
cable is seated in the handle of the ITU assembly
correctly.
Note: The sensor connector is located on the side of
the ITU handle assembly.
Is the cable seated correctly?
cable correctly.
Check again for a
100 ITU Error. If
100 ITU Error is
displayed, go to
step 6
6 The front contamination shield is attached to the font
plate of the ITU frame and lies on the top of the ITU
belt.
Is the front contamination shield lying on the belt?
Go to step 7 Position the
shield on top of
the belt.
7 Make sure the ITU Cleaner Gear (A) is turning.
Observe the gear by opening the front Paper Jam Door
above the integrated paper tray 1. Observe the white
cleaner gear during POR. The gear should turn slowly
and smoothly for approximately 8 seconds before the
printer displays a 100 ITU error.
Is the ITU Cleaner Gear turning?
Go to step 11 Go to step 8
4924-xx
8 Check to see if the ITU Drive Roll Gear (A) is turning
during POR. Observe the gear by opening the MFP
door to its horizontal position. Observe the gear on the
left end of the ITU Drive Roll. The ITU Drive Roll Gear
should turn for a few seconds slowly and smoothly
before the printer posts a 100 ITU error.
Does the Gear turn?
9 Check to see if the ITU Drive Motor is turning during
POR. Observe the ITU Motor during POR by removing
the Rear Cover.
Is the ITU Drive Motor turning?
Replace the ITU
drive assembly
on page 4-41
Go to step 10
10 Check the printer is setting on a solid flat surface.
Is the printer setting on a solid flat surface?
Go to step 11 Place the printer
on a solid flat
surface.
11 Make sure the ITU drive motor assembly cable is
correctly installed to the ITU drive motor and at
connector location J64 on the system board.
Is the cable correctly installed?
Go to step 12 Install the cable
correctly
12 Make sure the ITU Autoconnect Cable is installed
correctly at connector location J72 on the system
board.
Go to step 13 Install the
connector/cable
correctly
13 Make sure the ITU Autoconnect connector in the
printer is seated correctly in the connector plate.
Is the connector seated correctly?
Replace the
following FRUs in
the following
order:
1. ITU
assembly
on
page 4-40.
2. System
board on
page 4-69.
Replace the ITU
Autoconnect
cable.
2-44 Service Manual
4924-xx
104 ITU Error
The ITU has an optical sensor that watches for a piece of reflective tape on the inside of the image belt. This
tape is read every revolution of the belt. If a signal is not received from the belt sensor within a certain time
period, the printer posts an error due to the loss of signal. There are several causes for the loss of signal. First,
the belt has tracked too far to the front or rear of the printer. In this case, the belt is still turning, but the reflective
tape is no longer passing within view of the belt sensor. This is considered a belt tracking error and is posted as
a 104 ITU Error. The other causes of a signal loss could be a belt stall, meaning the belt is not turning, or a true
signal loss, which would be due to a bad sensor, broken cable, loose connection, or bad system board. These
other causes post as a 100 ITU Error.
To assist the printer in determining what is the cause of a signal loss, there is a buffer that records the belt
position for the last 50 revolutions. If the printer loses the belt signal, it refers to the buffer. If the buffer shows
significant mistracking before signal loss, it will post a 104 ITU Error. If the buffer shows that the belt has been
tracking in the center before signal loss, it posts a 100 ITU Error. Due to memory restrictions, the buffer is not
saved during POR. This means, if a printer posts a 104 ITU Error, so the belt is tracked off, and the customer or
servicer turns off the printer to clear the error, when the printer starts up, it will still not see the belt signal and will
now post a 100 ITU Error because the buffer is empty. When servicing a printer for a 100 ITU Error, it is
important to view the error log. See Display Log on page 3-35. The error log can only be displayed at this
point. Do not try to print the log. Look for past occurrences of 100 ITU Errors preceded by a 104 ITU Error.
1 Make sure all packing material is removed from the
printer. The Detensioner is located underneath the
toner cartridges. Make sure the ITU Detensioner is
removed. Remove the Detensioner by pulling up on the
red handle on the right side of the ITU.
Note: All the print cartridges must be removed to gain
access to the Detensioner packing material.
Has all packing material been removed from the
printer?
Go to step 2 Remove any
remaining
packing material
from the printer
2 Check the ITU Release Lever for correct operation.
lever.
Does the ITU release lever operate correctly?
necessary
3 Check the second transfer roll installation.
Is it installed correctly?
second transfer
roll.
4924-xx
120 error code
This error code displays whenever an incorrect hot roll fuser lamp is installed.
4 Check the printer is setting on a solid, flat surface.
Is the printer setting on a solid flat surface?
Go to step 5 Inform the
customer that the
printer must be
setting on a solid
flat surface.
5 The front contamination shield is attached to the front
plate of the ITU frame and lies on the top of the ITU
belt.
Is the front contamination shield lying on the ITU belt.
Go to step 6 Position the
shield on top of
the belt.
6 Remove the ITU and check the ITU belt position. If the
belt has shifted to the front or to the rear it should be
replaced. The belt must not shift more than 4 mm in
either direction. Check by making the measurements
as shown. The lower limit is 3.1 mm, the high limit is
8.1 mm, and the optimum position is 5.6 mm.
Has the ITU Belt shifted to the front or to the rear?
Replace the ITU
assembly on
page 4-40 and
run the Belt
Tracking (ITU
4th point
adjustment) on
page 3-18.
Treat as a belt
stall or signal
communications
problem. See
100 ITU Error
on page 2-41.
1 Check to make sure that the line voltage to the printer
matches the line voltage selection switch on the LVPS.
Does the line voltage match the LVPS line voltage
selection?
Go to step 2 Set the line
voltage selection
switch to match
the line voltage to
the printer.
2 Is the correct fuser assembly installed in the printer? Go to step 3 Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35 with
the correct fuser
assembly.
3 Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on the AC
fuser connector on the fuser assembly
Do you measure continuity?
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
2-46 Service Manual
4924-xx
121 error code
This error code displays whenever an incorrect fuser backup roll lamp is installed.
122 error code
Cold fuser
If error code 122 displays, the printer has detected a problem in the fuser hot roll lamp circuity, back up roll fuser
lamp circuits, fuser hot roll thermistor, back up roll thermistor, system board, or LVPS fuser control circuits.
Replace the following FRUs in the order shown:
1. Fuser assembly on page 4-35.
2. LVPS assembly on page 4-43.
3. System board on page 4-69.
123 error code
Cold fuser
If error code 123 is displays, the printer detects a problem in the fuser hot roll lamp circuits, back up roll fuser
lamp circuits, fuser hot roll thermistor, back up roll thermistor, system board, or LVPS fuser control circuits.
Replace the FRUs in the following order.
1. Fuser assembly on page 4-35.
2. LVPS assembly on page 4-43.
3. System board on page 4-69.
1 Check to make sure that the line voltage to the printer
matches the setting of the line voltage selection switch
on the LVPS.
Does the line voltage match the line voltage selection?
Go to step 2 Set the line
voltage selection
switch to match
the line voltage to
the printer.
2 Is the correct fuser assembly installed in the printer? Go to step 3 Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35 with
the correct fuser
assembly.
3 Check for continuity between pins 2 and 5 on the AC
fuser connector on the fuser assembly.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
Replace
theFuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
4924-xx
124 error code
Hot fuser
Error code 124 displays whenever the printer detects a problem with the fuser running over temperature or the
fuser lamps have been on too long. A problem could exist in the fuser assembly with the hot roll bearings, hot roll
thermistor, or other hot roll parts. The LVPS or system board assembly can also be failing.
125 error code
Hot fuser
Error code 125 displays whenever the printer detects a problem with the fuser running over temperature or the
fuser lamps have been on too long. A problem exists in the fuser assembly with the back up roll bearings, back
up roll thermistor, LVPS, or system board.
1 Open the right fuser access door. Observe the fuser
and see if the hot roll fuser lamp turns on and off. You
may have to observe for a few minutes.
Do the lamps turn off and on?
Go to step 2 Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
2 Turn the printer on and measure the voltage on
connector J33-11 on the system board. The voltage
should measure approximately +0.13 V dc to
+0.64 V dc as the hot roll lamp turns on and off.
Is the voltage correct?
Replace
theFuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
1 Open the right fuser access door. Observe the fusser
and see if the backup roll fuser lamp turns on and off.
You may have to observe for a few minutes.
Does the lamp turn off and on?
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
should measure approximately +0.13 V ac to
+0.64 V ac as the backup roll lamp turns on and off.
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
2-48 Service Manual
4924-xx
126 error code
Hot roll thermistor or thermistor circuits are open
If error code 126 displays, the printer detects a problem in the fuser hot roll, back up roll lamp circuits, fuser hot
roll thermistor, back up roll thermistor, system board, or LVPS fuser control circuits.
127 error code
Backup roll thermistor or thermistor circuits are open
If error code 127 displays the printer detects a problem in the fuser hot roll or back up roll fuser lamp circuits,
fuser hot roll thermistor, back up roll thermistor, system board, or LVPS fuser control circuits.
1 Turn the printer on and allow it to reach the Ready
prompt.
Note: The printer may not complete POR and post a
126 Error message.
Measure the voltage on connector J33-6 on the system
board. The voltage should measure approximately
+3.3 V dc.
System board
on page 4-69.
2 Measure the voltage on the fuser DC control connector
on the LVPS. Measure the voltage on pin 6 of the
connector.
Does the voltage measure approximately +3.3 V dc?
Replace
theFuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43
1 Turn the printer on and allow it to reach the Ready
prompt.
Note: The printer may not complete POR and post a
127 Error message.
Measure the voltage on connector J33-7 on the system
board. The voltage should measure approximately
+3.3 V dc.
System board
on page 4-69.
connector.
Is the voltage measure approximately +3.3 V dc.
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43
4924-xx
128 error code
Fuser hot roll is under temperature during standby
129 error code
Fuser backup roll is under temperature during standby.
1 Turn the printer on and allow it to reach a Ready
prompt.
Note: The printer may not complete POR and continue
to display the 128 Error message.
Remove the fuser assembly from the printer. Measure
the voltage on connector J33-6 on the system board.
The voltage should measure approximately 3.3 V dc.
System board
on page 4-69.
connector.
Does the voltage measure approximately +3.3 V dc.
Replace
theFuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
prompt.
Note: The printer may not complete POR and
continues to display the 129 Error message.
The voltage should measure approximately +3.3 V dc.
System board
on page 4-69.
connector.
Replace
theFuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
2-50 Service Manual
4924-xx
130 error code
Hot roll did not reach the correct standby temperature
This error displays when the fuser hot roll does not reach the correct standby temperature.
1 Measure the voltage on connector J33-11 on the
system board.
The voltage measures approximately 0.13 V dc to
0.64 V dc as the hot roll lamp turns off and on.
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Go to step 2
2 Remove the fuser from the printer. Check continuity of
the hot roll lamp by measuring between pins 1 and 2 on
the AC fuser connector on the fuser assembly.
Is there continuity?
3 Check to make sure that the hot roll lamp is installed
correctly.
Is the hot roll lamp installed correctly?
Go to step 4 Install the lamp
correctly. If this
does not fix the
problem, replace
the Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
4 Reinstall the fuser assembly. Watch to see if the lamps
turn on and off as the lamp heat up.
Do the lamps turn on?
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
prompt.
continues to display the error code.
System board
on page 4-69.
connector.
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
4924-xx
131 error code
Backup roll did not reach the correct standby temperature
system board.
The voltage measures approximately 0.14 V dc to
0.64 V dc as the back up roll lamp turns off and on.
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35
the backup roll lamp by measuring between pins 5 and
2 on the AC fuser connector on the fuser assembly.
3 Check to make sure that the backup roll lamp is
installed correctly.
correctly. If this
does not fix the
problem, replace
the Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
turn on and off as the lamp heat up.
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
prompt.
System board
on page 4-69.
connector.
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
2-52 Service Manual
4924-xx
132 error code
Cold hot roll
system board. The voltage should measure
approximately +0.13 V dc to +0.64 V dc as the hot roll
lamp turns off and on.
System board
on page 4-69
the hot roll lamp by measuring between pins 1 and 2 on
3 Check to make sure the hot roll lamp is installed
correctly.
correctly. If this
does not fix the
problem, replace
the Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
turn on and off as the lamp heats up.
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35
prompt.
Note: The printer may not complete POR and may
continue to display the error code.
Remove the fuser from the printer. Measure the voltage
on connector J33-6 on the system board. The voltage
should measure approximately 3.3 V dc.
System board
on page 4-69.
connect.
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
4924-xx
133 error code
Cold backup roll
system board. The voltage should measure
approximately +0.13 V dc to +0.64 V dc as the backup
roll lamp turns off and on.
System board
on page 4-69.
2 Remove the fuser from the printer Check continuity of
the backup roll by measuring between pins 1 and 5 on
3 Check to make sure that the backup roll lamp is
Is the backup roll lamp installed correctly?
correctly. If this
does not fix the
problem, replace
the Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
turn on and off as the lamp heats up.
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
prompt.
System board
on page 4-69.
connector.
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
2-54 Service Manual
4924-xx
134 error code
Hot fuser
Error code 134 indicates that the fuser is running over temperature or the hot roll fuser lamp has been on too
long. Error code 134 may also indicate a problem in the fuser assembly with the hot roll bearings, hot roll
thermistor, LVPS, or the system board.
135 error code
Error code 135 indicates that a problem exists in the fuser assembly with the backup roll bearings, backup roll
thermistor, LVPS, or system board.
136 error code
Fuser assembly cam position is not found.
1 Turn the printer on. Open the right side fuser access
door. Observe the hot roll lamp to see if it turns on and
off. You may have to observe the lamp for a few
minutes to see if it turns on and off.
Does the lamp turn on and off?
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
should measure approximately +0.13 V dc and
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
1 Power on the printer. Open the right side of the fuser
access door. Observe the hot roll lamp to see if it turns
on and off. You may have to observe the lamp for a few
minutes to see it turn on and off.
Does the lamp turn on and off?
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
should measure approximately +0.13 V dc to
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
1 Observe the fuser drive assembly gears rotate during
POR.
Do the gears rotate?
4924-xx
2 Do the gears stop and the fuser drive assembly gears
make a loud buzzing sound?
Replace the
FRUs in the order
shown:
1. Fuser drive
card. See
Fuser drive
card
assembly
on
page 4-37.
2. Fuser drive
assembly.
See Fuser
drive
assembly
on
page 4-37.
3. Fuser
assembly
on
page 4-35.
Go to step 3
3 Check for correct installation of the fuser control cable
to J33 on the system board. Make sure the cable is
properly connected.
Is the cable installed correctly?
correctly.
4 Remove the fuser from the printer. Measure the voltage
at the DC fuser control connector on the LVPS on pin 2
and 9 on the connector. The voltage should measure
approximately +5 V dc.
Replace
theFuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43.
5 Check for correct installation of the fuser drive motor
cable to connector J29 on the system board.
correctly.
6 Remove the fuser fan to gain access to the motor
cable. Check the correct installation of the fuser drive
motor cable to connector J1 on the fuser drive motor
board.
Replace the
following FRUs in
the order shown:
1. Fuser drive
card. See
Fuser drive
card
assembly
on
page 4-37.
2. Fuser drive
assembly.
See Fuser
drive
assembly
on
page 4-37.
3. System
board. See
System
board on
page 4-69.
Install the cable
correctly.
2-56 Service Manual
4924-xx
148 error code
1 Connector J30 on the system board - Check for correct
installation of the ITU drive motor cable from the ITU
drive motor to the system board connector J30.
Is the cable connected correctly?
correctly
2 ITU drive motor - Check for continuity between pin 4 of
CON1 on the motor drive card and the remaining pins
in the connector.
Note: The ITU drive motor can be removed from the
printer without removing the complete ITU drive motor
assembly. If the ITU drive motor assembly is removed
be careful not to spill toner that may be contained in the
auger system.
Replace the drive
motor
Go to step 3
3 ITU drive motor cable - Check the continuity of the ITU
drive motor cable.
Go to step 4 Replace the ITU
drive motor cable
4 ITU drive motor voltage check - Measure the voltage
on connector J30 on the system board. The voltages
are approximately values.
Voltages with motor not running
Are the voltages correct?
Replace the drive
motor
Go to step 5
5 ITU motor drive assembly - Remove the ITU assembly.
Manually turn the motor. The gears in the ITU motor
assembly, the second transfer roll gears, and the
cleaner gear should turn freely.
Do the gears turn freely?
Replace the
system board. If
this does not fix
the problem,
replace the ITU
drive motor.
Go to step 6
6 ITU motor drive assembly - Remove the ITU drive
motor assembly. Manually turn the motor.
Do the gears on the ITU drive motor assembly turn
freely?
Contact your next
level support
Replace the ITU
motor drive
assembly
Connector pin Voltages (motor not running)
J30-2 +4.2 V dc
J30-4 +5.0 V dc
J30-6 +3.3 V dc
J30-8 +24 V dc
J30-10 Ground
J30-12 0 V dc
J30-14 +3.3 V dc
4924-xx
150 error code
Black cartridge drive assembly
Note: Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on
page 3-17. If this procedure is not performed, error code 168 is displayed.
Step Actions and questions Yes No
1 Indicates the black cartridge drive motor has either
failed to lock or has lost lock. Check the black cartridge
drive motor cable connection to J30 on the system
board.
correctly
2 Check the black cartridge drive motor cable connection
to the black cartridge drive motor card.
correctly
3 Check continuity of the black cartridge drive motor
cable. Is there continuity?
black cartridge
assembly cable
4 Replace the black cartridge drive assembly. Perform
Motor Detect on page 3-17.
Does this fix the problem?
Problem solved Go to step 5
5 Replace the system board.
Problem solved Call your next
level support
2-58 Service Manual
4924-xx
151 error code
Magenta cartridge drive assembly
152 error code
Cyan cartridge drive assembly
1 Indicates that the magenta cartridge drive motor has
either failed to lock or has lost lock. Check the magenta
cartridge drive motor cable connection to J34 on the
system board.
correctly
2 Check the magenta cartridge drive motor cable
connection to the magenta cartridge drive motor card.
correctly
3 Check continuity of the magenta cartridge drive motor
cable.
magenta
cartridge
assembly cable
4 Replace the magenta cartridge drive assembly.
Perform Motor Detect on page 3-17.
level support
1 Indicates that the cyan cartridge drive motor has either
failed to lock or has lost lock. Check the cyan cartridge
board.
correctly
2 Check the cyan cartridge drive motor cable connection
to the cyan cartridge drive motor card.
correctly
3 Check continuity of the cyan cartridge drive motor
cable.
Go to step 4 Replace the cyan
cartridge
assembly cable
4 Replace the cyan cartridge drive assembly. Perform
4924-xx
153 error code
Yellow cartridge drive assembly
level support
1 Indicates that the yellow cartridge drive motor has
either failed to lock or has lost lock. Check the yellow
system board.
correctly
2 Check the yellow cartridge drive motor Cable
connection to the yellow cartridge drive motor card.
correctly
3 Check continuity of the yellow cartridge drive motor
cable.
yellow cartridge
assembly cable
4 Replace the yellow cartridge drive assembly. Perform
level support
2-60 Service Manual
4924-xx
154 error code
ITU belt motor
1 Connector J30 on the system board - Check for correct
installation of the ITU drive motor cable from the ITU
drive motor to the system board connector J30.
correctly
2 ITU drive motor - Check for continuity between pin 4 of
CON1 on the motor drive card and the remaining pins
in the connector.
Note: The ITU drive motor can be removed from the
printer without removing the complete ITU drive motor
assembly. If the ITU drive motor assembly is removed
be careful not to spill toner that may be contained in the
auger system.
Replace the drive
motor
Go to step 3
3 ITU drive motor cable - Check the continuity of the ITU
drive motor cable.
Go to step 4 Replace the ITU
drive motor cable
4 ITU drive motor voltage check - Measure the voltage
on connector J30 on the system board. The voltages
are approximately values.
Voltages with motor not running
Replace the drive
motor
Go to step 5
5 ITU motor drive assembly - Remove the ITU assembly.
Manually turn the motor. The gears in the ITU motor
assembly, the second transfer roll gears, and the
cleaner gear should turn freely.
Do the gears turn freely?
Replace the
system board. If
this does not fix
the problem,
replace the ITU
drive motor.
Go to step 6
6 ITU motor drive assembly - Remove the ITU drive
motor assembly. Manually turn the motor.
Do the gears on the ITU drive motor assembly turn
freely?
Contact your next
level support
Replace the ITU
motor drive
assembly
Connector pin Voltages (motor not running)
J30-2 +4.2 V dc
J30-4 +5.0 V dc
J30-6 +3.3 V dc
J30-8 +24 V dc
J30-10 Ground
J30-12 0 V dc
J30-14 +3.3 V dc
4924-xx
156 error code
1 Error code 156 - The black cartridge drive motor has
either failed to lock or has lost lock. Check the black
system board.
correctly
2 Check the black cartridge drive motor cable connection
to the black cartridge drive motor card.
correctly
3 Check continuity of the black cartridge drive motor
cable. Is there continuity?
black cartridge
assembly cable
4 Replace the black cartridge drive assembly. Perform
level support
2-62 Service Manual
4924-xx
157 error code
158 error code
1 The magenta cartridge drive motor has either failed to
lock or has lost lock. Check the magenta cartridge
board.
correctly
2 Check the magenta cartridge drive motor cable
connection to the magenta cartridge drive motor card.
correctly
3 Check continuity of the magenta cartridge drive motor
cable.
magenta
cartridge
assembly cable
4 Replace the magenta cartridge drive assembly.
Perform Motor Detect on page 3-17.
level support
1 Error code 158 - The cyan cartridge drive motor has
either failed to lock or has lost lock. Check the cyan
system board.
correctly
2 Check the cyan cartridge drive motor cable connection
to the cyan cartridge drive motor card.
Go go step 3 Install the cable
correctly
3 Check continuity of the cyan cartridge drive motor
cable.
Go to step 4 Replace the cyan
cartridge
assembly cable
4 Replace the cyan cartridge drive assembly. Perform
level support
4924-xx
159 error code
160 error code
ITU drive motor service check
1 The yellow cartridge drive motor has either failed to
lock or has lost lock. Check the yellow cartridge drive
motor cable connection to J29 on the system board.
correctly
2 Check the yellow cartridge drive motor cable
connection to the yellow cartridge drive motor card.
correctly
3 Check continuity of the yellow cartridge drive motor
cable.
yellow cartridge
assembly cable
4 Replace the yellow cartridge drive assembly. Perform
level support
1 Error code 160 indicates that an incorrect motor has
been detected. Replace the ITU drive motor on
page 4-42.
Note: Anytime the ITU drive motor or ITU drive motor
assembly is replaced, perform the Motor Detect on
page 3-17.
Is error code 160 still shown?
Call your next
level support
Problem solved
2-64 Service Manual
4924-xx
162 error code
163 error code
164 error code
1 Black cartridge drive assembly - Error code 162
indicates that an incorrect motor is detected. Replace
the black cartridge drive assembly. Go to Cartridge
drive assembly on page 4-30. Perform Motor
Detect on page 3-17.
Does the printer display error code 162?
Go to step 2 Problem solved
2 Reflash the NVRAM.
Does error code 162 continue?
Call your next
level support
Problem solved
1 Magenta cartridge drive assembly - Error code 163
the magenta cartridge drive assembly. Go to
Cartridge drive assembly on page 4-30. Perform
Call your next
level support
Problem solved
1 Cyan cartridge drive assembly - Error code 164
the cyan cartridge drive assembly. Go to Cartridge
drive assembly on page 4-30. Perform the Motor
Call your next
level support
Problem solved
4924-xx
165 error code
1 Yellow cartridge drive assembly - Error code 165
the yellow cartridge drive assembly. Go to Cartridge
drive assembly on page 4-30. Perform the Motor
Call your next
level support
Problem solved
2-66 Service Manual
4924-xx
200 Paper JamTray 1
1. Obtain the sub error code from the operator panel.
Press and hold Return and press Select to view the sub error code.
2. Compare the sub error code to the list below and go to the appropriate service check.
S2 or narrow media sensor obstructed
2D 1BS2 sensor obstructed
2D 1CNarrow media sensor obstructed
Note: See Printer sensors on page 5-3.
Sub error code Service check
2D 1B
2D 1C
S2 or narrow media sensor obstructed on page 2-66
2D 11
2D 03
S2 sensor late on page 2-67
2D 0F
2D 02
2D 05
S2 or narrow media sensor made early on page 2-67
2D 04
2D 06
S2 or narrow media sensor did not break in time on page 2-68
1 Is sensor flag obstructed by paper debris, out of
position, or broken?
Clear obstruction
and reinstall or
replace flag.
Go to step 2
2 Perform the BASE SENSOR TEST on page 3-30.
Do both sensor pass the test?
3 Is the inner deflector out of place, causing sensor flag
to bind?
Install inner
deflector
properly.
Go to step 4
4 Are the sensors connectors fully seated? Go to step 5 Reseat the
sensor
connector.
5 Are connectors at J21 fully seated on the system
board?
Go to step 6 Reseat the
connector on the
system board.
6 Check sensor cables.
Are the cables cut or broken?
Replace the
cables.
Go to step 7
7 Replace the sensor that did not pass the test.
Is the problem solved?
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
4924-xx
S2 sensor late
2D 11S2 sensor late
2D 03S2 sensor late
S2 or narrow media sensor made early
2D 0FS2 sensor early
2D 02S2 sensor early
2D 05Narrow media sensor early
1 Check the tray for proper edge guide setting and media
loading. Edge guides should be adjusted against edge
of media. Media should be fanned and lay flat in the
tray.
Is the media properly loaded in the tray?
Go to step 2 Properly load
media.
2 Check the pick tires for contamination or wear.
Are pick tires worn or contaminated?
Replace the
Pick rolls on
page 4-55.
Go to step 3
3 Check for obstructions in the paper path.
Is the paper path obstructed?
Clear the
obstruction.
Go to step 4
4 Is the inner deflector out of position? Correct the
deflector position.
Go to step 5
5 Is the autocompensator damaged or defective? Go to
Autocompensa
tor service
check on
page 2-107
Go to step 6
6 Perform the BASE SENSOR TEST on page 3-30 on
the S2 sensor.
Does the S2 sensor pass the test?
Call your next
level of support.
See S2 or
narrow media
sensor
obstructed on
page 2-66.
1 Check tray for the edge guide setting and media
tray.
media.
2 Media may not have been cleared from a previous jam.
Is media in paper path?
Clear the paper
path.
Call your next
level of support
2-68 Service Manual
4924-xx
S2 or narrow media sensor did not break in time
2D 04S2 sensor did not break in time
2D 06Narrow media sensor did not break in time
200 Paper JamOptions and multipurpose feeder
500-sheet option or envelope option
1 Make sure the media installed in the tray meets
specifications.
Does the media meet specifications?
customer that
media loaded in
Tray x does not
meet
specification
2 Check tray for the edge guide setting and media
tray.
media.
3 Remove the ITU and check for the jam at the second
transfer roll.
Is paper jammed at the second transfer roll?
Clear the jam. Call your next
level of support.
1 Does media feed correctly from Tray 1? Go to step 2 Go to 200
Paper Jam
Tray 1 on
page 2-66
2 Check the tray 2 for proper media loading. Media
should be fanned before loading and must lay flat in the
tray.
Is the media loaded properly?
Go to step 3 Load media
properly.
3 Check tray 1 pass through for damage or obstructions.
Note: Remove the paper drawer to inspect tray 1 pass
through.
Is the pass through damaged or obstructed?
Remove
obstruction or
replace damaged
parts.
Go to step 4
4 Remove duplex and check the pass through.
Check the alignment pin on top of the 500-sheet
option
Check the pass through roller drive system on top
of tray 2
Check the pass through the roller drive system on
the bottom of the duplex option.
Replace the
duplex option or
500-sheet option
as needed.
4924-xx
Multipurpose feeder
Duplex option
High-capacity input tray (HCIT)
1 Does the media feed correctly from tray 1? Go to step 2 Go to 200
Paper Jam
Tray 1 on
page 2-66.
2 Verify that the media is loaded properly in the
multipurpose feeder.
Is the media properly loaded?
Replace the
Friction
buckler on
page 4-33.
Properly load the
media.
Paper Jam
Tray 1 on
page 2-66.
2 Does the media feed correctly from the 500-sheet
options, if installed?
Go to step 3 Go to 500-sheet
option or
envelope
option on
page 2-68
3 Check tray 1 pass through for damage or obstruction.
Is the pass through obstructed or damaged?
Clear the
obstruction.
Replace the
duplex option.
specifications.
Note: The HCIT only supports paper.
Go to step 2 Inform customer
that media does
not meet
specifications.
Paper Jam
Tray 1 on
page 2-66.
3 Does the media feed correctly from the 500-sheet
options, if installed?
Go to step 4 Go to 500-sheet
option or
envelope
option on
page 2-68
4 Check the pass through in 500-sheet option for
damage or obstruction, if installed.
Is the pass through obstructed or damaged?
Clear the
obstruction.
Replace the
HCIT.
2-70 Service Manual
4924-xx
201 Paper Jam
1 Remove fuser from printer, remove oiler housing from
fuser, and pivot the paper guide up.
Is paper jammed inside the fuser?
Clear the jam. Go to step 2
2 Check fuser entry guide for toner buildup.
Is toner built up on the fuser entry guide?
Replace the
Fuser
assembly on
page A-35.
Go to step 3
3 Check fuser exit sensor flag.
Does the flag rotate freely and return to normal position
when released?
Fuser
assembly on
page A-35.
4 Reinstall fuser and perform the BASE SENSOR
TEST on page 3-30.
Note: Use a spring hook to actuate the flag.
Does fuser exit sensor pass test?
Go to step 5 Perform the
following in order:
1. Reseat the
connector
J33 on the
system
board.
2. Replace the
Fuser
assembly
on
page 4-35.
3. Replace the
LVPS
assembly
on
page 4-43.
4. Replace the
System
board on
page 4-69.
5 Check the vacuum transport belts (VTB) for motion.
Observe the belt through the front door.
Are the belts on the VTB assembly turning?
Go to step 6 Go to Vacuum
transport belt
(VTB) on
page 4-74 to
verify correct
installation.
6 Check the VTBs for wear or damage.
Are the belts worn or damaged?
Replace the
Vacuum
transport belt
(VTB) on
page 4-74.
Go to step 7.
7 Check the VTB plate for a buildup of debris.
Is there a debris buildup?
Clean off the VTB
plate.
Go to step 8
8 Does media move smoothly into the fuser from the
VTB?
Call the next level
of support.
Replace the
Vacuum
transport belt
(VTB) fan on
page 4-76.
4924-xx
202 Paper Jam
1 Remove the fuser from the printer. Remove the oiler
housing from the fuser, and pivot the paper guide up.
Is media jammed inside the fuser?
Clear the jam
from the fuser.
Go to step 2
2 Check fuser exit sensor flag.
Does flag rotate freely and return to normal position
when released?
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
3 Check that the diverter gates in the fuser rotate freely.
Do the diverter gates rotate freely?
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
4 Reinstall the fuser and perform the BASE SENSOR
TEST on page 3-30 for the fuser exit sensor.
Note: Use a spring hook to actuate the flag.
Does the fuser exit sensor pass?
Got to step 5 Perform the
following in order:
1. Reseat the
connector
J33 on the
system
board.
2. Replace the
Fuser
assembly
on
page 4-35.
3. Replace the
LVPS
assembly
on
page 4-43.
4. Replace the
System
board on
page 4-69.
5 Check that the duplex diverter rotates freely with the
redrive door closed.
Does the duplex diverter rotate freely?
Redrive door
on page 4-19.
6 Check for the proper operation of the redrive.
Are both belts in good condition and properly installed?
Go to step 7 Install or replace
the Redrive
assembly on
page 4-65.
2-72 Service Manual
4924-xx
7 If the duplex option is in use, check the lower right door
paper path.
Does media pass freely between the door and the
metal plate?
Lower right
door assembly
on page 4-18.
8 If the duplex option is in use, remove the duplex R.H.
access panel to check if the jam occurred at duplex
entry edge guide.
Did the jam occur at the duplex entry edge guide?
Replace the
duplex option.
Go to step 9
9 If the duplex option is in use, check the actuator button.
See Duplex option deflector button replacement
on page A-14.
Should the actuator button be replaced?
Replace the
button.
Go to step 10
10 If the finisher option is in use, refer to the finisher
manual for the alignment procedure.
Is the finisher properly aligned?
Go to step 11 Realign the
finisher.
11 Is a 5-bin mailbox option or an output expander option
in use?
Check the
following:
Reseat the
option on the
printer.
Verify the top
cover is
properly
seated on
developer
HVPS.
Call your next
level of support.
4924-xx
230 Paper Jam
1 Thoroughly examine the duplex paper path for torn
paper that may be blocking the sensors or paper path.
Is the duplex paper path clear?
Go to step 2 Clear the paper
path.
2 Check the lower right door paper path.
Does media pass freely between the door and the
metal plate?
Lower right
door assembly
on page 4-18.
3 Are any of the following conditions true?
Only the back of the page of a duplex job prints and
exits into the standard bin.
Media exits the right side of the print.
Media jams in the duplex at the diverter.
4 Open the redrive door and check that the diverter
operates freely.
Does the diverter operate freely?
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35.
5 Close the redrive door and check that the diverter
operates freely.
Does the diverter operate freely?
Redrive door
on page 4-19.
6 Check that the diverter actuator link is not binding or
damaged. Examine the link for damage under the
duplex option.
Is link binding or damaged?
Repair the
actuator link.
Go to step 7
7 Check the duplex actuator button. See Duplex option
deflector button replacement on page A-14.
Should the button be replaced?
Replace the
Actuator button.
Go to step 8
8 Check for the correct sensor operation by performing
the Duplex Sensor Test on page 3-24.
Replace the
duplex option.
Go to step 9
9 Make sure the sensors are correctly connected to the
duplex system board.
Are the cables correctly connected?
Replace the
duplex option.
Correctly connect
the cables.
2-74 Service Manual
4924-xx
24x Paper jam
500-sheet drawer option
Media does not reach the pass thru sensor
1 Is Tray x a HCIT 2000-sheet option? Go to HCIT on
page 2-75
Go to step 2
specifications.
customer that
media loaded in
Tray x does not
meet
specification
3 Make sure the media is loaded correctly. Make sure the
side and back restraints are located and seated
properly.
Is the media loaded correctly?
Go to step 4 Load the media
correctly
4 See if the paper is trying to feed from the tray. Note:
You can observe the autocompensator feed rolls and
the paper through the tray access door. Run the Tray x
feed test from the Diagnostics Menu to help diagnose a
feed problem. See Feed Test on page 3-25.
Is the media leaving the tray?
5 Are both of the autocompensator pick rolls installed
and turning?
6 Check the autocompensator pick rolls for wear or
contamination.
Are the autocompensator pick rolls worn or
contaminated?
Replace the pick
arm rolls.
Replace both
rolls at the same
time.
Go to step 7
7 Check the pass thru sensor for correct operation by
running the Tray x sensor test from the Diagnostics
Menu. See Sensor Test on page 3-25.
Does the pass thru sensor operate correctly?
Check for any
obstructions that
might catch the
media and create
a paper jam
Go to step 8
8 Make sure the pass thru sensor is correctly connected
to the Tray x system board.
Is the sensor cable connected correctly?
Replace the
FRUs in the
following order:
1. Pass thru
sensor
assembly
2. Electronics/
size sensing
assembly
with system
board.
Install the cable
correctly
4924-xx
HCIT
Use the HCIT standalone test mode on page 3-36 inside the HCIT to help isolate paper jams. Run the
Standalone Feeding Operation Test to observe paper feeding from the tray and through the feed assembly. Use
the HCIT system board LED error code table on page 2-121 to further isolate paper jam or sensor
problems.
Before proceeding with this service check, make sure the HCIT is installed correctly.
9 Check the autocompensator cable for correct
installation to Tray x system board.
Replace the
option or replace
the following
parts in the order
until the error is
cleared:
Autocom-
pensator
pick assem-
bly on
page 4-20
Tray x system
board.
Install the cable
correctly
1 Check for pieces of paper or other obstructions in the
feed assembly.
Are any pieces of paper or obstructions in the feed
assembly?
Remove any
paper or
obstructions
Go to step 2
2 Make sure the media loaded in the paper tray meets
printer supplies specifications and the media is loaded
correctly. Make sure the side and back restraints are
located and seated properly.
customer that
media in the
paper tray does
not meet
specifications
3 Use the Standalone Feeding Operation Test to observe
paper feeding from the tray.
Does the paper feed from the paper tray?
4 Using the Standalone Feeding Operation Test, observe
the registration motor (the registration motor is the
motor at the top of the feed assembly).
Does the motor turn?
5 Does the pick motor, the lower motor in the feed unit
assembly, turn?
6 Check the registration motor cable to HCIT system
board cable connected to CN3 for correct installation.
Replace the
following FRUs in
the order shown:
1. HCIT system
board
2. Feed unit
assembly
Install the cable
correctly
2-76 Service Manual
4924-xx
7 Check the pick motor cable to HCIT system board
cable connected to CN4 for correct installation.
Replace the
following FRUs in
the order shown:
1. HCIT system
board
2. Feed unit
assembly
Install the cable
correctly
8 Use the HCIT system board LED error code table
on page 2-121.
Does the LED flash 7 times?
9 Make sure the registration home sensor cable is
installed correctly to the sensor and to CN6 on the
system board.
correctly
10 Is the registration home sensor operating correctly? Replace the
following FRUs in
the order shown:
1. HCIT system
board
2. Feed unit
assembly
Replace the
following FRUs in
the order shown:
1. Registration
sensor
2. HCIT system
board
11 Use the HCIT system board LED error code table
on page 2-121.
Does the LED flash 8 times?
12 Make sure the pick home sensor cable is installed
correctly to the sensor and to CN6 on the system
board.
correctly
13 Is the registration home sensor operating correctly? Replace the
following FRUs in
the order shown:
1. HCIT system
board
2. Feed unit
assembly
Replace the
following FRUs in
the order shown:
1. Registration
Sensor
2. HCIT system
board
14 Use the Standalone Feeding Operation Test to
determine where the paper jams. Use the HCIT
system board LED error code table on page 2-121
to help isolate problems in the feed unit assembly.
Are you able to determine where the failure is
occurring?
Repair or replace
parts as
necessary
Replace the feed
unit assembly
4924-xx
Envelope feeder
Before proceeding with this service check, make sure the envelope option is installed correctly.
1 Make sure the envelopes installed in the tray meet
specifications.
Some guidelines that can be used in selection of
envelopes that will minimize the jam rate are:
Flat envelopes that are not warped or twisted.
Flexible envelopes that can conform to the paper
path.
Smooth surface on the envelopes. Rough or ridged
surfaces may cause the envelopes to stick together
in the tray.
No cotton content, or as little as possible to meet
the users needs.
If the envelopes have a pressure sensitive adhesive
flap, performance might be improved by reversing
the orientation of the envelope in the tray and
reversing the image in the drive or application.
Are any problems found with the envelopes?
Inform the
customer of the
problems with the
envelopes that do
not meet
specifications.
Go to step 2
2 Make sure the envelopes are loaded correctly. Make
sure the side and back restraints are located and
seated properly.
Are the envelopes loaded correctly?
Go to step 3 Load the
envelopes
correctly.
3 Observe if the envelopes feed from the tray.
Note: You can observe the autocompensator pick rolls
and the envelopes through the tray access door.
Are the envelopes leaving the tray?
4 Check the pick rolls to verify both pick rolls are
installed.
Are any of the pick rolls missing?
Go to step 5 Install a new pair
of pick rolls. Both
pick rolls should
be installed at the
same time. See
Pick rolls on
page 4-55
5 Check to make sure the autocompensator pick rolls are
correctly installed.
Are the autocompensator pick rolls correctly installed?
Go to step 6 Install the pick
rolls correctly.
See Pick rolls
on page 4-55.
6 Observe the pick rolls as they try to pick and feed
envelopes from the tray.
Do the pick rolls turn?
envelope option.
7 Check the autocompensator pick rolls for signs wear or
contamination.
Are the pick rolls worn or contaminated?
Replace the pick
rolls. Both pick
rolls should be
replaced at the
same time. See
Pick rolls on
page 4-55.
Go to step 8
8 If you continue to have problems, replace the complete
envelope option.
2-78 Service Manual
4924-xx
250 Paper Jam
Unable to clear the messageMultipurpose feeder loaded
Note: A 250 Paper Jam displays when using a multipurpose feeder.
1 Make sure the media in the MPF meets specifications.
Does media meet specifications?
Go to step 2 Inform user that
the media in the
MPF does not
meet
specifications.
2 Does the media feed correctly from tray 1? Go to step 3 Go toTray 1
service check
on page 2-142.
3 Is the Paper Type setting correct for media in the MPF? Go to step 4 Correct the Paper
Type setting.
4 Check the media is loaded properly. The side restraint
should not be too tight. The leading edge of the media
should be sitting on the friction buckler.
Is the media correctly loaded?
Go to step 5 Properly load the
media.
5 Open the MPF to the horizontal position and check the
paper path for obstructions.
Is the paper path obstructed?
Clear the
obstruction.
Go to step 6
6 Raise the pick tire off the media and test the MPF.
Does the pick tire turn?
7 Open the lower jam access door, move the MPF
bracket assembly gear to the lowest position and test
the MPF.
Does the MPF bracket assembly rise and engage the
gear?
Go to step 8 Replace the MPF
bracket
assembly. See
MPF bracket
assembly on
page 7-17
8 Does media jam on the friction buckler? Replace the
Friction
buckler on
page 4-33.
Call your next
level of support.
4924-xx
Displayed with no media in MPF
A 250 Paper Jam indicates that the MPF tried to feed a sheet of media from the MPF tray. A 250 Paper Jam may
occur when there is no paper in the MPF, MPF is selected as the paper source, or the MPF sensor is
malfunctioning. If media is in the MPF it may feed normally with no 250 Paper Jam even though the sensor is
malfunctioning.
1 Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Select INPUT TRAY
TESTS, Sensor Test, and MP Feeder. Manually
actuate the MPF sensor by moving the paper flag in the
MPF.
Does the test pass?
Replace the MPF
assembly.
Go to step 2
2 Make sure that the MPF sensor cable from the system
board is correctly installed at J21 on the system board.
correctly
3 Check the cable connection between the MPF sensor
cable and the sensor. Check that the sensor is
snapped into the bracket.
Is the connection good between the two cables?
correctly
4 Disconnect the sensor cable from J21 on the system
board.
Measure the following voltages on J21, being careful
not to short any adjacent pins in the connector. All
voltages are approximate values.
System board
on page 4-69
5 Check continuity of the sensor cable that is between
the system board and MPF assembly.
Replace the
sensor assembly
Replace the
sensor cable
assembly
Connector pin Voltage
J21-11 0 V dc
J21-12 +5 V dc
J21-13 +5 V dc
J21-14 +5 V dc
2-80 Service Manual
4924-xx
271 Paper Jam - check bin 1
Output bin
POST complete, first sheet of paper feeds into output bin x.
Note: Before proceeding with this service check run the Output Bin x Sensor Test and check for the failing
sensor.
Sensor Tests:
XNF Near Full (Upper part of sensor assembly)
F Full (Lower part of sensor assembly)
P Pass Thru Sensor
1 DC motor cable connection - Make sure the DC motor
connector is correctly installed at J4 on the output
expander option board.
correctly
2 DC motor mechanical linkage assembly - Check the
resistance of the motor on the cable connector. Check
the resistance between J4-1 and J4-2. The resistance
measures between 115 ohms and 135 ohms.
Is the resistance correct?
Go to step 3 Replace the DC
motor
mechanical
linkage assembly
3 DC motor mechanical linkage assembly - Check for
continuity between J4-1 and J4-2 and the case of the
motor. It measures infinity.
Is there continuity between J4-1 or J4-2 and the case
of the motor?
Note: If the motor is shorted from either J4-1 or J4-2
and the case of the motor, it may be necessary to
replace the output expander control board.
Replace the DC
motor
mechanical
linkage assembly
Go to step 4
4 Output expander board - Disconnect the motor cable
from J4 and check the voltages at J4 on the board.
Note: All voltages are approximate values:
J4-1 (motor idle) +24 V dc
Warning: Be careful not to short to adjacent pins on
the connector.
Replace the DC
motor
mechanical
linkage assembly
Replace the
output expander
control board
4924-xx
272 Paper Jam - check bin x
5-bin mailbox
5-bin mailbox
POST incomplete
1 Bottom pass thru sensor flag - Make sure the flag is
operating correctly and is not binding, broken, and
there is no interference from the sensor cable.
Is there any problem found with the sensor flag?
Fix or replace the
flag
Go to step 2
2 Bottom pass thru sensor - Make sure the sensor is
correctly connected to J5 on the control board.
Is the sensor connected correctly?
Go to step 3 Reseat the cable
3 Bottom pass thru sensor voltage check 1 - Disconnect
the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at
J5-3 on the board. The voltage measures
control board
4 Bottom pass thru sensor voltage check 2 - Check the
voltage at J5-2 on the board, the voltage measures
approximately 0 V dc.
Replace the
sensor assembly
Replace the
control board
1 Pass thru sensor flag - Check the sensor flag for
correct operation.
Is the flag operating correctly?
Go to step 2 Repair or replace
as necessary
2 Pass thru sensor cable - Make sure the pass thru
sensor cable is correctly connected to J3 on the control
board.
3 Voltage check - Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable
from the control board and check the voltage on J3-3.
The voltage measures approximately +5 V dc.
control board
4 Voltage check - Measure the voltage at J3-2. The
voltage measures approximately 0 V dc.
Replace the
control board
Replace the
sensor assembly
2-82 Service Manual
4924-xx
280 Paper Jam
Use the table below to determine where to check for jams in the printer and to diagnose a 280 Paper Jam. Check
the area indicated to find the jam and the problem. If this does not fix the problem, contact the next level ow
support.
DB1 Explanation
01 Paper detected at inverter timing sensor too long. Paper jam in inverter, sensor failure.
02 Paper detected at inverter jam sensor too long. Paper jam in inverter, sensor failure.
03 Paper detected at drop timing sensor too long. Paper jam at accumulator entrance,
sensor failure.
04 Paper detected at exit timing sensor too long. Paper jam at exit, chad stuck in sensor,
sensor failure.
06 Punch motor homing timeout error. Backup chads jamming motor, motor or sensor
failure.
07 Stapler jam detected. Too many sheets or stiff paper in accumulator, motor or sensor
failure.
08 Belt motor homing timeout error. Paper jam in accumulator, motor or sensor failure.
09 Tray elevation motor timeout error. Stuck or failed paper level sensor, motor failure.
13 Paper not detected at inverter timing sensor within timeout. Jam near input, misdirected
sheet (diverter stuck or misaligned), sensor failure.
14 Paper not detected at inverter jam sensor within timeout. Paper jam in inverter, sensor
failure.
15 Paper not detected at drop timing sensor within timeout. Paper jam in inverter, sensor
failure.
16 Paper not detected at exit timing sensor within timeout. Jam in accumulator, belt motor
failure, sensor failure.
1B Paper detected at inverter timing sensor before punch timing sensor. Damaged sheet
(dogear), transparency sent to finisher, sensor failure.
Scroll down with Menu to see the additional display lines and view the value at the indicated position (data bit 1
- DB1) and match the information to the table below.
Finisher (Bin 1) - No other output options
2D 15
DB1 DB2 DB3
DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7
Finisher (Bin 2) - With output expander installed
2D 16
DB1 DB2 DB3
DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7
Finisher (Bin 6) - With 5-bin mailbox installed
2D 1A
DB1 DB2 DB3
DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7
4924-xx
900 RIP Software Error
The 900 error may indicate a communication problem (bad cable, network connection, and so on), software
issue, or a hardware problem with the controller board/INA. The communication and software aspects should be
checked first. Determine if the problem is constant or intermittent.
Constant 900 errors
1C Paper detected at punch timing sensor too long. Dirty or failed punch timing sensor.
1E Paper not detected at punch timing sensor within timeout. Jam near input, misdirected
sheet (diverter stuck or misaligned), sensor failure.
1F Finisher internal software error. Intermittent sensor might cause this error.
20 Unexpected sheet detected at punch timing sensor. Stuck diverter (possibly due to
alignment), damaged sheet, dirty or failed sensor.
1 Reset the ITU electrical disconnect. Turn the printer off.
Check the ITU Release Lever for correct operation.
lever
Turn the printer off, insert the ITU, move the lever to the
6 o'clock position, and turn the printer back on.
Does the 900 error display?
Go to step 2 Problem resolved
2 Disconnect the printer from any external connections.
Turn the power off and remove any parallel, USB, or
network connections. Turn the printer on.
Does the 900 error display?
3 Run the internal test pages. Print one of the internal
test pages from the Utilities Menu. If the printer works
correctly while disconnected, have the user or their
network administrator verify that there are no jobs in
the queue which may be causing the error.
Does the error remain?
Inform the user or
network
administrator of
the issue.
Go to step 4
DB1 Explanation
2-84 Service Manual
4924-xx
Intermittent 900 Service RIP Error codes
It is important to determine under what circumstances the error occurs. Capturing the following information aids
in categorizing the nature of the intermittent error.
1. Crash codes - With the 900 Service RIP Error displayed, press Select and Return together. Record the
complete secondary codes by scrolling with Menu. The code may be a very long string of characters and
numbers, but it is needed to analyze the problem.
2. Print history - Printed the printer history by entering Diagnostics Mode and selecting Print History in the
Development menu.
3. Code level - Obtain the code level for the RIP, network, and engine. All of these can be found on Print
Menus page from the Utilities menu.
4. Type of connection being used to print - Record the type of connection. For example, direct USB or parallel,
or network peer to peer, Ethernet, token ring, or so on.
5. Software application - Does one particular application or print job sent to the printer produce this error?
6. Driver - What driver or driver level.
With this information in hand, contact you next level of support.
900 Error Code displayed when the machine is connected to a network while still in
Setup Required Mode
4 Turn the printer off. Remove any options from the
system board, such as additional memory, hard disk
drives, or option cards.
Does the 900 error persist when the printer is turned
on?
Go to step 5 Determine which
option is causing
the 900 error.
5 Restore factory defaults from the Configuration Menu.
Warning: When factory defaults or restored, all menu
items are returned to the factory default values except:
Display Language.
All settings in the Parallel Menu, Serial Menu,
Network Menu, and USB Menu.
All downloaded resources (fonts, macros, and symbol
sets) in printer memory (RAM) are deleted. (Resources
residing in flash memory or on the hard disk are
unaffected.)
Record the
secondary error
codes. With the
900 Service RIP
Error displayed,
press Select and
Return together.
Record the
complete list by
scrolling with
Menu. The code
may be a very
long string of
characters and
numbers, but is
needed for
analysis.
Contact your next
level of support.
Problem solved.
1 Perform the following steps:
1. Power the printer off.
2. Disconnect the printer from the network.
3. Power the printer on and complete the setup
process.
4. When setup is complete, power off the printer and
reconnect to the network.
Is the same 900 Service Error displayed?
Contact your next
level support
Problem solved
4924-xx
925 error code
Fuser fan (main fan)
926 error code
VTB Fan service check
1 Turn the power off and manually spin the fan and check
that it rotates freely.
Does the fan rotate freely?
Fuser fan on
page 4-38
2 Check the fuser fan cable connection to the system
board, J31 for correct installation.
correctly
3 Disconnect the fuser fan from J31 on the system board
and check the voltages on J31.
Replace the
Fuser fan on
page 4-38
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
Vacuum
transport belt
(VTB) fan on
page 4-76
2 Check the VTB fan cable connection to the system
correctly
3 Disconnect the VTB fan from J32 on the system board
Replace the
Vacuum
transport belt
(VTB) fan on
page 4-76
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
Pin Fan on Fan off Fan disconnected
Fan switch on
Fan discon-
nected
Fan switch
off
J31-1 +1.6 V dc +3.3 V dc +3.3 V dc +3.3 V dc
J31-2 0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V
J31-3 +1.9 V dc 0 V dc 0 V +2 V dc
J31-4 +24 V dc +24 V dc +24 V dc +24 V dc
J31-5 Ground
Pin Fan on Fan off Fan
disconnected
fan switch on
Fan
disconnected
fan switch off
J32-1 +1.6V dc +3.3 V dc +3.3 V dc +3.3 V dc
J32-2 0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V
J32-3 +3.1 V dc 0 V dc 0 V +2 V dc
J32-4 +24 V dc +24 V dc +24 V dc +24 V dc
2-86 Service Manual
4924-xx
927 error code
RIP Fan service check
930 error code
LVPS
This problem with the fuser circuits is usually the zero crossover signal from the LVPS not working correctly.
Go to step 2 Replace the RIP
fan on
page 4-66
2 Check the RIP fan cable connection to the system
correctly
3 Disconnect the RIP fan from J3 on the system board
Replace the RIP
fan on
page 4-66
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
1 LVPS cable - check the LVPS cable to J33 on the
system board to make sure it is seated correctly. Go to
correctly
2 Voltage checks - Disconnect J10 from the system
board assembly. Go to System board on page 5-8.
Check the voltage at J33, on the cable. It measures
approximately +3.7 V dc.
following FRUs in
order:
1. LVPS
assembly
on page 4-43
2. System
board on
page 4-69
3 Is 930 error still displayed? Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43
Problem solved
Pin Fan on Fan off Fan
disconnected
Fan switch on
Fan
disconnected
Fan switch off
J3-1 +1.6 V dc +3.3 V dc +3.3 V dc +3.3 V dc
J3-2 0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V
J3-3 +1.9 V dc 0 V dc 0 V +2 V dc
J3-4 +24 V dc +24 V dc +24 V dc +24 V dc
4924-xx
940 error code
Cyan toner metering cycle (TMC)
The TMC is where the code and electronics in the printer sense an addition of toner in the cartridge developing
area. If the printer is expecting a toner addition cycle but one is not detected, a 94x TMC Error is displayed.
Replacement of the cartridge may fix the problem temporarily if the problem is with the printer. Only replace the
cartridge if there are no problems with the printer or if the cartridge is known to be defective.
Note: Before proceeding with this service check, observe the error log for repetitive occurrences of a 94x
service error.
1 Check the toner metering cam (A) on the rear of the
cyan cartridge.
Note: In some cartridges the toner metering cam is
black.
Is the cam present on the cartridge?
Go to step 2 If the toner
metering cam is
not present,
check the printer
to make sure it is
not inside.
Replace the
damaged
cartridge.
2 Check the TMC pin (B) in the cyan cartridge contact
assembly to make sure it moves freely.
Does the pin move freely?
Cartridge
contact
assembly on
page 4-29.
A
B
2-88 Service Manual
4924-xx
3 Go to BASE SENSOR TEST on page 3-30 and
check the cyan TMC sensor. When you press the TMC
pin in the cyan cartridge contact assembly make sure it
actuates the TMC switch on the developer HVPS.
When the TMC pin is pressed in you hear a click when
the switch actuates. Check for mechanical interference
between the contact block and the developer HVPS.
Note: You may need to turn the printer off to hear the
click.
Does the cyan TMC switch on the developer HVPS
board actuate properly when the TMC pin is pressed?
Replace the
cartridge.
Go to step 4
4 Check the developer HVPS board to make sure it is not
cracked or broken.
Is the developer HVPS cracked or broken?
5 Check the mounting of the developer HVPS. Make sure
the screws that mount the power supply are properly
tightened down and the board is positioned and
mounted correctly.
Is the developer HVPS mounted correctly?
Replace the
developer HVPS
assembly.
If the board is
incorrectly
installed, install it
correctly. Make
sure all the
mounting screws
are tightened
down. Recheck
the printer to see
if a 940 Error is
still displayed.
6 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly
installed on the developer board assembly.
Go to step 7 Correctly connect
the cable.
installed at J14 on the system board.
Is the cable properly installed?
the cable.
8 Check the voltage at connector J14-11 on the system
board while pressing the cyan TMC pin in the cartridge
contact assembly.
Does the voltage change when the pin is pressed?
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
Go to step 9
9 Check the voltage at connector J14-11 when the cyan
TMC switch is pressed.
10 Check the developer HVPS to system board cable for
damage, broken connections, or wire and shorts
between adjacent pins.
Are there any signs of damage to the cable?
Replace the
cable.
Replace the
Developer
HVPS board on
page 4-31.
11 Disconnect the developer HVPS cable from connector
J14 on the system board. Measure the voltage on
connector J14-11 on the system board.
Does the voltage measure approximately 0 V dc?
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
Replace the
developer HVPS
and developer
HVPS to system
board cable.
4924-xx
941 error code
Magenta toner metering cycle (TMC)
service error.
magenta cartridge.
Note: In some cartridges, the toner metering cam is
black.
metering cam is
not present,
check the printer
to make sure it is
not inside.
Replace the
damaged
cartridge.
2 Check the TMC pin (B) in the magenta cartridge
contact assembly to make sure it moves freely.
Cartridge
contact
assembly on
page 4-29.
A
B
2-90 Service Manual
4924-xx
check the magenta TMC sensor. When you press the
TMC pin in the magenta cartridge contact assembly
make sure it actuates the TMC switch on the developer
HVPS. When the TMC pin is pressed in you hear a
click when the switch actuates. Check for mechanical
interference between the contact block and the
developer HVPS.
click.
Does the magenta TMC switch on the developer HVPS
Replace the
cartridge.
Go to step 4
cracked or broken.
mounted correctly.
Replace the
Developer
HVPS board on
page 4-31.
If the board is
incorrectly
correctly. Make
sure all the
mounting screws
are tightened
down. Recheck
the printer to see
if a 941 Error is
still displayed.
the cable.
the cable.
board while pressing the magenta TMC pin in the
cartridge contact assembly.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
Go to step 9
9 Check the voltage at connector J14-6 when the
magenta TMC switch is pressed.
Replace the
cable.
Replace the
Developer
HVPS board on
page 4-31.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
Replace the
developer HVPS
and developer
HVPS to system
cable.
4924-xx
942 error code
Yellow toner metering cycle (TMC)
service error.
yellow cartridge.
black.
metering cam is
not present,
check the printer
to make sure it is
not inside.
Replace the
damaged
cartridge.
2 Check the TMC pin (B) in the yellow cartridge contact
Cartridge
contact
assembly on
page 4-29.
A
B
2-92 Service Manual
4924-xx
check the yellow TMC sensor. When you press the
TMC pin in the yellow cartridge contact assembly make
sure it actuates the TMC switch on the developer
HVPS. When the TMC pin is pressed in you hear a
click when the switch actuates. Check for mechanical
interference between the contact block and the
developer HVPS.
click.
Does the yellow TMC switch on the developer HVPS
Replace the
cartridge.
Go to step 4
cracked or broken.
mounted correctly.
Replace the
developer HVPS
assembly.
If the board is
incorrectly
correctly. Make
sure all the
mounting screws
are tightened
down. Recheck
the printer to see
if a 942 Error is
still displayed.
the cable.
the cable.
board while pressing the yellow TMC pin in the
cartridge contact assembly.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
Go to step 9
9 Check the voltage at connector J14-16 when the yellow
Replace the
cable.
Replace the
Developer
HVPS board on
page 4-31.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
Replace the
developer HVPS
and developer
HVPS to system
board cable.
4924-xx
943 error code
Black toner metering cycle (TMC)
Toner metering cycle (TMC) is where the code and electronics in the printer sense an addition of toner in the
cartridge developing area. If the printer is expecting a toner addition cycle but one is not detected, a 94x TMC
Error is displayed.
service error.
black cartridge.
black. Is the cam present on the cartridge?
metering cam is
not present,
check the printer
to make sure it is
not inside.
Replace the
damaged
cartridge.
2 Check the TMC pin (B) in the black cartridge contact
Cartridge
contact
assembly on
page 4-29.
A
B
2-94 Service Manual
4924-xx
check the black TMC sensor. When you press the TMC
pin in the black cartridge contact assembly make sure
it actuates the TMC switch on the developer HVPS.
When the TMC pin is pressed in you hear a click when
the switch actuates. Check for mechanical interference
between the contact block and the developer HVPS.
click.
Does the black TMC switch on the developer HVPS
Replace the
cartridge.
Go to step 4
cracked or broken.
mounted correctly.
Replace the
developer HVPS
assembly.
If the board is
incorrectly
correctly. Make
sure all the
mounting screws
are tightened
down. Recheck
the printer to see
if a 943 Error is
still displayed.
the cable.
Go to step 8 Correctly install
the cable.
board while pressing the black TMC pin in the cartridge
contact assembly.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
Go to step 9
9 Check the voltage at connector J14-1 when the black
Replace the
cable.
Replace the
Developer
HVPS board on
page 4-31.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
Replace the
developer HVPS
and developer
HVPS to system
board cable.
4924-xx
956 service error
Service <xxxx> System Board
990 service error
This error indicates which option is causing the error.
5-Bin mailbox
1 Remove all option boards from the system board. Turn
on the printer.
Does the error continue?
Replace the
system board.
See System
board on
page 4-69.
Go to step 2
2 Replace each option board one at a time, making sure
the boards are properly seated. Turn the printer off and
then on between each option board to view any error
messages.
Does the error reappear?
Replace the
failing option
board.
Problem fixed.
1 Mechanical linkage/DC motor assembly - Check the
DC motor cable connector to make sure it is installed at
J4 on the control board.
and recheck for
correct operation
of the option
2 Resistance check - Disconnect J4 from the option
board and check the resistance of the motor on the
cable connector between J2-1 and J2-2. The
resistance measures between 115 and 135 ohms.
mechanical
linkage/DC motor
assembly
3 DC motor - Check between J2-1 and between J2-2 and
the case of the DC motor for shorts.
Is the DC motor shorted?
Note: If the DC motor is shorted, damage may result to
the control board.
Replace the
mechanical
linkage/DC motor
assembly
Go to step 4
4 Output expander control board check - Disconnect the
motor cable J2 and check the voltages at J2 on the
board.
the connector.
The voltages measure:
(Note: All voltages are approximate values.)
J2-1 (motor Idle) +24 V dc
Replace the
control board
Replace the
mechanical
linkage/DC motor
assembly
2-96 Service Manual
4924-xx
For 990 Service Error - Tray x, x=Tray 2, 3, 4 or 5, this is the tray that has a problem or needs service.
Note: Verify the autoconnect housing is correctly snapped into the printer and all options, and is plugged into
the system board correctly.
Output expander
1 Make sure the autocompensator cable is correctly
installed at the tray system board.
correctly
2 Make sure the drive assembly cable is connected
correctly to the tray system board.
correctly
3 Check for worn or broken parts in the autocompensator
and drive assemblies.
Are any parts worn, broken, or damaged?
Replace the
assembly that
has the defective
parts
Replace the
FRUs in the
following order:
1. Electronic/
size sensing
assembly
2. Autocom-
pensator
assembly
3. Drive
Assembly
1 Mechanical linkage/DC motor assembly - Make sure
the DC motor cable connector is installed at J4 on the
output expander control board.
and recheck for
correct operation
of the option
2 Resistance check - Disconnect J4 from the option
board and check the resistance of the motor on the
cable connector between J4-1 and J4-2. The
resistance should measure between 115 and 135
ohms.
mechanical
linkage/DC motor
assembly
3 DC motor - Check between J4-1 and between J4-2 and
the case of the DC motor for shorts.
Is the DC motor shorted?
Note: If the DC motor is shorted damage may result to
the system board.
Replace the
mechanical
linkage/DC motor
assembly
Go to step 4
4924-xx
Finisher
4 Output expander control board check - Disconnect the
motor cable J4 and check the voltages at J4 on the
board.
the connector.
The voltages measure approximately:
J4-1 (Motor Idle) +24 V dc
Replace the
output expander
control board
Replace the
mechanical
linkage/DC motor
assembly
1 Make sure the top options cable is correctly plugged
into the system board.
Go to step 2 Install correctly
2 Make sure the finisher cable is correctly installed on
top of the printer.
3 Make sure the finisher cable is correcting install on the
finisher system board.
4 When 990 error is installed, press and hold Return and
Select to view the sub error code.
Scroll down with Menu to see the additional display
lines and view the value at the indicated position (EQC
and DB1) and match the information to the table below.
Does the information on the table help find the
problem?
Repair the
finisher as
indicated in the
table.
Contact your next
level of support.
EQC DB1 Explanation
45 05 Jogger motor homing timeout error. Obstruction in Jogger, motor or sensor failure.
4C 0C Offset motor timeout error. No clearance around output bin, motor or sensor failure.
50 10 Stapler unit is removed. Cable harness to stapler damaged or disconnected.
Finisher (Bin 1) - No other output options
26 9D 81 EQC
DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4
DB5 DB6 DB7
2-98 Service Manual
4924-xx
5-bin mailbox option service check
Note: Before proceeding with this service check make sure the option(s) are installed correctly before
attempting to service the unit. Make sure the machine is configured correctly. The majority of the mechanical
components can be observed during operation by removing the left and right side covers.
Step Symptoms Yes No
1 Problems with excessive static electricity buildup. Go to Problems
with excessive
static electricity
buildup. on
page 2-129
Go to step 2
2 The printer does not recognize one or more output
options as installed.
Go to The
printer does not
recognize one
or more output
options as
installed. on
page 2-99
Go to step 3
3 271 Paper Jam - Check Bin 1 message Go to 271
Paper Jam -
check bin 1 on
page 2-80
Go to step 4
4 274 Paper Jam - Check Bin 4 displays. Go to Ready
bin x full
message - may
be able to clear
message and
will feed paper
into bin
selected. on
page 2-100
Go to step 5
5 Ready Bin x Full message - May be able to clear
message and will feed paper into Bin selected.
Go to Ready
bin x full
message - may
be able to clear
message and
will feed paper
into bin
selected. on
page 2-100
Go to step 6
6 Bin x Full - No message that bin x is full Go to Bin x full
- no message
that bin x is full
message on
page 2-100
Go to step 7
7 Ready - Bin x Full displays and paper feeds into Bin x Go to Ready -
bin x full
displays and
paper feeds into
bin x on
page 2-101
Go to step 8
8 Paper does not feed into the bin selected. - 271 Paper
Jam - Check Bin 1 displays.
Go to Paper
does not feed
into the bin
selected. 271
Paper Jam -
check bin 1
message on
page 2-101
Go to step 9
4924-xx
The printer does not recognize one or more output options as installed.
Note: If more than a single output option is installed, check each one to see if the printer recognizes any single
option as being installed. If the printer recognizes any of the output options then the base printer autoconnect
system is operating correctly and the problem is in the unrecognized option. Continue with this service check or
go to service check of the failing output option.
9 990 Service Error Go to 950 Error
Code service
check.
Call your next
level support
1 Options - Make sure that the output expander option is
the only output option that is not recognized by the
base printer.
Is this the only output option not recognized by the
base printer?
Go to step 2 Check the
autoconnect
system in base
printer
2 Mechanical linkage (cables) - Check the 5-Bin Mailbox
autoconnect cable and connector for any signs of
damage, especially the connector pins.
Are there any signs of damage to the cable, connector,
or connector pins?
Replace the
autoconnect
cable
Go to step 3
3 Mechanical linkage (electrical) - Make sure the
autoconnect cables are connected correctly to the
control board.
Are the cables attached securely and correctly?
cables
4 Voltage check, base printer autoconnect connector -
Turn the power off and remove the 5-Bin Mailbox option
from the printer. Check the voltages on the base printer
top autoconnect connector. See Autoconnecttop
on page 5-18.
Go to step 5 Check the
autoconnects in
the printer
5 Voltage check, 5-Bin Mailbox system board - Reinstall
the 5-Bin Mailbox option and check the voltages at J1A
and J1B on the connector.
Replace the
output expander
option system
board
Replace the
output expander
option
mechanical
linkage assembly
2-100 Service Manual
4924-xx
Ready bin x full message - may be able to clear message and will feed paper into bin
selected.
Note: This sensor is normally in a open position with the flag out of the sensor slot.
Bin x full - no message that bin x is full message
1 Bin x sensor (bin x=Sensor 1 through 5) - Make sure
the sensor is seated correctly in the side of tray x.
Is the sensor seated correctly?
Go to step 2 Install the sensor
correctly
2 Bin x sensor cable - Make sure that bin x sensor cable
is connected to the sensor and to the control board.
cable correctly
3 Bin x sensor flag - Check the bin x sensor flag for
binding and proper operation.
Are there any problems with the sensor flag?
Repair or replace
the sensor flag
Go to step 4
4 Bin x sensor cable - Check the continuity of the sensor
cable.
Replace the bin x
sensor
Replace the bin x
Cable
1 Bin x sensor (bin x=sensor 1 through 5) - Make sure
the sensor is seated correctly in the side of tray x.
Is the sensor seated correctly?
correctly
2 Bin x sensor cable - Make sure that bin x sensor cable
is connected to the sensor and to the control board.
cable correctly
3 Bin x sensor flag - check the bin x sensor flag for
binding and proper operation.
Are there any problems with the sensor flag?
Repair or replace
the sensor flag
Go to step 4
4 Bin x sensor cable - Check the continuity of the sensor
cable.
Replace the bin x
sensor
Replace the bin x
cable
4924-xx
Ready - bin x full displays and paper feeds into bin x
Paper does not feed into the bin selected. 271 Paper Jam - check bin 1 message
1 Bin x sensor flag - Make sure the bin x sensor flag is
not in the up position and is operating correctly.
Is the sensor flag operating correctly?
Replace the bin x
sensor. If this
does not fix the
problem replace
the control board.
Repair or replace
as necessary
1 Bin parts - Check all the bin parts, deflector, deflector
spring, deflector cover, deflector cover spring, and
shaft assemblies for signs of missing or loose springs.
Check for binds in the deflector or deflector cover,
broken or binding shaft assemblies, or broken gear
teeth.
Are parts broken, loose, binding, or missing?
Replace parts or
repairs
necessary
Go to step 2
2 Bin x solenoid - Check the solenoid for any binds or
sticking problems.
Is the solenoid binding or sticking?
Replace the
solenoid
assembly
Go to step 3
3 Bin x solenoid - Check the resistance of the solenoid. It
measures between approximately 30 ohms and 50
ohms.
Replace the
5-Bin Mailbox
control board
assembly
Replace Bin x
solenoid
assembly
4 Mechanical linkage/motor assembly - Check the gears,
clutch and other linkage parts for correct operation and
any signs of wear, broken gear teeth or damaged parts.
Are the mechanical linkage assembly mechanical parts
broken, worn or damaged?
Replace the
mechanical
linkage/DC motor
assembly
Replace the
5-Bin Mailbox
control board
assembly
4924-xx
500-sheet drawer option service check
If the paper does not feed from the 500-sheet option, see Autocompensator service check on page 2-107.
Whenever the 500-Sheet Tray is removed, use care as the autocompensator may be in its down position which
could result in damage to the autocompensator assembly.
The tray empty sensor, paper low sensor, and pass thru sensor for any installed tray x (x=2 through 4) can be
checked using the Sensor Test on page 3-25.
The base printer does not recognize that tray x is installed.
1 Is tray x the only paper input option that is not
recognized?
2 Make sure the printer and any option above tray x is
Is the printer and any options installed correctly?
Go to step 3 Install the option
correctly and
recheck
3 Verify correct installation of the lower options
autoconnect cable to system board connector J37.
Is the cable to J37 installed correctly?
correctly and
recheck
4 Autoconnect cables - check the autoconnect from the
printer or option above tray x. Check for cuts, pinched
wiring, or damage to the contacts in the connector.
Are there any problems with the autoconnect cables?
Repair or replace
as necessary
Go to step 5
5 Tray x autoconnect cable - check the tray x
autoconnect cable(s) for correct installation at the
tray x system board.
Are the tray x autoconnect cable(s) connected
correctly?
Go to step 6 Install the cables
correctly and
recheck
6 Tray x autoconnect cable continuity - Check the
continuity of the Tray x Autoconnect cable(s).
Go to step 7 Replace
electronic size
sensing
assembly
(includes the
system board)
7 Disconnect J37 from the system board and check the
voltages on connector J37 on the system board.
Replace
electronic size
sensing
assembly
(includes the tray
system board)
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
Connector pins Voltage
J37-1 +5 V dc
J37-2 Ground
J37-3 Ground
J37-4 +5 V dc
J37-5 +24 V dc
J37-7 +5 V dc
J37-8 +5 V dc
4924-xx
Tray x autocompensator fails to retract, stays in down position.
The printer detects paper low in tray x when adequate paper is installed in the tray.
1 Use care when removing a tray assembly when the
autocompensator is in its down position. Remove the
tray and manually reset the autocompensator to its
uppermost position by actuating the pick arm lift
bellcrank.
Does the autocompensator assembly stay in the up
position?
2 Carefully replace the tray and recheck to see if the
autocompensator operates correctly.
Does the autocompensator assembly operate
correctly?
3 Make sure the autocompensator pick arm lift bellcrank
is installed correctly.
Is the pick arm lift bellcrank installed correctly?
bellcrank
correctly
4 Check the following for loose, broken, or missing parts:
Boss on the side of the arm
Bellcrank lift spring
Tray interlock bellcrank
Are any of these parts loose, broken, or missing?
Repair or replace
as necessary
Call your next
level of support.
1 Run Tray x sensor test from the Diagnostics Menu.
Does the test pass for sensor L2?
2 Check the cable connection for the paper low/out
sensor to tray x system board.
correctly
3 Check the paper level sensing assembly for correct
installation. Check the following for damaged or broken
parts:
Check the paper level sensing flag bellcrank.
Check the paper level sensor is seated correctly.
Check the paper level sensing flag.
Check the paper level sensing flag spring.
Is the paper level sensing assembly installed correctly?
Go to step 4 Install the paper
level sensing
assembly
correctly
4 Is the paper level sensing assembly damaged or
broken?
Replace the
paper level
sensing
assembly
4924-xx
The printer detects paper out in tray x when adequate paper is installed in the tray.
Tray x does not detect size media installed
1 Run Tray x Sensor Test from the Diagnostics Menu.
Does the test pass for Sensor L1?
2 Check the cable connection for the paper level sensing
assembly to tray x system board.
correctly
installation.
assembly if not
installed correctly
4 Check continuity of the paper level sensing assembly
cable.
cable
installation. Check the following for damaged or broken
parts:
Paper level sensing flag bellcrank
Paper level sensing flag
Paper level sensing flag spring
Replace the
paper level
sensing
assembly
Go to step 6
6 Make sure the paper level sensing assembly arm goes
all the way through the bottom of tray x.
Does the arm extend all the way down through the
bottom of the tray?
Recheck the arm.
If the problem
continues,
replace the paper
leveling sensing
assembly. If the
problem persists,
replace the tray x
system board.
See why the arm
is not extending
all the way to the
bottom of the
tray. Repair as
necessary.
1 Is the tray set for the size paper loaded in the tray and
are the restraints in the correct location?
Go to step 2 Set the correct
size
2 Are there damaged or broken size sensing gears or
size sensing barrel cam in the tray assembly?
Repair or replace
defective parts
Go to step 3
3 Check the paper size sensing assembly for any signs
of damaged, binding, or broken parts.
Are there broken or damaged parts?
Replace the
paper size
sensing
assembly
Replace the
electronics/size
sensing
assembly
4924-xx
AC and DC power service check
Before proceeding with this service check remove or disconnect any options that may be installed. Turn the
machine on. If it operates correctly, reattach one option at a time until the failing option is located.
Note: Set the voltage range switch to the proper power setting for the geographic area you are in.
Note: Before proceeding with this service check turn the printer on and check to see if the Power on LED on the
system board is turned on.
AC power service check
The printer appears to be inoperative when turned on with the Power on/Status LED off, the LCD
display is blank, the Fuser lamps do not come on and no motors turn.
1 Is the LED turned on? Go to AC power
service check
on page 2-105
Go to DC power
service check
on page 2-106
1 Main AC power - Make sure the printer is receiving
main AC power.
Is the printer receiving AC power?
customer that AC
power to the
printer is
incorrect.
2 AC power check (wall outlet) - Check the AC line
voltage at the AC outlet.
Is the AC line voltage correct?
customer that the
AC line voltage is
incorrect
3 AC power cord
Is the power cord in good condition and correctly
installed?
Go to step 4 If the cord is in
poor condition,
replace the cord
4 AC power check (AC line cord) - Check the AC line
voltage at the end of the AC line cord.
Is the AC line voltage correct?
Go to step 5 Replace the line
cord
5 Check the AC voltage range switch (A).
Is the switch set properly?
Go to step 6 Set switch to the
proper voltage.
4924-xx
DC power service check
The machine is partially operative, a motor turns, display is on or the Power On LED may be on or off.
6 Low voltage power supply - Turn the power off and
disconnect the LVPS at J35 on the system board.
Measure the voltages on J35-3 and J35-4. The voltage
should measure approximately +5 V dc.
Is there approximately +5 V dc on any of these
connector pins?
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
Replace the
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43
1 Does the printer beep 5 times and the operator panel
display all diamonds?
Go to Operator
panel LCD/
status LED/
buttons service
check on
page 2-125
Go to step 2
2 DC power to system board - Turn the power off and
disconnect the LVPS cable to J35 on the system board.
Turn the power on and check the following voltages on
the LVPS cable:
Note: All voltages are approximate values.
LVPS
assembly on
page 4-43
3 Unplug all cables from the system board, except J6,
J35, J37. See System board - non-network on
page 5-6 or System board - network on page 5-7.
Does the printer power up and display a message?
System board
on page 4-69.
J35-1 +3.3 V dc
J35-2 +3.3 V dc
J35-3 +5 V dc
J35-4 +5 V dc
J35-5 +24 V dc
J35-6 +24 V dc
J35-7 +24 V dc
J35-8 +3.3V dc
J35-9 Ground
J35-10 Ground
J35-11 Ground
J35-12 Ground
J35-13 Ground
J35-14 Ground
J35-15 Ground
J35-16 Ground
4924-xx
Autocompensator service check
If the paper fails to feed from Tray 1 or 500-sheet option, go to Step A on page 2-107.
If the autcompensator fails to lower when Tray 1 is installed, go to Step B on page 2-108.
If the autocompensator fails to retract when you attempt to remove Tray 1, go to Step C on page 2-108.
If there is no indication that the media is out or low, go to Step D on page 2-109.
Note: When feeding paper through the printer to check for autocompensator problems, use the Tray 1 Feed test
in the Diagnostics Menu. A printed copy is not required.
Step A
4 Turn off the printer and plug in the cable for the
component that is related to the error presented. For
example, for the 114 Service Printhead error, plug in
the black printhead J11 and J12. Use connector
locations on System board - non-network on
page 5-6 or System board - network on page 5-7.
Repeat this step until the original DC power problem
occurs.
Does the DC power problem occur?
Check the cable
and component
that was last
connected to
system board for
short.
If printer comes
to Ready,
connect the
remaining cables
and print.
1 Use the tray 1 feed test to feed paper from tray 1.
Check to see if the pick rolls are turning.
Note: Observe the pick rolls by opening the lower jam
access door assembly.
Do the pick rolls turn?
2 Check the autocompensator pick rolls for
contamination or damage to the rolls.
Is there any excessive contamination or damage to the
pick rolls?
Replace the pick
rolls. Always
replace both pick
rolls at the same
time.
Go to step 3
3 Verify the autocompensator is not stuck in the up
position. Verify the output clutch assembly is not
damaged.
Is the autocompensator stuck or the output clutch
damaged.
Dislodge the
autocompensator
assembly.
If this does not fix
the problem, go
to step 4.
Replace the
Autocompensa
tor pick
assembly on
page 4-20.
4 Check the voltages at J25-9 and J25-10 on the system
board.
Replace the
Autocompensa
tor pick
assembly on
page 4-20
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
4924-xx
Step B
Step C
1 Check Tray 1 for damage to the pick arm lift bellcrank
activation tabs on the rear of the tray.
Is there any damage to the tray?
Replace tray 1 Go to step 2
2 Check the following parts for damaged, loose, or
missing parts.
Pick arm lift bellcrank
Bellcrank lift spring
Tray interlock bellcrank
Are any of the parts broken, loose, or missing?
Repair or replace
parts as
necessary
Go to step 3
3 Verify the autocompensator is not stuck in the up
position (tires or hub caught on the upper deflector)
Dislodge the
autocompensator
assembly.
Replace the
Autocompensa
tor pick
assembly on
page 4-20.
1 Can you remove Tray 1 from the printer? Go to step 3 Go to step 2
2 Open the lower jam access door and carefully lift the
autocompensator assembly until it is in its uppermost
position, and carefully try to remove tray 1.
Can you remove Tray 1?
Go to step 3 Determine what
is causing the
tray to stay in a
locked position.
Repair as
necessary
3 Check Tray 1 for damage to the pick arm lift bellcrank
activation tabs on the rear of the tray.
Is there damage to the tray?
Replace tray 1 Go to step 4
4 Check for loose or broken parts on the
autocompensator assembly.
Are there loose or broken parts?
Replace the
autocompen-
sator assembly
Go to step 5
5 Check the following parts for any signs of damaged or
broken parts.
Pick arm lift bellcrank
Pick arm bellcrank lift spring
Are there any damaged or broken parts?
Repair or replace
parts as
necessary
Determine what
is causing the
autocompen-
sator to stay in
the down
position. Repair
as necessary.
4924-xx
Step D
Black only retract (BOR) service check
1 Enter the Diagnostics Mode and select INPUT TRAY
TESTS, Sensor Test, and Tray 1. You can activate the
paper level sensor inside the printer. The paper level
sensor is a dual sensor and checks the following levels
for Tray 1.
The Tray 1 level sensor is a dual sensor assembly that
senses when tray 1 is empty, nearly empty, or partially
empty.
Does the Sensor Test pass?
Call your next
level support
Go to step 2
2 Paper level sensing assembly - Make sure the
assembly is not loose or damaged. Make sure the
bellcrank is not broken.
Are any parts loose or broken?
Repair or replace
parts as
necessary
Go to step 3
3 Check the paper level sensing cable for correct
installation at J25 on the system board and to the
paper level sensing dual sensor assembly.
correctly
4 Check the paper level sensing assembly flag for correct
installation and the flag is not broken or damaged.
Is the paper level sensing assembly installed correctly
and the flag not broken or damaged?
Go to step 5 Install correctly or
replace the flag if
damaged or
broken
5 Check continuity of the paper level sensing cable.
Go to step 6 Replace the level
sensing cable
6 Check the voltage at J25. It should measure
Replace the level
sensing
assembly
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
1 Using the toggle ITU function in diagnostics Mode, test
the BOR system. Remove the print cartridges and
watch the belt while activating the toggle function.
Does the ITU belt move up and down when the ITU is
toggled?
Go to Print
quality service
check on
page 2-130.
Go to step 2
2 Remove the ITU. Locate the BOR gear and manually
activate the gear. Verify that the front and back BOR
cams are moving the respective bell cranks.
Do the cams move back and forth properly?
Replace in the
following order:
1. BOR drive
assembly
on
page 4-28.
2. System
board on
page 4-69.
Determine which
component is
preventing the
proper
movement.
4924-xx
Close door/HVPS/printhead interlock switch service check
Note: There are two separate cables that contain microswitches and a cable. These cable/switches provide
separate interlocks for the printhead and HVPS. One switch in the Printhead/cover open cable is mounted in the
front access door support and the other switch in the printhead/open cover cable is mounted on the ITU light
shield assembly. The HVPS/cover open cable only has one switch mounted on the front access door support
and is routed through the ITU autoconnect. The HVPS/cover open cable is connected to J28 on the system
board and the printhead/cover open cable is connected to J10 on the system board.
POR incomplete, Close Door constantly displays
This symptom is usually associated with the lower switch mounted on the front access door support and with the
switch mounted in the ITU light shield.
Note: When the printer is powered on for some time with this symptom displayed, the printer may then display a
902 Service Error.
1 Make sure that the ITU light shield is not out of
position.
Is the ITU light shield out of position?
Properly align the
ITU light shield
Go to step 2
2 Make sure the ITU assembly interlock switch actuator
is not damaged or broken and actuates the switches
correctly.
Is the actuator damaged or broken?
Replace the ITU
assembly on
page 4-40
Go to step 3
3 Front cover assembly
Does the front cover close correctly?
Go to step 4 Install the front
cover correctly or
repair as
necessary
Make sure the front cover flag is not broken or
damaged and actuates the switches correctly.
Is the flag broken or damaged?
Replace the
Front cover
assembly on
page 4-14
Go to step 5
5 Printhead/cover open interlock cable assembly
Make sure that the cable is correctly connected to J10
on the system board.
correctly
6 Make sure the front cover is closed and the ITU is
correctly installed. Disconnect J10 from the system
board and check for continuity between pins J10-1 and
J10-3.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
Replace the
printhead
interlock cable/
switch assembly
(see Printhead
interlock cable
assembly on
page 7-20 for the
part number.)
4924-xx
POR complete, printer feeds blank page
This symptom is usually associated with the upper switch mounted on the front access door support.
Step Action and Questions Yes No
1 Make sure that the ITU light shield is not broken.
Is the ITU light shield broken?
Replace the ITU
light shield
Go to step 2
2 Make sure that the ITU light shield is not out of
position.
Is the ITU light shield out of position?
Properly align
ITU light shield
Go to step 3
3 Make sure the ITU assembly interlock switch actuator
is not damaged or broken and actuates the switch
correctly.
Is the actuator damaged or broken?
Replace the ITU
assembly on
page 4-40
Go to step 4
Does the front cover close correctly?
Go to step 5 Install the front
cover correctly or
repair as
necessary
Make sure the front cover flag is not broken or
damaged and actuates the switches correctly.
Is the flag broken or damaged?
Replace the
Front cover
assembly on
page 4-14
Go to step 6
6 HVPS/cover open interlock cable assembly to system
board - Make sure that the cable is correctly connected
to J28 on the system board and the ITU autoconnect is
seated correctly.
correctly
7 HVPS/cover open interlock cable assembly - Make
sure the front cover is closed and the ITU is correctly
installed. Disconnect the switch cable from J28 on the
system board. Check for continuity between J28-1 and
J28-2 on the cable connector.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
Replace the
HVPS/cover
open interlock
switch/cable
assembly (see
Printhead
interlock cable
assembly on
page 7-20 for
part number.)
4924-xx
Duplex option service check
Before proceeding with this service check:
1. Check for any pieces of media or obstructions in the duplex paper path that might cause a paper jam.
2. Check for correct installation of the front duplex jam tray and right side clearance tray.
3. Check the duplex option for any signs of loose, damaged, contaminated, or warped parts that might cause
a jam.
Duplex not recognized as being installed
1 Is duplex option the only option installed beneath the
base printer?
2 Except for the duplex option, remove any other paper
options installed beneath the base printer.
Does the printer recognize the duplex option as being
installed?
The problem is in
one of the
option(s) that is
installed beneath
the printer. Try to
isolate which of
the options is
causing the
problem.
Go to step 3
3 Make sure the duplex option is correctly installed.
Is the duplex option installed correctly?
Go to step 4 Install the duplex
option correctly
4 Make sure the bottom options cable connector is
snapped firmly into the bottom of the base machine.
Is the cable connector mounted correctly?
correctly
5 Make sure the bottom options cable is installed
correctly to system board connector J37.
correctly
6 Check the voltages on connector J37 on the system
board. The voltages are measured with the printer in
standby mode:
system board
J37-1 +5 V dc
J37-2 Ground
J37-3 Ground
J37-4 +5 V dc
J37-5 +24 V dc
J37-8 +5 V dc
J37-7 +5 V dc
4924-xx
Top margin on duplexed copy set incorrectly
Go to Duplex Quick Test on page 3-24 to adjust the top margin on the back of the duplexed page.
7 Check the voltages on the bottom options cable
connector. The voltages are with the printer in standby
mode.
bottom options
cable in the
printer
8 Make sure the upper options cable in the duplex option
is installed correctly in the duplex frame.
the cable. If the
connector is
damaged,
replace the cable
assembly.
9 Make sure the upper options cable in the duplex option
is connected correctly to J11 on the duplex options
board.
correctly
10 Check continuity of the upper duplex options cable.
Replace the
duplex options
board
Install the cable
correctly
J37-1 +5 V dc
J37-2 Ground
J37-3 Ground
J37-4 +5 V dc
J37-5 +24 V dc
J37-7 +5 V dc
J37-8 +5 V dc
4924-xx
Envelope feeder option service check
Note: Except for the tray and pick tires, the envelope feeder option is a complete assembly with no other
internal parts that can be replaced.
If a 24x paper jam (x=envelope feeder) is displayed, go to Envelope feeder on page 2-77.
The printer does not recognize that the envelope feeder option is installed
1 Is the envelope feeder option the only option that is not
recognized?
2 Are the other options that are not recognized installed
below the envelope feeder?
Replace the
envelope feeder
option
Go to step 3
3 Make sure the printer and any option installed above
the envelope feeder option is installed correctly.
Is the option installed above the envelope feeder
installed correctly?
Go to step 4 Install the printer
or options
correctly and
recheck
performance
4 Check for the correct installation of the lower options
autoconnect cable for the system board connector J37.
correctly and
recheck
performance
5 Autoconnect cable - Check the autoconnect from the
printer or option installed above the envelope feeder.
Check for cuts, pinched wiring, or damage to the
contacts in the connector.
Go to the service
check for the
option mounted
above the
envelope feeder
Replace the
envelope feeder
6 Disconnect the autoconnect cable from J37 on the
printer system board. Measure the voltages on J37, the
voltages are approximate values and should measure:
system board
7 Check continuity of the autoconnect cable.
Replace the
envelope feeder
option
Replace the
autoconnect
cable
J37-1 +24 V dc
J37-2 Ground
J37-4 +5 V dc
J37-5 +5 V dc
J37-7 +5 V dc
J37-8 +5 V dc
4924-xx
Envelopes do not feed from the tray or do not feed correctly
1 Check the envelope feeder tray to make sure it is
Is the tray installed correctly?
Go to step 2 Install the tray
correctly
2 Check the tray to make sure it has been setup correctly
for the size of envelopes being used.
Has the tray been setup correctly?
Go to step 3 Set the tray up
correctly
3 Check the tray for any signs of broken or damaged
parts.
Are there any signs of damage to the tray or parts in
the tray?
Replace the
envelope feeder
tray
Replace the
envelope feeder
option
4924-xx
Finisher service check
If a failure is detected by the system board, an error may be displayed. The LEDs on the HCOF system board
can help in diagnosing the errors.
HCOF error code table
LEDs lit by number
Description
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 42
x Error detected by Punch Timing Sensor
x Error detected by Inverter Jam Sensor
x x Error detected by Drop Timing Sensor
x Error detected by Exit Timing Sensor
x x Error detected for the Jogger Motor
x x Error detected for the Punch Motor
x x x Error detected for the Stapler Motor
x Error detected for the Belt Motor
x x Error detected for the Tray Motor
x x HCOF detects the front door is open
x x x Error detected with the communications to the printer
x x Error detected for the Offset Motor
x x x Tray Near Full is detected
x x x x Tray Full is detected
x Error detected with Stapler - Stapler not mounted correctly
x x Error detected with Stapler - Stapler Cartridge not installed
correctly
x x Error detected with Stapler - runs short
x x x Error detected with Punch Timing Sensor - media not reaching
sensor
x x Error detected with Inverter Jam Sensor - media not reaching
sensor
x x x Error detected with Drop Timing Sensor - media not reaching
sensor
x x x Error detected with Exit Timing Sensor - media not reaching
sensor
x x x x Error detected with Chad Box - box full
4924-xx
Check Finisher displayed, unable to clear message
1 Check for correct printer and finisher installation. Make
sure the magnetic bracket is mounted on the printer.
Is the magnetic bracket mounted?
Go to step 2 If not installed,
install the bracket
2 Is the pin on the magnetic bracket actuating the joint
switch in the finisher?
Go to step 3 Find out why the
pin is not
actuating the
switch and repair
as necessary
3 Check the joint switch cable connection to CN19 on the
finisher system board.
correctly
4 Check the joint switch activating spring for any signs of
damage.
Is the switch activating spring broken?
Replace the joint
switch assembly
Go to step 5
5 Check the joint switch for correct operation. The switch
can be checked by measuring continuity while
actuating the switch.
Is the switch operating correctly?
Go to step 6 Replace the joint
switch assembly
6 Check continuity of the joint switch cable.
Replace the
finisher system
board
Replace the
cable
4924-xx
Finisher is inoperative, or not recognized
This problem can be caused by a problem with the autoconnect system between the finisher and the printer. It
also can be caused by a problem with the power system in the finisher.
1 Check the AC line cord to the finisher to make sure the
options and printer are connected properly.
Are the printer and options AC line cords connected
properly?
Go to step 2 Connect the
printer and
options correctly
2 Make sure the communications cable from the finisher
to the printer is installed correctly at the output options
autoconnect on the printer.
correctly
3 Disconnect the autoconnect cable from J2 on the
system board. Check the resistance between J2-6 and
J2-7 on the cable connector. The resistance measures
between 45 ohms and 50 ohms.
4 Make sure the communications cable is connected
properly to CN3 on the LVPS relay board.
Note: The relay on the relay board is connected to
+5 V dc from the printer through the communications
cable. When the printer is powered on, +5 V dc is sent
to the finisher relay board relay coil which energizes
the relay and connects primary AC line voltage to the
LVPS.
correctly
5 Check the resistance of the relay coil by measuring
between CN3-1 and CN3-2 on the relay board. The
resistance measures between 45 ohms and 50 ohms.
Replace the
communication
cable
Replace the relay
board/LVPS
assembly
6 Check the voltage on the output options autoconnect
connector Pin 2 located on the top right rear of the
printer. The voltage measures approximately +5 V dc.
7 Check the AC line voltage between CN2-1 and CN2-3
on the relay board. The line voltage should be within
specifications for the AC power source the printer is
connected to.
Is there line voltage at CN2?
Replace the
LVPS assembly
Go to step 8
8 Check the AC line voltage between CN1-1 and CN1-5
on the relay board. The line voltage should be within
specifications for the AC power source the printer is
connected to.
Is there line voltage at CN1?
Replace the relay
board assembly
Go to step 9
9 Check continuity of the AC line cord.
Go to step 10 Replace the line
cord
4924-xx
Front door is open, no indication on display
Fan in finisher inoperative
10 Check the voltage at J2-5 on the system board. The
voltage measures approximately +5 V dc.
Replace the top
options cable
Replace the
system board
1 Make sure the front door is activating the cover switch.
Is the door activating the cover switch?
Go to step 2 Repair or replace
the door
assembly
2 Check door - door switch activating tab (broken or
missing).
Is the front door and door activating tab damaged,
broken or missing?
Replace the front
door assembly
Go to step 3
3 Check the front door magnetic latches to make sure
the front door closes correctly.
Are the magnetic latches functioning properly?
magnetic latches
4 Check the front door switch cable connection to CN11
on the finisher system board.
correctly
5 Check the continuity of the front switch as the switch is
activated.
Go to step 6 Replace the front
door switch
6 Check continuity of the front door switch cable.
Replace the
finisher system
board
Replace the front
door switch cable
D1
1 Make sure the fan cable, H6, is correctly connected to
CN21 on the finisher system board.
correctly
2 Check the cable H6 connection to the fan assembly.
correctly
3 Check the voltage between CN21-1 and CN21-2. The
voltage measures approximately +24 V dc.
finisher system
board
4 Check continuity of the fan cable H6.
Replace the fan
assembly
Replace cable H6
4924-xx
No indication that the chad box is full, no message
Chad Box Full message when chad box is not full
1 Make sure the chad box is correctly installed in the
finisher.
Is the chad box correctly installed?
Go to step 2 Install the chad
box correctly
2 Make sure the chad box cable S5 is properly
connected to CN5 on the finisher system board.
Is the cable properly connected?
correctly
3 Make sure the chad box cable is properly connected to
the chad box sensor located above the box.
Is the cable properly connected to the sensor?
correctly
4 Check the chad box sensor with a voltmeter. Empty the
chad box. Check the voltages on CN5. The voltages
read the following approximate values with the chad
box empty:
finisher system
board
5 Check the sensor by placing the chad box or a piece of
paper in front of the sensor. As the chad box or piece of
paper is moved away from the front of the sensor the
voltage on CN5-2 should change from +5 V dc to 0 V
dc.
Does the voltage change?
Problem solved Replace the chad
box sensor.
1 Make sure the chad box is correctly installed in the
finisher.
Is the chad box correctly installed?
Go to step 2 Install the chad
box correctly
2 Check the chad box sensor with a voltmeter. Empty
any material that is in the Chad Box. Measure the
voltage on CN5-2. The voltage changes from
approximately +5 V dc to 0 V dc as the sensor is
activated.
Does the voltage change?
The sensor is
working correctly
Replace the
finisher system
board
CN5-1 +5 V dc +5 V dc supply
CN5-2 +5 V dc sensor signal
CN5-3 0 V dc Ground
4924-xx
HCIT 2000-sheet option service check
HCIT system board LED error code table
If a failure is detected by the system board, an error code may be displayed. If the system board LED is on solid,
the HCIT detects that the tray or side door is not closed.
The LED on the system board may blink. Count the number of times the LED blinks and use the following table
to determine the problem.
LED blinks Problem
1 Jam at registration sensor S2
2 Jam before the leading edge of the paper reaches the registration sensor S2
3 Paper jam is still detected in the HCIT after removing the jam
4 Paper jam is still detected even with front of jam door closed
5 Paper jam detected at pick sensor
6 Error detected with the tray
7 Error detected at the registration roller home position
8 Error detected at the pick roller home position sensor (S1)
9 Error detected with the lift motor - no motor lock or loss of lock
10 Not used
11 Communication error
12 Other error - Failure of the adjustment of the mirror reflection sensors or EEPROM
initialization
4924-xx
Printer does not recognize that the HCIT 2000-sheet option is installed.
1 Is the HCIT 2000-sheet option the only paper input
option that is not recognized?
2 Make sure that the printer and any option above the
HCIT 2000-sheet option are installed correctly.
Are the printer and any options installed correctly?
Go to step 3 Install the options
correctly and
recheck
performance
3 Check for correct installation of the lower options
autoconnect cable to system board connector J37.
Is the cable to J37 installed correctly?
correctly and
recheck
performance
4 Disconnect J37 from the system board and check the
voltages on connector J37 on the system board.
system board
5 Autoconnect cables - Check the autoconnect from the
printer or option above the HCIT 2000-sheet option.
Check for any signs of cuts, pinched wiring, or damage
to the contacts in the connector.
Are there any problems with the autoconnect cables?
Repair or replace
as necessary
Go to step 6
6 HCIT autoconnect cable - Check the HCIT autoconnect
cable for correct installation at the HCIT system board.
correctly
7 HCIT autoconnect cable continuity - Check the
continuity of the HCIT autoconnect cable(s).
Replace HCIT
system board
Replace the
HCIT
autoconnect
cable
J37-1 +5 V dc
J37-2 Ground
J37-4 +5 V dc
J37-5 +24 V dc
J37-7 +5 V dc
J37-8 +5 V dc
4924-xx
HCIT inoperative
Before proceeding with this service check make sure the 2000-sheet tray option is properly connected to AC
power.
If a finisher is installed:
The AC jumper should go from the HCIT to the finisher. The finisher AC power cord should attach to the AC
voltage source. The base printer power cord should plug into the AC output connector on the HCIT.
If a finisher is not installed:
The printer power cord plugs into the HCIT AC outlet and the power cord from the HCIT plugs into the AC
voltage source.
Note: Make sure the electrical outlet is working properly and all power cords are plugged in correctly. Make sure
the slide switch on the LVPS is toward the right.
The system board status LED can be observed by removing the rear cover. The LED is mounted on the HCIT
system board.
1 Does the printer power up and work normally when
plugged into the AC outlet on the HCIT?
2 Check the system board LED. Is it is on solid or
blinking?
On solid means that the HCIT has detected the
front door or side door open.
Blinking means that the system is operating.
Is the LED on solid or blinking?
If the LED is on
solid, check the
front and side
doors. If the LED
is blinking,
replace the HCIT
system board
Go to step 3
3 Measure the voltage at TP3 (+5 V dc test point) on the
HCIT system board. The voltage should measure
Replace the
HCIT system
board
Go to step 4
4 Measure the voltage at CN2 pin 2 on the HCIT system
board. The voltage should measure approximately +5
V dc.
Replace the
HCIT system
board
Go to step 5
5 Check the AC line voltage at the input to the LVPS.
Replace the
HCIT LVPS
Go to step 6
6 Check the AC cable from the HCIT AC inlet to the
LVPS.
Are the cables good?
Determine where
the AC line
voltage is being
lost to the HCIT.
Repair as
necessary.
Replace the
cables
4924-xx
HCIT 2000-sheet option does not recognize the size paper selected.
Fuser drive assembly noise check
Excessive fuser drive motor assembly noise
1 Make sure the media loaded in the tray meets
specifications.
Is the media loaded properly and meet specifications?
Go to step 2 Load the media
properly or inform
the customer that
the media does
not meet
specifications
2 Check the paper tray guide for correct installation.
Is the paper tray guide installed correctly for the
selected paper size?
guide if installed
incorrectly
3 Check for correct installation of the paper size sensor
cable to the HCIT system board at CN7.
correctly.
4 Check for a broken, loose, or missing paper size
sensor flag spring.
Is a sensor flag spring broken, loose, or missing?
Reconnect the
spring if it is
loose. Replace
the spring if
broken or
missing.
Go to step 5
5 Check the paper size sensor flag for sticking or broken
parts.
Is the paper size sensor flag sticking or broken?
Replace the
paper size flag
Go to step 6
6 Check continuity of the sensor cable.
Replace the
sensor. If this
does not fix the
problem, replace
the HCIT system
board.
Replace the
sensor cable
1 Excessive noise from the fuser drive motor assembly -
Check for correct installation of the fuser drive
assembly.
Is the fuser drive installed correctly?
the Fuser drive
assembly on
page 4-37
2 Install a new Fuser assembly on page 4-35.
Is there still excessive noise from the fuser drive motor
assembly?
Replace the
Fuser drive
assembly on
page 4-37
Problem
resolved.
4924-xx
Operator panel LCD/status LED/buttons service check
Use this service check to check both the operation of the panel buttons and to test the LCD display for correct
operation.
Replace the operator panel assembly if the LCD display functions normally, but the LED does not come on.
If one or more of the operator panel buttons do not operate correctly, go to Step A.
If any of the following symptoms occur, go to Step B on page 2-135.
Operator panel LCD is blank/power on/status LED off
Operator panel LCD is blank/power on/status LED on
Operator panel LCD displays all diamonds/5 beeps/power on/status LED on
Step A
Step B
Note: Make sure the operator panel cable is seated firmly in J1 on the system board before proceeding with this
step.
1 Buttons Test - Perform the Button Test on
page 3-20.
Do any or all of the buttons fail to operate correctly?
Note: If all the buttons fail to operate correctly, the LCD
display is blank, power on status LED is on, and the
printer beeps 5 times, go step B.
Replace the
Operator
panel on
page 4-50
Test passes. No
problem found
1 LCD Test - Perform the LCD Test on page 3-20.
Can you run the test?
2 LCD Test - Does the test pass? Problem solved Go to step 3
3 Operator panel - Is the operator panel operating
correctly except for a few pels missing or broken?
Replace the
Operator
panel on
page 4-50
Go to step 4
4 Operator panel assembly -Is the operator panel
assembly completely blank and the power on status
LED off?
5 Operator panel assembly - Is the operator panel
assembly completely blank and the power on status
LED on?
6 Does the printer beep 5 times? Go to step 7 Replace the
Operator
panel on
page 4-50
7 System board - Measure the voltage at connector J6-2
on the System board on page 5-8. The voltage
measures approximately +5 V dc.
Replace the
Operator
panel on
page 4-50
Go to step 8
4924-xx
8 Operator panel cable (operator panel connection) -
Make sure that the operator panel cable is seated
correctly in the connector on the operator panel board.
Go to step 9 Seat the cable
correctly
9 Operator panel cable - Check continuity of the operator
panel cable.
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69
Go to Operator
panel on
page 4-50 and
replace the
operator panel
cable
10 System board - A poor ground connection between
pin J6-4 on the operator panel board connector can
cause this symptom. Check for continuity between
pin J6-4 and ground on the board. Go to System
board on page 5-8.
System board
on page 4-69
panel cable.
Replace the
Operator
panel on
page 4-50
Go to Operator
panel on
page 4-50 and
replace the
operator panel
cable
12 Operator panel assembly - Does the operator panel
display all diamonds, with the power on/status LED on
and 5 beeps?
Go to step 13 Call your next
level support
13 Voltage checks at system board connector J6 - Go to
System board on page 5-8. Check the voltages on
connector J6 as shown:
Replace the
Operator
panel on
page 4-50
Go to step 14
panel cable.
Replace the
Operator
panel on
page 4-50
Go to Operator
panel on
page 4-50 and
replace the
operator panel
cable
Connector
pin
Voltage (display
static)
Voltage (display active - LCD
Test running)
J6-1 +5 V dc Voltage varies 1.0 to 2.0 V dc
J6-2 +5 V dc +5 V dc
J6-3 +5 V dc Voltage varies 1.0 to 2.4 V dc
J6-4 Ground Ground
J6-5 +5 V dc +5 V dc
4924-xx
Output expander option service check
Note: The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the covers.
The output expander functions without the covers installed. Make sure the option is correctly installed before
attempting to service the unit.
1 The printer does not recognize one or more output
expander options as being installed.
Go to Printer
does not
recognize that
one or more
output options
as being
installed. on
page 2-128
Go to step 2
2 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door message appears.
A sheet of paper is jammed prior to the pass thru
sensor flag or a sheet of paper feeds out to the
standard bin even though bin x is selected. Paper exits
half way out of the redrive.
Go to 202
Paper Jam on
page 2-71
Go to step 3
3 Remove paper - Output Bin x is displayed, POST is
incomplete, unable to clear the message.
Go to Remove
Paper - Output
Bin x is
displayed,
POST is
incomplete
unable to clear
the message.
on page 2-128
Go to step 4
4 271 Paper Jam - Check Bin x, POST incomplete. Go to POST
incomplete on
page 2-81
Go to step 5
5 271 Paper Jam - Check Bin x, POST complete, first
sheet of paper feeds into output bin x.
Go to 271
Paper Jam -
check bin 1 on
page 2-80
Go to step 6
6 No indication that bin x is full OR No indication that bin
x is near full.
Go to No
indication that
bin x is full or
no indication
that bin x is
near full. on
page 2-129
Go to step 7
7 990 Service - Bin x Go to For 990
Service Error -
Tray x, x=Tray 2,
3, 4 or 5, this is
the tray that has
a problem or
needs service.
on page 2-96
Call your next
level support
4924-xx
Printer does not recognize that one or more output options as being installed.
Remove Paper - Output Bin x is displayed, POST is incomplete unable to clear the
message.
1 Excessive static electricity buildup - Check the output
expander control board cover to make sure the ESD
brush ground lead is firmly attached to the output
expander frame. Make sure the ESD brush is not loose
or damaged.
is the ESD brush ground cable correctly installed and
the ESD brush not loose or broken?
Go to step 2 1. Attach the
ground cable if
not installed
correctly.
2. Replace the
cover assembly if
the ESD brush is
loose or
damaged.
2 Output expander assembly mechanical linkage
(cables) - check the output expander autoconnect
cable and connector for any signs of damage,
especially the connector pins.
Are there any signs of damage to the cable, connector,
or connector pins?
Replace the
autoconnect
cable
Go to step 3
3 Output expander assembly mechanical linkage
(electrical) - Check the cables at J1A, J1B, J2A and
J2B on the control board to make sure they are
attached securely and correctly.
Are the cables attached securely and correctly?
cables
4 Voltage check, base printer autoconnect connector -
Turn the power off and remove the output expander
option from the printer and check the voltages on the
base printer top autoconnect connector. Go to
Connectors on page 5-6.
Go to step 5 The problem is in
the base printer.
Check
autoconnects in
the printer.
5 Voltage check, output expander system board -
Reinstall the output expander option and check the
voltages at J1A and J1B on the connector.
Replace the
output expander
option system
board
Replace the
output expander
option
mechanical
linkage assembly
1 Output sensor flag check - Check the flag for correct
operation, binds, broken parts, or interference from the
sensor cable.
Is there a problem with the sensor flag?
Replace the flag
or repair as
necessary
Go to step 2
2 Output bin sensor -Run the sensor test to check the
Output bin sensor for correct operation.
Does the sensor operate correctly?
Call your next
level support
Replace the
sensor assembly.
If this does not fix
the problem
replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
4924-xx
No indication that bin x is full or no indication that bin x is near full.
Problems with excessive static electricity buildup.
1 Sensor cable installation - Check for correct installation
of the sensor cable at J5 on the control board.
correctly
2 Dual output bin x sensor assembly
Do either the bin x full or the bin x near full sensor fail
the sensor test?
Go to step 3 Call your next
level support
3 Voltage - Check the voltages at J5-3 and J5-4. The
voltages should measure approximately +5 V dc.
Replace the
sensor
Replace the
control board
Step Action and Questions Yes No
1 Excessive static electricity buildup. Front cover
assembly - check the front cover assembly to make
sure the ESD brush ground lead is firmly attached to
the Output Expander frame or the ESD brush is not
loose or damaged.
Is the ESD brush ground cable correctly installed and
is the ESD brush loose or broken?
Make sure the
brush is
contacting the
media being fed
through the
option
1. Attach the
ground cable
if not installed
2. Replace the
cover
assembly if
the ESD
brush is loose
or damaged
4924-xx
Print quality service check
Note: This symptom may require replacement of one or more CRUs (Customer Replaceable Units) designated
as supplies or maintenance items, which are the responsibility of the customer. With the customer's permission,
you may need to install an ITU, fuser assembly, second transfer roll, or print cartridge.
Check the following before proceeding with any of the print quality service checks.
Use tray 1 (internal tray) to test the print quality of the base printer.
Be sure the fuser assembly is installed correctly.
Be sure the ITU assembly is installed correctly.
Be sure the second transfer roll is installed correctly.
Check the media in tray 1 to make sure it meets paper specifications.
Run a copy of the CE Test page. This sets all the printer defaults to the correct settings to check for print
quality.
If a specific color has a print quality problem, first try a new cartridge to help isolate the problem.
An incorrect printer driver for the installed software, can cause print quality problems. Incorrect characters could
print and the copy may not fit the page correctly.
Note: Some 201 Paper Jam errors can be caused by a faulty print cartridge.
Blank page (no image)
If there is no image (blank page) and no error codes displayed, go to step 1.
If there is no image (blank page) but error codes are displayed, go to Sub error code table on
page 2-18 and perform the necessary action.
1 Second transfer roll - Make sure the second transfer
roll is installed and correctly installed.
Is the second transfer roll correctly installed?
If a second
transfer roll is not
installed, install a
new one.
Go to step 2
2 Second transfer roll release lever - Make sure the
second transfer roll release Lever is not stuck in the
down position. Check for broken or damaged parts.
Is the second transfer roll release lever operating
correctly?
necessary
3 Check continuity of the second transfer roll to the
transfer HVPS cable.
Replace the
Transfer HVPS
board on
page 4-70
Replace the
cable
4924-xx
Entire page is mostly one colorFull bleed planes in one color
Some printing may appear in other colors. This applies to black, cyan, magenta and yellow.
1 Using a piece of paper, block the laser path between
the printhead and cartridge for the color that is
experiencing the full bleed issue.
2 Turn the printer off. Check the cable connections
between the printhead and the system board.
Does the issue still persist?
3 Use the Printhead diagnostics on page 3-1 and
the Card assembly, printhead diagnostic aid on
page 7-11 to switch video cables between the
printhead of the full bleed color and another color.
Does the color of the full bleed plane stay the same?
Replace the
printhead (see
Printhead
removal and
adjustments
on page 4-57.)
Replace the
System board
on page 4-69.
4 Change or switch the cartridge of the color that is
experiencing the issue.
Does the issue persist?
cartridge.
5 Cartridge contact assembly - Check the cartridge
contact block. Make sure the PC drum contact pin is
not stuck. See Cartridge contact assembly pin
locations (cyan, magenta and yellow) on page 5-4
to identify the PC drum contact pin.
Does the pin operate correctly?
Cartridge
contact
assembly on
page 4-29.
between the developer HVPS board and the system
board.
7 Perform a continuity check on the developer HVPS
cable.
Does the cable check out?
Replace the
FRUs in the
following order:
1. Developer
HVPS
board on
page 4-31.
2. System
board on
page 4-69.
Replace the
developer HVPS
cable.
4924-xx
Missing colorsComplete or partially missing color planes
If a color or colors are missing, or a color is partially missing, go to If cyan, magenta, and yellow is
missing, go to Black and white onlycyan, magenta, and yellow are missing on page 2-133. on
page 2-132.
If cyan, magenta, and yellow is missing, go to Black and white onlycyan, magenta, and yellow are
missing on page 2-133.
1 Print cartridge - Make sure the cartridge is seated
properly and that all packing material has been
removed from the cartridge.
Has all packing material been removed? Is the
cartridge seated correctly?
Go to step 2 Remove
packaging and
seat cartridge
2 Inspect each of the transfer roll bellcranks.
Were any of the bellcranks broken?
Replace the
broken bell
cranks.
Go to step 3
3 Perform the partial print test. See Partial Print Test
on page 3-6.
Is the image well developed on the PC drum but the
same plane is missing or faded on the ITU belt?
4 Turn off the printer. Check the cable connections
between the transfer HVPS board and the system
board.
5 Check continuity on the cable between the respective
rear bellcrank and the lead on the transfer HVPS
board.
Replace in the
following order:
1. Transfer
HVPS
board on
page 4-70
2. Cartridge
contact
assembly
on page 4-29
3. System
board on
page 4-69.
Replace the
FRUs in the
following order:
1. Cable
2. FTR spring.
6 Change or switch failing cartridge.
cartridge.
Does the pin operate correctly?
Cartridge
contact
assembly on
page 4-29.
4924-xx
Black and white onlycyan, magenta, and yellow are missing
Light print over the entire page
If all colors have light print, go to All colors have light print over the entire page on page 2-133.
If only one color has light print, go to One color has light print over the entire page on page 2-134.
All colors have light print over the entire page
8 Perform a continuity check on the developer HVPS
cable.
Does the cable check out?
Replace in order:
1. Developer
HVPS board.
See
Developer
HVPS
board on
page 4-31.
2. System
board. See
System
board on
page 4-69.
Replace the
developer HVPS
cable.
1 Check the Print Mode setting in the Color Menu.
Is the Print Mode set to Black &White?
Change the
setting to Color.
Go to step 2
2 Ask the user or network administrator to check if the
correct color driver is installed.
Is the correct color driver installed
Install the correct
color driver.
Go to Black
only retract
(BOR) service
check on
page 2-109.
1 Replace the Second transfer roll on page 4-68.
Does the light print persist?
between the transfer HVPS board and the system
board.
3 Check continuity on the cable between the rear second
transfer roll arm and the 1 lead on the transfer HVPS
board.
Replace the
Transfer HVPS
board on
page 4-70.
Check the
connection at the
second transfer
roll arm.
4924-xx
One color has light print over the entire page
Vertical lines or streaks
Horizontal lines or streaks
If the horizontal marks or lines repeat at evenly-spaced intervals, use the Print quality defect locator chart
on page 3-4 to determine the part to be replaced.
For lines or marks appearing at random intervals, go to step 1.
properly and all packaging material is removed from
the cartridge.
Has all packaging material been removed and the
Go to step 2 Remove the
packaging
material and seat
the cartridge.
2 Print cartridge - The cartridge may be out of toner.
Change or switch the cartridge.
Does the PC drum contact pin move freely?
Replace the
FRUs in the order
shown:
Cartridge
contact
assembly
on
page 4-29.
Developer
HVPS
board on
page 4-31.
Replace the
Cartridge
contact
assembly on
page 4-29.
1 Are the vertical streaks visible outside the printed
image?
cartridge.
2 Are the vertical streaks in a single color? Go to step 3 Replace the ITU
assembly on
page 4-40.
3 Vertical streaks in a single color, which are visible
outside the printed, are most likely caused by a cleaner
problem in the print cartridge.
Are streaks magenta, cyan, or yellow
Replace the
cartridge.
Replace in order:
Black print
cartridge
ITU
assembly
on
page 4-40.
1 Are the horizontal marks or lines in a single color? Replace the
cartridge.
Go to step 2
4924-xx
Low image density
Note: If all colors have a low image density problem set the Print Darkness to High from the users menu.
If only one color has a problem, go to Step A.
If all colors have a problem, go to Step B.
Step A
Step B
2 Print cartridge(s) - Enter the Diagnostics Mode.
Remove one print cartridge at a time and run a Test
Page to isolate the faulty print cartridge.
Have you isolated the failing print cartridge?
Replace the
Cartridge
contact
assembly for the
failing color on
page 4-29.
Go to step 3
3 Reseat the ITU.
Do the marks/lines persist?
4 Does the printer display an 83 ITU Maintenance
message?
Recommend the
customer order
the ITU
maintenance kit.
See Scheduled
maintenance
on page 6-4.
Replace the ITU
assembly on
page 4-40.
1 Print cartridge - Make sure the print cartridge is seated
correctly.
Is the print cartridge seated correctly?
Go to step 2 Install the print
cartridge
correctly and
recheck
2 The print cartridge may be out of toner. Try a new print
cartridge.
Does a new print cartridge fix the problem?
Problem solved Replace the
Transfer HVPS
board on
page 4-70
1 Make sure that color calibration has not been disabled
in the Diagnostics menus, especially if the printer has
been previously serviced.
Was color calibration disabled?
Set Color
Calibration on
Go to step 2
2 Toner density calibration - Run toner density calibration
from the Utility menu.
Transfer HVPS
board on
page 4-70
4924-xx
Poor color alignment
Transparency print quality is poor
1 Print cartridge - Make sure that the print cartridges are
properly inserted and are seated properly in their
respective V blocks.
Are the cartridges seated correctly?
cartridge(s)
correctly
2 Front cover and cartridge contact block - Check the
front cover and the cartridge contact block to make
sure that all the springs and cartridge hold downs are
present and correctly installed.
Are all springs and cartridge hold downs present and
correctly installed?
Go to step 3 Replace any
missing or
damaged springs
or hold downs
3 ITU - Make sure that the ITU legs are properly seated
onto the rail at the right side of the printer. This is
visible by removing the yellow print cartridge.
Is the ITU seated correctly?
Alignment - Enter
the Diagnostics
Menu. Perform
the alignment for
the color
required. See
ALIGNMENT
MENU on
page 3-15.
Reinstall the ITU.
If the problem
continues,
replace the ITU
assembly on
page 4-40
1 Transparencies - Check the media type and
transparency in use.
Are the recommended transparencies and media type
used?
customer
2 Is the quality of the transparency poor or do brown
colors appear when projected?
3 Fuser settings - From the Diagnostics Menu select
fuser settings and set to high.
Does this fuser setting fix the problem?
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35
4 Does the transparency have a splotchy appearance? Go to step 5 Replace the
Second
transfer roll on
page 4-68
5 Transfer setting: High - From the Diagnostics Menu set
Transfer setting to High.
Does this transfer setting fix the problem?
6 Transfer setting: Low - From the Diagnostics Menu set
Transfer setting to Low.
Does this transfer setting fix the problem?
Second
transfer roll on
page 4-68
4924-xx
Negative ghosting or faded image
The print has a negative ghost on the page or the image is faded, particular with text. This problem
may happen with any color and can be mistaken as toner smudges on the page.
Residual image
If only one color has a residual image repeated every 95 mm, replace the print cartridge.
If all colors have a residual image 147 mm from the top of the page, replace the fuser assembly.
Note: Do the following steps before you replace the fuser assembly:
1. Check Media Type setting on the operator panel. If the setting is for light paper, select the correct
setting for the current media type.
2. If the problem continues, set the fuser temperature selection to High.
3. If the problem continues, check the page count. If the page count is greater than 200K copies and the
fuser has not been replaced, advise the customer to install a new fuser CRU or a maintenance kit.
If only one color has a residual image problem, go to Horizontal lines or streaks on
page 2-134.
If all colors have a residual image problem, go to Residual image on page 2-137.
Uneven printing
If all colors have uneven print, replace the ITU assembly.
The uneven print may appear as spots or streaks that are different on each page. The most likely cause for
this type of problem is damage to the ITU belt in the ITU assembly. Replace the ITU assembly on
page 4-40.
If only one color is missing or printing uneven, go to step 1.
1 Check the bellcranks of the color that is having the
problem.
Is a bellcrank broken or missing?
Replace the
broken or missing
bellcrank.
Got to step 2
2 Check each of the springs that attach to the bellcranks
to make sure they are attached and not broken or
missing.
Are the springs for the color having the problem
missing or unattached?
Repair or replace
the spring as
necessary.
Look for any
signs of missing
or damaged parts
in the area of the
color having the
problem,
including the ITU.
properly and that all packing material has been
removed from the cartridge.
Has all packing material been removed? Is the
2 Cartridge check - the cartridge may be out of toner or
have another toner problem. Try a new toner cartridge.
Does a new toner cartridge fix the problem?
level support
4924-xx
Toner smears or rubs off the page with no error code displayed
Note: This type of problem is associated with improper fusing or incorrect settings for media type being used.
Smudged or distorted images on fused page
1 Media settings - Check to see if the printer is set for
light paper.
Is the printer set for light paper?
Set the printer for
current media
type and go to
step 2
Go to step 3
2 Does resetting the media type fix the problem? Problem solved Go to step 3
3 Fuser settings - Set the fuser to High in the CE menu.
Does setting the fuser to High fix the problem?
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35
1 Remove the ITU assembly and check for any signs of
debris near the paper feed reference edge mechanism
underneath the ITU assembly.
Are there any signs of any debris in this location?
Remove the
debris
Go to step 2
2 Check for any signs of debris on the surface of the ITU
belt near the toner patch sensor (TPS) which is the
white egg shaped device located on the front left
corner of the ITU assembly.
Note: When toner cartridges are replaced, small
pieces of plastic may drop off of a toner cartridge and
be deposited on the ITU belt.
Are there any debris in this location?
Remove the
debris
Look for any
signs of damage
to the ITU belt. If
found, replace
the ITU
assembly.
4924-xx
Toner is on the back of the printed page
Do the following steps before proceeding with this service check:
1. Enter the Diagnostics Mode.
2. Select Print Test, Tray 1, Continuous from the menu.
3. Run at least 20 pages of text and see if the problem remains.
If toner is still on the back of the printed page, proceed with this service check.
If the problem is on the top two inches of the page replace the second transfer roll.
If the toner is stringy over the top half of the page, go to step 1.
Light lines or streaks appear on the page
Single color streaks outside the printed page are most likely caused by a problem in the print cartridge. Replace
the print cartridge.
All the colors streaking at a different spot on each page is probably caused by a damaged ITU assembly.
Replace the ITU assembly on page 4-40.
If only one color streaks in the printed area, go to step 1.
1 Media settings - Check to see if the printer is set for
light paper.
Is the printer set for light paper?
Set the printer for
current media
type and go to
step 2
Go to step 3
2 Does resetting the media type fix the problem? Problem solved Go to step 3
3 Fuser settings - Set the fuser to High in the CE menu.
Does setting the fuser to High fix the problem?
Fuser
assembly on
page 4-35
1 Print cartridge check - Try a new print cartridge.
Does a new print cartridge fix the problem?
2 Printhead check -The printhead lens may be
contaminated by toner. Check for any signs of
contamination on the lens of the printhead.
Is the printhead contaminated?
Go to Clear the
printhead lens
with a soft, lint-
free cloth.
Call your next
level support
4924-xx
White streak in color plane
A white streak appears in one particular color plane. This problem may be caused by a contaminated developer
roll in the print cartridge.
Paper wrapped around the second transfer roll
1 Check to see which color is having the problem and go
to step 2.
2 If another cartridge is available, try a new cartridge for
the color having the problem.
Do you have another cartridge to try?
Go to step 3 Go to step 4.
3 Does a new cartridge fix the problem? Problem solved Go to step 5
4 If another cartridge is not available, break the
corresponding tabs off the cartridge in question as well
as an adjacent color. The tabs are used to ensure that
the cartridge is installed in the correct color station.
Switch the two cartridges and print out a print sample
to see if the streak stays with the cartridge and not the
station.
Does the streak change when you switch cartridges?
Replace the
defective
cartridge.
Go to step 5
5 Printhead check -The printhead lens may be
contaminated by toner. Check for any signs of
contamination on the lens of the printhead.
Is the printhead contaminated?
Go to Printhead
removal and
adjustments
on page 4-57
Call your next
level support
1 Some media can get wrapped around the second
transfer roll and can affect print quality.
Is there a piece of media wrapped around the second
transfer roll?
Remove the
piece of media
and go to step 2.
Problem solved
2 Run several pages to see if the media wraps around
the second transfer roll, again.
Does the media wrap around the second transfer roll,
again?
Replace the
second transfer
roll. If this does
not fix the
problem, call your
next level of
support for
assistance.
Problem solved
4924-xx
Second transfer roll service check
Note: The second transfer roll is 51.03 mm (2.009 inches) in circumference. Any print quality problems such as
lines that are spaced apart indicate you should check the second transfer roll for damage, toner, or foreign
material.
Note: The second transfer roll is also part of the maintenance kit and should be replaced when a 83 ITU
Maintenance message appears. Ask the customer if they have replaced the second transfer roll recently.
Note: If any of the following problems occur, go to Print quality service check on page 2-130:
A problem with only one color)
Light or very light print
CAUTION: Make sure the printer is powered off before making any checks on the second transfer roll or
associated parts for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer.
1 Second transfer roll assembly - Check the second
transfer roll for any signs of toner buildup, surface
damage to the roll, oil, or other contaminants on the
surface of the roll.
Do you see any problems with the second transfer roll?
Replace the
Second
transfer roll on
page 4-68
Go to step 2
2 Transfer arms, springs, and associated hardware - Call
your next level of support. None of these parts are
service related parts.
Is there any problem with the associated hardware?
Call your next
level support
Go to step 3
3 Transfer high voltage power supply, HV wiring, and
contacts - Check the second transfer cable (transfer
HVPS contact to the second transfer roll rear arm
contact) for correct installation.
correctly
4 Check the continuity of the second transfer cable.
Replace the
FRUs in order: 1)
Second
transfer roll on
page 4-68
2)Transfer
HVPS board on
page 4-70. If this
does not correct
the problem, go
to step 5.
Replace the
second transfer
cable
5 Make sure the ITU bias spring is not broken or missing
for the color(s) that is having transfer problems.
Is the ITU bias spring broken, off, or missing?
Repair as
necessary
Go to step 7
6 Check the transfer HVPS to ITU HV transfer terminal
for the color(s) that is having transfer problems.
Is the cable disconnected or broken?
Reinstall or
replace the cable
Go to step 7
4924-xx
Tray 1 service check
Tray 1 does not stay seated or fit correctly in the printer, the media fails to feed correctly from tray 1 or tray 1 is
difficult to install
The Tray 1 Feed Test in the Diagnostics Menu can be used to help isolate problems with paper feeding from Tray
1.
7 Transfer terminal contact assembly and ITU transfer
bellcrank - Check the transfer terminal contact, transfer
cable, and ITU transfer bellcrank assemblies to make
sure they are installed correctly, not loose, or broken.
Are there any problems with the transfer terminal
contact, transfer cable connection, or ITU transfer
bellcrank assemblies?
Repair or replace
as necessary. If
this does not
correct the
problem, contact
your next level
support.
Replace the
FRUs in order:
1)Transfer
HVPS board on
page 4-70
2) Second
transfer roll on
page 4-68
3)ITU
assembly on
page 4-40
1 Check the following parts in Tray 1 for broken or
missing parts.
Tray bias spring loose or missing
Tray bias bellcrank
Are any parts broken, loose, or missing?
Repair or replace
parts as
necessary
Go to step 2
2 Make sure the autocompensator has fully retracted to
its upper position.
Does the autocompensator retract correctly?
Go to step 3 Go to
Autocompensa
tor service
check on
page 2-107
3 Check for any signs of damage to the paper tray guide.
Is the paper tray guide damaged, loose or missing?
Replace the
paper tray guide.
Go to step 4
4 Check the following parts for wear, damage, or missing
parts.
Wear strips
Restraint pads
Wear clip
Side restraint
Back restraint and back restraint latch
Are there broken, worn, or missing parts?
Repair or replace
parts as
necessary
Go to step 5
5 Check to make sure that the tray is correctly actuating
the paper size switches on the paper size sensing
board.
Does the tray correctly actuate the paper size sensing
switches?
Go to step 6 Go to the Tray 1
paper size sens-
ing service
check on
page 2-143
6 Check for any signs of damage to the tray that might
prevent it from actuating the switches.
Is there any problem with the tray?
Replace the tray
assembly
Go to step 7
4924-xx
Tray 1 paper size sensing service check
The printer does not sense the size of the media installed in Tray 1.
Note: If there is a problem when installing Tray 1, Tray 1 is difficult to remove or does not stay locked in position,
go to Tray 1 service check on page 2-142.
Warning: Whenever the paper size sensing board is removed, customer settings in the NVRAM may be lost.
TheMotor Detect on page 3-17 must be performed if the NVRAM contents are lost during the
replacement of a paper size sensing board.
7 Check to see if there is anything in the printer that
might be interfering with the tray being correctly
installed.
Is there anything in the printer that might cause the tray
from installing correctly?
Repair as
necessary
Replace the tray
assembly.
1 Make sure tray 1 is installed and seated correctly in the
printer.
Is the tray correctly installed?
Go to step 2 Install tray 1
correctly. If there
is still a problem,
go to Tray 1
service check
on page 2-142.
2 Is another 500-sheet tray available? Go to step 3 Go to step 4
3 Try another 500-sheet tray in place of the internal tray 1
paper tray.
Go to step 4 Go to the Tray 1
paper size
sensing service
check on
page 2-143.
4 Check tray 1 for broken parts, especially the teeth on
the back restraint.
Is the back restraint broken or any of the teeth broken
or missing?
Replace the back
restraint
Replace the tray
assembly.
4924-xx
Diagnostic aids 3-1
4924-xx
3. Diagnostic aids
This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer failures and verify repairs have corrected the
problem.
There are different test menus that can be accessed to identify problems with the printer.
Diagnostic aids
Printhead diagnostics
See Printheads on page 7-11 for the part number.
If you get a printhead error, follow this diagnostic to find the specific failure.
1. Verify all the printhead cables are properly seated.
If the printhead cables are properly seated and the error remains, record the error code. Continue to the
next step.
2. Determine how to setup the printhead diagnostic tool.
a. Verify the printhead diagnostic tool is configured as in the illustration below. Reconfigure if necessary.
b. Select which pair of printheads to use based on the error code.
If the printer displays the codes that indicate yellow or cyan, use the tool to switch the yellow and cyan
signals. If the error codes indicated a magenta or black error, use the tool to switch the magenta and
black signals.
Magenta/black
Connect tool here for:
Yellow/cyan
3-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
3. Install the printhead diagnostic tool and determine the problem.
The following procedure shows the yellow and cyan switch as an example.
a. Turn off the printer.
b. Unplug the printhead cables from the system board in the printer and connect them to the printhead
diagnostic tool.
c. Connect the printhead diagnostic tool cables to the connectors on the system board in the printer.
This reverses the printhead color signals for the selected pair of colors.
Diagnostic aids 3-3
4924-xx
d. Turn on the printer and note the new error codes.
If an automatic calibration begins, 36 Printer Service Required may appear. The printhead and
system board are working correctly and the printhead cable connections should be checked.
If the error code remains the same, replace the system board. If that solves the problem, you
are finished.
If the printer displays a different printhead error code, which indicates another color, the
printhead or the printhead cables are defective. See the table below for the printhead codes.
For example, the printer originally displays the printhead error code 108 (yellow). After switching the
signals using the diagnostic tool, the printer displays the printhead error code 106 (cyan).
4. Remove the printhead diagnostic tool.
5. The problem is in either the printhead cables or the printhead. Replace the printhead cables. If the problem
persists, replace the printhead. See Printhead removal and adjustments on page 4-57.
Note: Replace and adjust only one printhead at a time.
Printhead error codes Printhead error codes
Yellow Cyan Magenta Black (K)
For 10x errors 108 106 107 109
For 11x errors 117 115 116 114
For errors 169175 175 171 173 169
Not commonly seen 176 172 174 170
3-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
Print quality defect locator chart
The print quality locator chart is copied below, but the tool is a transparent sheet available with this printed book.
Use the tables and rulers to determine the source of repeating defects.
Using the chart
Measure repeating horizontal lines from the reference lines at the top to determine what may have caused the
lines to form in that pattern. Be sure to use portrait orientation for the test file.
Rollers
Component
description
Component
Planes
affected
Defect period
mm inches
Charge roll
Cartridge
One 38.7 1.5
PC drum One 96.8 3.8
PC cleaner One 96.8 3.8
Developer roll One 47.9 1.9
TAR One 46.4 1.8
Toner meter One 1092.2 43
Cart auger One 349.9 13.8
First transfer roll ITU One 53.2 2.09
Second transfer roll Second
transfer roll
All 59.4 2.34
ITM drive roll ITU All 101.0 3.98
ITM reverse roll ITU All 50.5 1.99
Fuser hot roll
Fuser
All 147.0 5.79
Fuser BUR All 147.0 5.79
Metering rolls Reference Edge All 47.0 1.85
Color charge roll short C, M, or Y cart C, M and Y 101.0 3.98
NIP shock
NIP distances
Defect period
mm Inches
Y-C-M-K cartridge spacing 101.0 3.98
K to second transfer roll 144.6 5.69
M to second transfer roll 245.6 9.67
C to second transfer roll 346.6 13.65
Y to second transfer roll 447.6 17.62
Meter 1 to second transfer 164.8 6.49
Second transfer to fuser 319.4 12.57
Fuser nip to first redrive 50.0 1.97
Fuser nip to exit sensor 58.2 2.29
Fuser nip to exit tray nip 420.3 16.55
Diagnostic aids 3-5
4924-xx
Printing the chart
The printer has an internal copy of the defect locator chart under the Help Menu. Verify the proper image size by
measuring any of the marks on the chart and comparing them to the corresponding measurement in the chart.
Use Step 2 if adjustments are needed.
Copying the chart
Use the provided transparent sheet if at all possible. If you need to make a copy, be aware that fax machines,
digital scanners, and xerographic copiers can distort images. Charts should be printed using the transparent
copy provided in the service manual. In order to maintain the accuracy of the edge rulers, the following steps
should be heeded when printing a copy of the Defect Location Chart.
1. When printing this document, make sure Fit to page is not selected.
2. Measure the distance between the Reference line and the 110 mm Calibration Mark to verify that it is
correct. If the distance is inaccurate, the bottom registration margin setting can be adjusted to correct the
discrepancy. Increasing the bottom margin value stretches the image, reducing it shrinks the image.
Original margin settings should be noted in the case that these changes adversely effect the print quality or
registration when printing normal documents.
Print quality
For a transparency of the defect locator chart, go to the back of the hard copy service manual.
Note: If you want to copy the chart, then the following should be observed.
Since fax machines, digital scanners, and xerographic copiers can distort images, charts should be printed using
the transparent copy provided in the service manual. In order to maintain the accuracy of the edge rulers, the
following steps should be heeded when printing a copy of the Defect Location Chart.
1. When printing this document, make sure Fit the page is NOT selected.
2. Measure the distance between the reference line and the 110 mm calibration mark to verify that it is
correct. If the distance is inaccurate, the bottom registration margin setting can be adjusted to correct the
discrepancy. Increasing the bottom margin value stretches the image, reducing the bottom margin value
shrinks the image. Original margin settings should be noted in case these changes adversely effect the
print quality or registration when printing normal documents.
3-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
Partial Print Test
Diagnostic procedure for missing or faded planes
1. Turn the printer off.
2. Remove all cartridges and the ITU.
3. Inspect the bellcranks.
4. Enter the Configuration Menu. See Configuration Menu on page 3-8.
5. Select Prt Quality Pgs and press Select.
6. Open the vacuum transport belt (VTB) jam access door and watch the test pages pass from left to right
over the VTB.
There is a delay between the first and second page.
7. Once the pages are printed, examine the pages for to confirm the color plane is not printing.
Note: The third page is particularly important since it is the image on the belt when the test printed.
8. Select Prt Quality Pgs and press Select.
Open the VTB through the access door and, once again, watch the test pages pass over the VTB.
9. When the top half of the second page passes over the VTB, quickly open the front cover. The printing
stops.
10. Remove all four toner cartridges and set them face down.
Look at the surface of each toner cartridge and check for a developed image.
Approximate
final stopping
place
Diagnostic aids 3-7
4924-xx
Interpreting the results
If the developed images are not visible on one of the PC drums, the following components should be checked:
Toner cartridge - Switch cartridges to determine if the problem stays with the slot or cartridge.
Cartridge contact block pins - Verify that pins are spring loaded and properly positioned. See Cartridge
contact assembly pin locations (cyan, magenta and yellow) on page 5-4
Developer HVPS cable - Make sure that there is no damage to the cable running from the system board.
Developer HVPS board.
System board.
If the image is well developed on the PC drum, but the same plane is missing or faded on the ITU belt, the
following components should be checked:
Bell cranks - Check the condition of the bell cranks.
Continuity on the bell crank circuit - Turn the printer off. Using a multimeter, check the continuity between
the rear bell crank contact for the failing color and the respective cable on the transfer HVPS board. See
Transfer high voltage power supply (HVPS) on page 5-20.
Transfer HVPS cable - Make sure that there is no damage to the cable running from the system board to
the transfer HVPS board. Verify the connection at both ends.
Transfer HVPS board.
Engine board.
3-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
Configuration Menu
The Configuration Menu contains a set of menus, settings and operations which are infrequently used by a user.
Generally, the options made available in this menu are used to configure a printer for operation.
Note: An asterisk(*) in the value list in the following menus indicates the default value.
The following are available from the Configuration Menu:
ITU Cnt Value
Fuser Cnt Value
Reset Fuser Cnt
Prt Quality Pgs (This is not displayed if in Demo mode.)
Color Trapping
Tray Insert Msg
SIZE SENSING
Panel Menus
PPDS Emulation (This only displays if the PPDS interpreter is available.)
Demo Mode
Factory Defaults
Energy Conserve
Auto Color Adjust
ERROR LOG
Font Sharpening
Paper Prompts
Env Prompts
Exit Config Menu (Press Select to exit CONFIG MENU and reboot.)
Entering Config Menu
To enter the Configuration Menu:
2. Press and hold the Select and Return buttons.
3. Turn the printer on.
4. Release the buttons when Performing Self Test is displayed.
Exiting the Config Menu
Select EXIT Config Menu to exit the Configuration Menu and return to normal mode.
Diagnostic aids 3-9
4924-xx
ITU Count Value
This is the page count of the current ITU. It cannot be reset unless a new ITU is installed.
Press Select to view the count value.
Fuser Cnt Value
Enter the Configuration Menu and select Fuser Cnt Value.
The value can be reset in Reset Fuser Cnt.
This only displays if the Maintenance Warning and Intervention function is enabled in the printer Configuration
ID. The fuser maintenance page counter is incremented when a page is printed and incremented by two when a
duplex sheet is printed. The counter can be used to track printer usage. When the counter reaches 200,000, the
printer posts a fuser maintenance message on the operator panel.
Reset Fuser Cnt
This only displays if the Maintenance Warning and Intervention function is enabled in the printer Configuration
ID. The fuser maintenance page counter is incremented when a page is printed and incremented by two when a
duplex sheet is printed. The counter can be used to track printer usage. When the counter reaches 200,000, the
printer posts a fuser maintenance message on the operator panel.
1. Select Reset Fuser Cnt in the Config Menu to view the page count.
2. Press Return to return to the previous menu or press Select to reset the maintenance page counter back
to zero.
Prt Quality Pgs
The Print Quality Test consists of five pages. Pages one and two contain a mixture of graphics and text. The
remainder of the pages only contain graphics. Use this test to identify print quality problems. The Test Pages
must be printed on A4, Legal or Letter paper.
1. Select Prt Quality Pgs from the Config Menu.
2. Press Select.
Go to Print tests on appendix page B-3 for representative samples of the pages.
Color Trapping
Color trapping is an aid to graphic and text. When a text or graphics appear over other colors, a misalignment
may allow white paper to show through at the borders of the colors. Color trapping reduces the cutout area
under the upper image so a slight misalignment does not show.This only affects PostScript printing.
1. Select Color Trapping from the Config Menu
2. Select the value or Off. The range is 1 to 5 and the default value is 2.
Use Menu to increase the value.
Tray Insert Msg
This setting controls how long, in seconds, the tray insert message displays when a tray is inserted.
The values are Disabled and 1 to 90. The default value is 5.
3-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
SIZE SENSING
Automatic size sensing can be disabled or enabled in this menu. Only paper sources that support Auto Size
Sensing are displayed.
1. Select SIZE SENSING from the Config Menu.
2. Select a tray. Only those trays with size sensing display. One of the following is displayed:
Tray 1 Sensing
Tray 2 Sensing
Tray 3 Sensing
Tray 4 Sensing
3. Select Auto to turn size sensing on for that tray, or select Off to disable size sensing.
4. Select Return to exit.
Panel Menus
Disabling Panel Menus prohibits users from modifying any setting or executing any operation available in the
Ready Menu group.
1. Select Panel Menus from the Config Menu.
2. Select Disable or Enable.
Enable is the default.
PPDS Emulation
This only displays if the PPDS interpreter is available.
1. Select PPDS Emulation from the Config Menu.
2. Select Activate or Deactivate.
Demo Mode
This printer supports a demo mode that is usually used in retail environments to illustrate the features of the
printer. The printer features are illustrated by demonstration files stored in the RIP firmware, flash option, or disk
option.
1. Select Demo Mode from the Config Menu.
2. Select Activate or Deactivate.
Deactivate is the default value.
Factory Defaults
The customer can restore either the network settings or the base printer settings to their factory default values.
When Restore Base is selected, non-critical base printer NVRAM settings are restored. When Restore Network
is selected, all network NVRAM settings are restored to their factory default settings. This option is only available
on models with an integrated network adapter. In either case, Restoring Factory Defaults is displayed after the
operation is selected.
1. Select Factory Defaults from the Config Menu.
2. Select Restore Base or Restore Network.
Note: Restore Network is only listed on models that have integrated network support.
Diagnostic aids 3-11
4924-xx
Energy Conserve
When Energy Conserve is on, the customer does not have access to disable the Power Saver function. When
Energy Conserve is off, Disable appears as an additional menu item in the Power Saver menu. This setting only
affects the values that are displayed in the Power Saver Menu.
1. Select Energy Conserve from the Config Menu.
2. Select On or Off.
Auto Color Adjust
Automatic color adjustments periodically occur during printing, based on internal algorithms The following
situations prompt the adjustment:
If the printer detects a new or different color cartridge is installed, usually at power on or when the cover is
closed.
If the printer detects a new or different ITU is installed, usually at power on or when the cover is closed.
If the fuser detects at power on that the fuser temperature is at 60C.
If Power Saver has been active for eight hours or more.
If the printer was turned off during a calibration cycle.
At the Ready state, if one of several internal engine parameters has exceeded a given threshold.
If requested by the user from the operator panel or by a PJL command.
At the Ready state if more than 500 pages are printed since the last calibration. This value can be adjusted
in this menu.
Selecting Off disables all Auto Color Adjust prompts listed above except the request of the user or the PJL
command.
1. Select Auto Color Adjust from the Config Menu.
2. Select Off or a value from 100 to 1000. The default value is 500.
Use Menu to increase the value.
The values are in increments of 50. The default is 500 pages. The number refers to how many pages since the
last calibration before recalibration begins automatically.
ERROR LOG
The history of printer errors can be printed by selecting Print Log.
Note: This log can be printed from Diagnostics mode or the Configuration Menu, but the report from
Configuration menu contains the debug and secondary error codes that do not print version from the
Diagnostics mode. The errors printed here do not necessarily match in number or in order those printed with
Display Log in Diagnostics. However, you can select additional options in Diagnostics mode, including Display
Log and Clear Log. For additional information, see ERROR LOG on page 3-35. Errors are also shown on the
Print Quality Pages.
Font Sharpening
Font Sharpening allows the user to adjust the value of the high frequency screens used for font data. For
example, if the value is 24, all fonts 24 points and less use the high frequency screens.
1. Select Font Sharpening from the Config Menu.
2. Select a value from 1 to 150. The default value is 24.
Use Menu to increase the value.The increment is 1.
This feature only works in PostScript emulation.
3-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
Paper Prompts
Setting Paper Prompts controls which tray a change prompt is directed to when paper is sensed to be the wrong
size.
1. Select Paper Prompts from the Config Menu.
2. Select Auto, MP Feeder, or Manual Paper.
Env Prompts
Env Prompts controls which tray a change prompt is directed to when the envelopes are sensed to be the wrong
size.
1. Select Env Prompts from the Config Menu.
2. Select Auto, MP Feeder, or Manual Envelope.
Exit Config Menu
Press Select to exit the Configuration Menu and reboot the printer.
4924-xx
Diagnostics mode
To run the printer diagnostic tests described in this chapter, put the printer in Diagnostics mode.
The tests display on the operator panel in the order shown:
REGISTRATION
ALIGNMENT MENU
TOP FINE MARGIN ADJ
MISC TESTS
PRINT TESTS
HARDWARE TESTS
DUPLEX TESTS (if installed)
INPUT TRAY TESTS
OUTPUT BIN TESTS
FINISHER TESTS (if installed)
BASE SENSOR TEST
DEVICE TESTS (if optional flash or disk installed)
PRINTER SETUP
EP SETUP
ERROR LOG
DEV MENU
EXIT DIAGNOSTICS
Entering Diagnostics mode
To enter the Diagnostics Mode:
2. Press and hold the Go and Return buttons.
3. Turn the printer on.
4. Release the buttons when Performing Self Test is displayed.
Exiting the Diagnostics mode
Select EXIT DIAGNOSTICS to exit the Diagnostics mode and return to normal mode.
3-14 Service Manual
4924-xx
REGISTRATION
Use REGISTRATION to align the black image on the page. Use ALIGHNMENT to align the individual colors. The
black image should be aligned before the individual colors are aligned.
To set Registration:
1. Select REGISTRATION from the Diagnostics Mode.
B=Bottom margin
T=Top margin
L=Left margin
R=Right margin
s=Negative values, space blank for positive values
xx=Margin value
*=Current value
2. Press Go to print the Quick Test Page. Current margin settings are listed on the printout.
3. Determine how values should change to align the arrows to the top, bottom, right, and left margins. Align
the Registration Line to the edge of the page.
The print registration range is:
Note: Adjusting the Top and Right margins moves the entire image. Adjusting the Bottom and Left margins
causes the image to expand or compress. It is easier to adjust the Top and Right margins, first, then adjust
the Bottom and Left.
T=sxx* B=sxx*
L=sxx* R=sxx*
Top Margin: -25 to +25 Increasing the value moves the image down the page. Always adjust
the top before the bottom margin.
Bottom Margin: -25 to +25 Increasing the value stretches the image toward the bottom of the
page.
Right Margin: -15 to +15 Increasing the value moves the image to the left on the page. Always
adjust the right before the left margin.
Left Margin: -15 to +15 Increasing the value stretches the image toward the left margin.
4924-xx
4. Enter the values.
The Top margin sign/value pair blinks. This indicates it is the margin value being changed.
To select the margin value to change, press Select until the margin value pair you want to change is
blinking.
To change the margin value press Menu.
When the value you want is displayed, press Select to save the value.
5. To verify the margin values are correct print the Quick Test Page from the registration screen. Press Go to
print the test page. While printing, Quick Test Printing is displayed. Once printing is complete, the
Registration screen appears. See a sample of the Quick Test Page on appendix page B-8.
Print the Quick Test Page on letter or A4 paper.
6. To exit the Registration menu, press Return.
ALIGNMENT MENU
Aligns the image on the page for the individual colors: cyan, yellow and magenta. The black image should be
aligned using REGISTRATION before the individual colors are aligned.
Selections include:
CYAN
YELLOW
MAGENTA
Setting alignment for color
1. Select ALIGNMENT MENU from the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select CYAN, YELLOW, or MAGENTA.
The following screen is displayed:
3. Press Go to print Alignment Test pages before changing any of the settings. See Printhead electronic
alignment test pageMagenta (one of two) on appendix page B-10 for an example of the magenta
pages in color.
Note: The Alignment Test Pages should be printed on A4 or Letter paper.
The printer tries to print the test page from the default paper source, however if the default source only
supports envelopes, then the page prints from Tray 1.
4. Determine which settings to change and follow the instructions on the printed sheets to determine the
adjustment.
5. Change the values.
When the alignment screen is displayed, the Top Margin sign/value pair flashes. To change the value,
press Menu to increase or decrease. Once the value is displayed, press Select to save the value and
move to the next value.
The margin values blink in the following order: Top, Left, Right and Theta (Z). To skip a margin value,
because its value is correct, press Select. The current value remains the same.
T=sxx* R=sxx*
L=sxx* Z=sxx*
Value: Description: Range:
T= Top Margin Offset -127 to +127
L= Left Margin Offset -300 to +300
R= Right Margin Offset -350 to +350
Z= Theta Offset (Skew
compensation)
-16 to +16
s =sign for negative values (this space is blank for positive values)
xx =margin value
* =Current value
3-16 Service Manual
4924-xx
6. Press Go to reprint the Alignment Test Pages to confirm your adjustments on page 1. Repeat steps 4
through 6 if required.
7. Continue until all three colors are aligned.
8. Press Return to exit the ALIGNMENT MENU.
Drift Sensors
This check is used to display the status of the thermal system used to compensate for printhead drift.
The following screen is displayed when the test is selected:
Values:
If Com=Err, replace the system board. See System board on page 4-69.
If a number, C, Y, or K=OP, or SH, check the following:
1. Check the cable of the appropriate thermistor (cyan, magenta, yellow, or black) to make sure it is installed
correctly to the system board and to the thermistor board. If correct, go to step 2.
2. Check the continuity of the appropriate cable. Replace the cable if there is no continuity. If continuity is
correct, go to step 3.
3. Replace the appropriate thermistor assembly. If this does not fix the problem, replace the system board.
To exit the test, press Return or Stop.
TOP FINE MARGIN ADJ
Do not change this setting without consulting your next level of support.
Com=aaaa M=bb
C=cc Y=dd K=ee
If: Value: Description:
Com= Err RIP to A/D communication error
Com= Good Communication is good
M=, C=, Y=, or K= OP Open thermistor error
M=, C=, Y=, or K= SH Short thermistor error
M=, C=, Y=, or K= RA Range error
M=, C=, Y=, or K= Number Detected temperature in Celsius of last
reading. Indicates the system is functioning
properly.
4924-xx
MISC TESTS
Motor Detect
This test initiates an Automated Motor Detection. It must be performed if the NVRAM contents are lost during the
replacement of a paper size sensing board. This test must also be performed anytime the ITU motor, fuser
motor, or cartridge drive motors are replaced.
To run the Motor Detect:
1. Remove all the print cartridges from the printer and close the cover.
2. Select Motor Detect from MISC TESTS.
3. Press Go.
Motor Detection in Progress is displayed.
The test lasts approximately ten seconds. No buttons are active during detection and the test completes
automatically.
Toggle ITU
The test is used to verify that ITU belt retraction, BOR, hardware is functioning properly. Two options are
available: Raise Belt and Lower Belt. If the belt is already in the requested position, no action occurs. Otherwise
the belt will move to the requested position.
1. Select Toggle ITU from the menu.
2. Select Raise Belt or Lower Belt, from the menu.
The following screens display for the test selected:
3. To exit the test, press any button.
Toggle ITU
=Raise Belt
Toggle ITU
=Lower Belt
3-18 Service Manual
4924-xx
Belt Tracking (ITU 4th point adjustment)
This test is used to determine the need for the ITU Shim to correct 4th point alignment following the ITU
replacement.
Note: Remove all cartridges before initiating this test and note the belt position.
1. Select Belt Tracking from the menu.
The operation normally takes approximately 15 minutes to complete. It may take less time if the test fails.
When the test is complete, the following screen is displayed:
or
If the test is successful, the pass code will be a number between - 250 and + 250. Do not install a shim.
If the test fails, then a fail code will be a number between 0 and 200 and a message indicates the cause of
the failure. The following is a list of failure codes:
Cover open.
Cartridges NOT removed.
Less than three revolutions before the test ended (may never be displayed). Belt tracked to front.
4-100 revolutions when test ended, belt tracked to front.
103 <=3 revs before test ended. Probably never displayed. Belt tracked to rear.
104-200: numbers of revs when test ended +100. Belt tracked to rear.
2. To exit the test, press any button.
3. Verify the failure code by comparing the belt position to the initial position. Install the shim to the rear if the
belt tracked to the rear. Install the shim to the font if the belt tracked to the front. Refer to the instructions
included with the shim for installation.
4. After installing the shim, run the test, again. If the test fails, rerun several times as the belt needs time to
stabilize. Once the test is successful, reinstall the cartridges and restart the printer.
Printhead Inst
The purpose of this test is to cause the printer to print a page that aids in the mechanical alignment of a
printhead. This test should not be used independently of the mechanical alignment. See Printhead
mechanical alignment on page 4-58.
Test in Progress
..............................
Test Complete
Code <pass code>
Test Failed
Code <fail code>
4924-xx
PRINT TESTS
The Print Tests consist of the following tests:
Tray 1
Tray 2 (if installed)
MP Feeder
Print Quality Pgs
For examples of the Print Quality Pages, see Print tests on appendix page B-3.
Print Tests (input sources)
This test determines if the printer can print on media from any of the paper input sources. Each of the installed
sources is available within the Print Tests menu.
The content of the test page varies depending on the media installed in the selected input source.
If a source is selected that contains paper, then a page similar to the Quick Test Page is printed and does
not contain the Print Registration diamonds.
If a source is selected which contains envelopes, then an Envelope Print Test pattern is printed. This
pattern only contains text, which consists of continuous prints of each character in the selected symbol set.
If Continuous is selected, all sources printing with paper sizes prints the same page continuously until the
test is stopped. If continuous is selected from a source which contains envelopes then the envelope print
test pattern is printed on the first envelope and the rest are blank.
The Print Test page always prints single sided, regardless of the Duplex setting or the presence of the Duplex
option.
To run the Print Test:
1. Select PRINT TESTS from the menu.
2. Select the paper source from the menu.
3. Select either Single or Continuous from the menu.
Note: If Single is selected, no buttons are active while the Print Test Page is printing. If Continuous is
selected, Return or Stop can be pressed to cancel the test.
The following screen is displayed while printing.
4. Press Return or Stop at the end of the test to return to the original screen.
Print Quality Pgs
The print quality test consists of five pages. Pages one and two contain a mixture of graphics and text. The
remainder of the pages only contain graphics. See Print tests on appendix page B-3 for samples of the Print
Quality Pgs.
This test may be printed from either Configuration Menu or the Diagnostics mode. To run the print quality pages
from the Diagnostics mode, select PRINT TESTS and Print Quality Pgs from the menu. Once the test is started
it cannot be canceled. When the test pages print the printer returns to the original screen.
<input source>
Printing <media width>
<input source> Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 3, Tray 4, Tray 5, MP Feeder, or Env Feeder
<media width> N or Narrow Width Media, or W for Wide Width Media
3-20 Service Manual
4924-xx
HARDWARE TESTS
The following hardware tests can be selected from this menu:
LCD Test
Button Test
DRAM Test
CASCHE Test
ROM Test
Parallel Wrap (if available)
Serial Wrap (if available)
Serial 1 Wrap (if available)
LCD Test
This test verifies the operator panel LCD function.
To run the LCD Test:
1. Select LCD Test from HARDWARE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
The LCD test continually executes.
2. Press Return or Stop to cancel the test.
Button Test
This test verifies the operator panel button function.
To run the Button Test:
1. Select Button Test from HARDWARE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
With no buttons pressed, several OP (Open) messages are displayed.
2. Press each button one at a time and a CL (Closed) displays in place of OP. The proper operation of each
button can be checked.
3. Press Return or Stop to cancel the test.
OP OP OP OP
OP OP
4924-xx
DRAM Test
This test checks the validity of DRAM, both standard and optional. The test writes patterns of data to DRAM to
verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly.
To run the DRAM Test:
1. Select DRAM Test from HARDWARE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress.
2. Press Return or Stop to exit the test.
P:###### represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully. Initially
000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 99,999.
F:##### represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors. Initially 00000
displays with the maximum fail count being 99,999.
Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached, the test is stopped, the power indicator turns on solid,
and the final results appear. If the test fails, SDRAM Error appears for approximately three seconds and the
failure count increases by 1.
CACHE Test
The CACHE Test is used to verify the processor CACHE is functioning properly.
1. Select CACHE Test from HARDWARE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
The machine initiates a POR of the printer and the following screen is displayed:
Upon completion of the POR the following screen is displayed:
P:###### represents the number of times the CACHE test has passed, finished successfully.
Initially 000000 is displayed. The maximum pass count is 999,999.
F:###### represents the number of times the CACHE test has failed, finished with errors.
Initially 000000 is displayed. The maximum fall count is 999,999.
2. To exit the test, turn the printer off.
DRAM Test 128M
P:###### F:#####
Resetting the
Printer
CACHE Test x100
P:###### F:######
3-22 Service Manual
4924-xx
ROM Test
The ROM memory test is used to check the validity of the controller board code and fonts.
To run the ROM Test:
1. Select ROM Test from HARDWARE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
P and F represent the same numbers for DRAM. The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in
progress. The test runs continuously.
Each time the test finishes, the screen updates with the result. If the test passes, the Pass Count increases by 1,
however if the test fails, one of the following messages appears for approximately three seconds:
ROM Checksum Error
ROM Burst Read Error
Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached, the test stops with the power indicator on solid. The final
results display.
Parallel Wrap Test
Use this test with a wrap plug to check operation of the parallel port hardware. Each parallel signal is tested.
To run the Parallel Wrap Test:
1. Disconnect the parallel interface cable and install the wrap plug (P/N 1319128).
2. Select the Parallel Wrap Test from HARDWARE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress. The test runs continuously until canceled.
Each time the test finishes, the screen updates. If the test passes, the Pass Count increases by 1, however if the
test fails, one of the following messages appears for approximately three seconds:
Sync Busy Error
Byte Interrupt Request Error
Strobe Interrupt Request Error
Init Fail Error
Init Busy Error
Init Rise Error
Host Busy Error
RAM Data FF Error
RAM Data AA Error
RAM Data 00 Error
RAM Data 55 Error
DMA Count Error
DMA Address Error
DMA Interrupt Error
DMA Memory Error
DMA Background Error
Clear Init Rise Error
False Init Rise Error
Autofeed Rising Interrupt Error
Clear Autofeed Rise Error
False Autofeed Rise Error
Autofeed Falling Interrupt Error
Clear Autofeed Fall Error
Once the maximum count is reached the test stops, the power indicator goes on solid and the final results are
display. Press Return or Stop to exit the test.
4924-xx
Serial Wrap Test
Use this test to check the operation of the Serial Port Hardware using a wrap plug. Each signal is tested.
To run the Serial Wrap Test:
1. Disconnect the serial interface cable and install the wrap plug.
2. Select the appropriate Serial Wrap Test from HARDWARE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode. Values
include Serial Wrap, Serial 1 Wrap, Serial 2 Wrap, or Serial 3 Wrap. P and F represent the same
numbers for DRAM.
The power indicator blinks indicating the test is running.
3. This test runs continuously unless canceled by pressing Return or Stop.
Each time the test finishes, the screen updates with the result. If the test passes, the Pass Count increases by 1,
however if the test fails, one of the following failure messages appears for approximately three seconds and the
Fail Count increases by 1:
Receive Status Interrupt Error
Status Error
Receive Data Interrupt Error
Transmit Data Interrupt Error
Transmit Empty Error
Threshold Error
Receive Data Ready Error
Break Interrupt Error
Framing Error
Parity Error
Overrun Error
Data Error
Data 232 Error
Data 422 Error
FIFO Error
DSR Error
DSR PIO Error
DSR Interrupt Error
CTS Error
CTS PIO Error
CTS Interrupt Error
Once the maximum count is reached the test stops. The power indicator goes on solid and the final results are
displayed.
Press Return or Stop to exit the test.
3-24 Service Manual
4924-xx
DUPLEX TESTS
Duplex Quick Test
This test verifies if the Duplex Option Top Margin is set correctly. This test prints a duplexed version of the Quick
Test Page that can be used to adjust the Top Margin for the back of the duplexed page. You can run one
duplexed page (Single) or continue printing duplexed pages (Continuous) until Return or Stop is pressed.
You must use either Letter or A4 paper.
To run the Duplex Quick Test:
1. Select Duplex Quick Test from DUPLEX TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select Single or Continuous.
The single Duplex Quick test cannot be canceled.
The printer attempts to print the Quick Test Page from the default paper source. If the default paper
source only supports envelopes, then the page is printed from Tray 1.
Check the Quick Test Page for the correct offset between the placement of the first scan line on the
front and back side of a duplexed sheet.
If adjustment is necessary, the Top Margin in the Registration menu must be adjusted first. The
Duplex Top Margin Offset may be adjusted next.
A positive offset moves the text down the page and widens the top margin, while a negative offset
moves the text up the page and narrows the top margin.
Duplex Top Margin Offset
Modification of this setting controls the offset between the placement of the first scan line on the front and back
side of a duplex sheet.
Changing the value by 1 unit moves the margin by 1/100 inches. A positive value moves the text down the page
and widens the top margin. A negative value moves the text up the page and narrows the top margin.
Duplex Sensor Test
This test determines whether or not the duplex sensors and switches are working correctly.
1. Select Sensor Test from DUPLEX TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select the sensor to test:
Duplex input sensor
Duplex exit sensor
3. Manually actuate the duplex sensors. When the sensor/switch is closed, CL (closed) displays, when the
sensor/switch is open, OP (open) displays.
4924-xx
INPUT TRAY TESTS
Feed Test
This test lets you observe the paper path as media is feeding through the printer. The upper front door, used to
access the print cartridge, cannot be opened during the feed test. To observe the paper path, you must open the
lower front door, used to access the paper jams on the vacuum transport belt. Blank pages feed during the test.
Note: This test can run using any of the paper or envelope sizes supported by the printer. The pages are placed
in the default output bin, however, the Feed Test menu lets you select the input source.
To run the Input Tray Feed Test:
1. Select Feed Test from INPUT TRAY TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select the input source from the sources displayed on the Feed Test menu. All installed sources are
displayed.
3. Select either Single (feeds one sheet of media from the selected source) or Continuous (continues to
feed from the selected source until Return or Stop is pressed).
4. Press Return or Stop to exit test.
Sensor Test
This test can be used for either 500-sheet trays or 2000-sheet trays.
500-sheet trays
Use this test to determine if the input tray sensors for a 500-sheet tray are working correctly.
To run the Sensor Test for 500-sheet trays:
1. Select the Sensor Test from INPUT TRAY TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select the input source from the sources displayed. All installed sources are displayed.
For example, Tray 1 may appear as follows:
L1=Input Tray level/empty Sensor 1
L2=Input Tray level/empty Sensor 2
P=Input Tray Pass Thru Sensor
Not all sensors display for all trays. Tray sensors are supported by the following sources:
3. Manually actuate each sensor. The tray empty sensor can be actuated by hand, however a sheet of paper
can be used to cover the pass thru sensor. When the sensor is closed, CL displays, when the sensor is
open, OP appears.
Tray 1
L1=CL L2=CL
Source L1 L2 P (Pass thru sensor)
Tray 1 Yes Yes Not present
Tray 2* Yes Yes Yes
Tray 3* Yes Yes Yes
Tray 4* Yes Yes Yes
Multipurpose Feeder Yes Not present Not present
* 2000-sheet trays may be in this position. See For 2000-sheet trays.
3-26 Service Manual
4924-xx
For 2000-sheet trays
This test can also be used to determine if the 2000-sheet tray sensors are working correctly.
1. Select Sensor Test from INPUT TRAY TESTS in the Diagnostics mode. for the tray you want to test.
The following is displayed:
The selected tray is displayed on line 1 <input tray> is either Tray 2, Tray 3, or Tray 4.
2. Manually actuate each tray sensor by moving the flag in and out of the sensor. OP (Open) appears when
the flag is out of the sensor, or CL (Closed) when the flag is in the sensor.
OUTPUT BIN TESTS
Feed Test
Feed to all Bins (if multiple bins are attached)
Sensor Test
Diverter Test (if 5-Bin mailbox is installed)
Feed Test
Note: If the Configure Bins printer setting is link rather than mailbox, the printer selects its own internal bin
linking regardless of which output bin is selected for the feed test.
This test verifies that media can be fed to a specific output bin. No information is printed on the media because
the printhead is not turned on during this test.
To run the Output Bin Feed Test:
1. Select Feed Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select the output bin you want the paper to exit into. All output bins installed on the printer are shown on
the feed test menu.
3. Select either Single (one sheet of media feeds to the selected output bin) or Continuous (media continues
feeding to the selected output bin) until Return or Stop is pressed.
Feed to All Bins
One page is fed to every bin, including the finisher, if available. The test runs continuously until Return or Stop
is pressed.
<input tray> EM=OP
NE=OP LE=OP SC=OP
EM =trays empty sensor
NE =trays near empty sensor
LE =trays paper level sensor
SC =input trays side cover sensor
4924-xx
Sensor Test
This test verifies if the output bin sensors are working correctly.
The following output sources, if installed, are supported by this test.
Standard Bin
Output Expander
5-Bin Mailbox
To run the Output Bin Sensor Test:
1. Select Sensor Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select the bin you want to test.
If Standard Bin is selected the following is displayed.
If Output Expander is selected the following is displayed:
If 5-Bin Mailbox is selected the following is displayed:
3. Once the selection is displayed you can manually actuate the sensor you want to test. When the sensor is
closed CL displays, and when the sensor is open OP displays.
4. To exit the test press Return or Stop.
Diverter Test
Note: This test checks the operation of each mailbox output diverter. Also if more than one 5-Bin mailbox option
is installed, the test checks all of the diverters installed on the printer.
When the test is selected from OUTPUT BIN TESTS in the Diagnostics mode, Diverter Test Running is
displayed.
This is a single test and ends upon completion.
Standard Bin
F=OP
F =Standard Bin Output Bin Full Sensor
<output bin>
P=OP F=OP NF=OP
P =Output Expander Pass Thru Sensor.
F =Output Expander Full Sensor
NF =Output Expander Near Full Sensor.
<output bin>
P1=OP P2=OP L=NL
P1 =5-Bin Mailbox first Pass Thru Sensor.
P2 =5-Bin Mailbox second Pass Thru Sensor.
L =5-Bin Mailbox output level sensor where:
EM indicates the bin is empty.
NL indicates the bin contains media but the bin is not
near full nor full.
NF indicates the bin is near full.
FL indicates the bin is full.
3-28 Service Manual
4924-xx
FINISHER TESTS
Staple Test
This test verifies the operation of the staple mechanism in the finisher.
To run the Staple Test:
Select Staple Test from FINISHER TESTS in the Diagnostics menu. The printer feeds eight pieces of media to
the finisher and accumulates all eight pieces in the accumulator. After the last sheet is accumulated, the pack is
stapled.
When the test is complete, the printer returns to the original screen.
Finisher Feed Test
This test verifies that media can be fed to the finisher output bin.
To run the Finisher Feed Test, select Finisher Feed Test from the menu. The printer feeds eight pieces of media
to the finisher output bin.
Note: The sheets fed for this test are blank.
This test cannot be canceled or terminated once the test has begun. When the test is complete the printer
returns to the original screen.
Finisher Sensor Test
This test determines if the finisher sensors are working correctly.
To run this test:
1. Select Finisher Sensor Test from FINISHER TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
If you Select Media 1 from the menu the following is displayed and the sensors polled:
Once the sensors are polled, the following is displayed and the sensors are ready to test:
Once this screen is displayed you can manually actuate each of the sensors. When the sensor is
closed, CL is displayed, when the sensor is open OP is displayed.
Media Path 1
testing............
Media Path 1
S1=OP S2=OP
S1 =Punch Timing Sensor A
S2 =Punch Timing Sensor B
4924-xx
If you select Media 2 from the menu the following is displayed and the sensors polled:
Once the sensors are polled the following is displayed and the sensors are ready to test.
Once the screen is displayed you can manually actuate each of the sensors. When the sensor is
closed, CL is displayed, when the sensor is open OP is displayed.
If you select Media 3 from the menu the following is displayed and the sensors polled:
Once the sensors are polled the following is displayed and the sensors are ready to test:
Once the screen is displayed you can manually actuate the sensor. When the sensor is closed, CL is
displayed, when the sensor is open OP is displayed.
If you select Media Level from the menu the following is displayed and the sensors polled:
Once the sensors are polled the following is displayed and the sensors are ready to test:
Once the screen is displayed you can manually actuate the sensor. When the sensor is closed, CL is
displayed, when the sensor is open OP is displayed.
2. To exit the sensor test, press Return or Stop.
Hole Punch Test
Use this test to verify that media can be fed to the Finisher output bin and hole punched. Letter or A4 size media
must be used in the source tray for this test. Eight sheets of blank paper are fed and holes punched with a three
hole or four hole pattern.
To run the test in Diagnostics Mode:
1. Select Hole Punch Tests from FINISHER TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select 3 Punch Test or 4 Punch Test.
3. Press Return after the test is complete to exit the test.
Media Path 2
Testing............
Media Path 2
S3=OP S4=OP
S3 =Inverter Jam Sensor
S4 =Drop Timing Sensor
Media Path 3
Testing..........
Media Path 3
S5=OP S6=OP
S5 =Exit Timing Sensor
Media Level
Testing...........
Media Level
S1=OP S2=OP
S1 =Tray limit switches
S2 =Paper surface sensor
3-30 Service Manual
4924-xx
BASE SENSOR TEST
Use the Base Sensor Test to determine that the sensors located inside the printer are operating correctly. The
following sensors can be checked using this test:
Input S1
Input S2
In-Line Media
Fuser exit sensor
K TMC sensor (black)
C TMC sensor (cyan)
M TMC sensor (magenta)
Y TMC sensor (yellow)
See Printer sensors on page 5-3 for locations for these sensors. See Cartridge contact assembly pin
locations (cyan, magenta and yellow) on page 5-4 or Cartridge contact assembly pin locations (black)
on page 5-5.
CAUTION: These sensors are near high voltage terminals to the print cartridge. Use a nonconducting item to
toggle these switches and not your hand.
To run the Base Sensor Test.
1. Select Base Sensor Test from BASE SENSOR TEST in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select the sensor to test.
OP for open and CL for closed are displayed.
3. Manually toggle the sensors by hand to verify that each sensor switches from open to closed.
DEVICE TESTS
Quick Disk Test
This test performs a non-destructive read/write on one block per track on the disk. The test reads one block on
each track, saves the data, and proceeds to write and read four test patterns to the bytes in the block. If the block
is good, the saved data is written back to the disk.
To run the Quick Disk Test:
1. Select Quick Disk Test from DEVICE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
The power indicator blinks while the test is in progress.
Quick Disk Test/Test Passed is displayed if the test passes and the power indicator turns on solid.
Quick Disk Test/Test Failed is displayed if the test failed and the power indicator turns on solid.
2. Press Go, Return, or Stop to return to the Device Tests menu.
4924-xx
Disk Test/Clean
Warning: This test destroys all data on the disk and should not be attempted on a good disk. This test may run
approximately 1 hours depending on the disk size.
To run the Disk Test/Clean Test:
1. Select Disk Test/Clean from DEVICE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
Files will be lost/Go or Stop? is displayed to warn the user.
2. To exit the test immediately and return to DEVICE TESTS, press Return or Stop. To continue with the test,
press Go.
If Go is selected, Disk Test/Clean/BAD:000000 00% is displayed. The screen updates periodically
indicating the percentage of test completed and the number of bad blocks found.
3. The power indicator blinks during the test. The test can be canceled anytime during the test by pressing
Return or Stop.
Once the test is complete, the power indicator turns on solid and a message displays.
xxxx Bad Blocks/yyyyyy Usable is displayed if fewer than 2000 bad blocks are detected. xxxx
indicates the number of bad blocks and yyyyyy indicates the number of usable blocks.
xxxx Bad Blocks/Replace Disk is displayed if more than 2000 bad blocks are detected. The disk
cannot be recovered because too many bad blocks exist on the disk.
4. Press Go, Return, or Stop to return to DEVICE TESTS.
Flash Test
This test causes the file system to write and read data on the flash to test the flash.
Warning: This test destroys all data on the flash because the flash is reformatted at the end of the test.
To run the Flash Test:
1. Select Flash Test from DEVICE TESTS in the Diagnostics mode.
The power indicator blinks while the test is running.
Flash Test/Test Passed is displayed if the test passes and the power indicator turns on solid.
Flash Test/Test Failed is displayed if the test fails and the power indicator turns on solid.
2. Press Go, Return, or Stop to return to DEVICE TESTS.
3-32 Service Manual
4924-xx
PRINTER SETUP
Defaults
This setting is used by the printer to determine whether US or non-US factory defaults should be selected. The
following printer settings have different US and non-US values:
Warning: Modification of the printer setting Defaults causes the NVRAM space to be restored to the printers
factory settings.
PAGE COUNTS
Color Page Count
Mono Page Count
Perm Page Count
Setting the page counts
The printers page count can be changed via the diagnostic menu. The Color and Mono Page Count can be
changed whenever the paper size sensing board is replaced.
Note: The Perm Page Count cannot be changed.
1. Select PAGE COUNTS from PRINTER SETUP in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select either Color Page Count or Mono Page Count.
When you have made the selection, a screen similar to the following is displayed:
3. The left most digit blinks, indicating it is the first digit to be changed. To change the value, press either
Menu until the desired value is displayed. Press Select to move to the next digit. The digit blinks. Continue
modifying each digit using this method. To skip a digit and keep its current value, press Select.
4. When you have completed selecting the final digit, press Select and the count is stored in NVRAM.
5. Press Return to return to PRINTER SETUP.
6. Select a new test or select Exit Diagnostics from the Diagnostic Menu.
Default values
Printer setting US value Non-US value
Paper size (paper feeding sources which do not have
hardware size sensing capabilities)
Letter A4
Envelope size
(Envelope feeding sources which do not have hardware size
sensing capability)
10 Envelope DL Envelope
Fax paper size Letter A4
PCL symbol set PC-8 PC-850
PPDS code page 437 850
Universal units of measure Inches Millimeters
Color Page Count
=1234567*
4924-xx
Viewing the permanent page count
The permanent page count can only be viewed from the operator panel and cannot be changed.
1. Select Perm Page Count from PRINTER SETUP in the Diagnostics mode.
2. A screen similar to the following screen displays when permanent page count is selected:
3. Press Return to return to PRINTER SETUP in the Diagnostics mode.
Serial Number
You can view the serial number.
Engine Setting x
Warning: Should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level support.
Model Name
You can view the model name.
Configuration ID
The configuration ID is used to communicate characteristics of certain areas of the printer that cannot be
determined by hardware sensors. The configuration ID is originally set when the printer is manufactured.
However, it needs to be reset when the system board or paper size sensing board are replaced.
1. Select Configuration ID from PRINTER SETUP in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Open the waste container door to locate a label above the waste container. The label contains the
configuration ID.
3. The leftmost digit blinks, indicating it is the first digit to be changed. To change the value, press Menu until
the desired value is displayed. Press Select to move to the next digit. The digit blinks. Continue modifying
each digit using this method. To skip a digit, and keep its current value, press Select.
4. When Select is pressed after the final digit, the configuration ID is validated. If the ID is invalid, the invalid
ID is displayed momentarily on the second line before the ID is displayed. If the ID is valid, then the ID is
stored in NVRAM and the printer automatically begins POR to activate the new setting.
Note: The printer begins POR in the normal mode, not in the diagnostic mode.
Note: If a configuration ID has not been set, and Check Configuration ID displays, then upon entry into
Diagnostics mode, Configuration ID is the only diagnostic function displayed until a valid ID is entered.
Edge to Edge
Turn Edge to Edge printing on or off.
Perm Page Count
=1234567*
Configuration ID
=1234567*
3-34 Service Manual
4924-xx
Reset Calibration
The Reset Calibration resets the TPS NVRAM values when initiated.
1. Select Reset Calibration from PRINTER SETUP in the Diagnostics mode and the following screen
displays:
Then the following screen is displayed:
2. The printer returns to the previous screen when calibration is complete.
Cal Ref Adj
EP SETUP
EP Defaults
Fuser Temp
DC Charge Adjustment
Dev Bias Adj
Transfer Adjust
EP Defaults
The EP Defaults is used to restore each of the printer settings contained in the EP Setup menu to their factory
default value.
To restore the EP Setup settings to factory defaults, select Restore.
To exit the menu without restoring the settings to the factory defaults, select Do Not Restore.
Fuser Temp
DC Charge Adjustment
Dev Bias Adj
Transfer Adjust
PRINTER SETUP
Reset Calibration
Resetting
Calibration
4924-xx
ERROR LOG
Display Log
The error log provides a history of printer errors. The error log contains the 12 most recent errors. The most
recent error appears in position 1 and the oldest error appears in position 12 (if 12 errors have occurred). If an
error occurs after the log is full, the oldest error is discarded. Identical errors in consecutive positions in the log
are entered. All 1xx, 2xx and 9xx error messages are stored in the error log. These errors are also shown in
Print Quality Pages.
To view the Error Log:
1. Select Display Log from ERROR LOG in the Diagnostics mode.
The Error log is displayed on three screens as only four entries display at a time.
2. Press Menu to move forward or backward and view additional lines.
3. Press Return or Stop to exit the Error Log.
Print Log
The history of printer errors can be printed. The first page of the error log contains a Printer Information section
similar to what is printed on a Menu Setting Page. Printed at the top of each page is the model name and serial
number to assist in tracking each page of a report to a specific printer. The printout of the log contains the
following information for each error in the log:
Page count when the error occurred (except for 900 service RIP software errors).
Code versions of all packages when error occurred.
Panel display when error occurred (except for 900 service RIP software errors).
Debug information and secondary error codes depending on the error.
The Clear Log operation clears out the errors that print in this report. The errors listed in the Display Log
operation do not necessarily match in number nor in order with the errors from the printer log.
Note: This log can be printed from configuration menu, but the debug and secondary error codes are not be
printed on this log.
3-36 Service Manual
4924-xx
Clear Log
To clear the Error Log:
1. Select Clear Log from ERROR LOG in the Diagnostics mode.
2. Select Yes to clear the Error Log or No to exit the Clear Log menu.
If Yes is selected, the Empty Error Log displays on the screen.
3. Press Return or Stop to exit the Clear Log menu.
EXIT DIAGNOSTICS
Select EXIT DIAGNOSTICS to exit the Diagnostics mode and return to normal mode.
HCIT standalone test mode
This test lets you check out and test the HCIT (2000-Sheet High Capacity Input Tray) without removing any
option or the base printer mounted above the optional HCIT.
Note: During normal operation, the red LED on the HCIT system board blinks on for one second and off for one
second.
Dip switch settings
Do the following steps to set and run the Test/Diagnostic:
1. Use the Dip Switch Settings table to determine the settings (DSW1 thru DSW4) on the HCIT control board
for the test you want to run.
2. Turn the HCIT power off by moving the LVPS slide switch to the left position.
3. Press and hold the Push Button Switch PBSW1 while moving the LVPS slide switch to the right position.
The red LED on the HCIT control board comes on.
4. Press PBSW1 to feed paper.
5. Press PBSW1 to stop feeding paper.
Dip switch settings
DSW1 DSW2 DSW3 DSW4 Mode
Off Off Off N/A Set for shipping
Off Off On N/A The Mirror Reflection Sensors must be adjusted anytime the
sensors are replaced.
Off On Off N/A EEPROM Initialize
Off On On N/A Not used
On Off Off N/A Paperless Operation Mode
On Off On N/A Self Operation Mode
On On Off N/A Standalone Feeding Operation Mode
On On On N/A Not used
Repair information 4-1
4924-xx
4. Repair information
Electrical Safety
Handling ESD-sensitive parts
Warning: Read the following before handling electronic parts.
Many electronic products use parts that are known to be sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). To prevent
damage to ESD-sensitive parts, use the following instructions in addition to all the usual precautions, such as
turning off power before removing logic boards:
Keep the ESD-sensitive part in its original shipping container (a special ESD bag) until you are ready to
install the part into the machine.
Make the least-possible movements with your body to prevent an increase of static electricity from clothing
fibers, carpets, and furniture.
Put the ESD wrist strap on your wrist. Connect the wrist band to the system ground point. This discharges
any static electricity in your body to the machine.
Hold the ESD-sensitive part by its edge connector shroud (cover); do not touch its pins. If you are removing
a pluggable module, use the correct tool.
Do not place the ESD-sensitive part on the machine cover or on a metal table; if you need to put down the
ESD-sensitive part for any reason, first put it into its special bag.
Machine covers and metal tables are electrical grounds. They increase the risk of damage because they
make a discharge path from your body through the ESD-sensitive part. (Large metal objects can be
discharge paths without being grounded.)
Prevent ESD-sensitive parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel. Install machine covers
when you are not working on the machine, and do not put unprotected ESD-sensitive parts on a table.
If possible, keep all ESD-sensitive parts in a grounded metal cabinet (case).
Be extra careful in working with ESD-sensitive parts when cold-weather heating is used because low
humidity increases static electricity.
DANGER
<1-13>
Do not connect or disconnect a communication port, a teleport, or
any other connector during an electrical storm.
DANGER <1-14>
Switch off printer power and unplug the printer power cord before
connecting or disconnecting a communication port, a teleport, or
any other attachment connector.
4-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
Screw identification table
The following table contains screw types, locations, and quantities necessary to service the printer. Pay careful
attention to each screw type location when doing removals. You must install the correct screw type in each
location during reassembly.
Reference
number
Screw type Location Purpose Qty
002 4-40 Machine Parallel connector to shield Attach 2
102 M3.5x8 mm
Thread Cutting
Cartridge guides to upper frame Attach 8
Upper front cover to cartridge guides Attach 4
Front cover pivot to front upper cover Attach 2
Front left light shield to upper front cover Attach 1
121 M3.5x6 mm
Machine
LVPS to lower frame Mounting 7
Right rear cover to LVPS Attach 1
HVPS standoffs to upper frame Mounting 4
133 M3x8 mm
Panhead
Door handle to cover Attach 2
Detent housing to cover Attach 1
Door spring shields to cover Attach 4
214 M3.5x10 mm
Machine
ITU motor to gearbox Mounting 4
4924-xx
232 M3x6 mm Taptite
Metal Thread
Forming
Ground cable to right front cover support
and upper frame.
Attach 2
Blank INA covers to system card shield Mounting 2
Rear V-block plate to upper frame Mounting 1
Transfer HVPS to card shield Attach 1
Media size card to support plate Attach 3
Black bellcrank studs Mounting 2
Ground cable to bottom support plate
shield support assembly
Attach 2
Rear cover to card shield Attach 6
Ground cable strap to system card shield
assembly
Attach 1
Card shield to card support plate Attach 2
System card to shield Mounting 8
Card shield cover to card shield Attach 4
USB connector to shield Mounting 1
312 M2.9x6 mm Plastite Front access door assembly Mounting 3
ITU switch housing to light shield Attach 1
Duplex baffle to lower right door Attach 4
Front and rear latches to lower right door Mounting 2
Bias latch cover to door Attach 1
MPF asm to MPF door Attach 6
Support bracket to MPF door Attach 4
MPF cable cover to door asm Mounting 1
MPF latch support brackets to upper frame Attach 2
Voltage cable to terminal (BOR/ITU) black Attach 1
Voltage cable to terminal (BOR/ITU) cyan Attach 1
Voltage cable to terminal (BOR/ITU)
Magenta
Attach 1
Voltage cable to terminal (BOR/ITU) yellow Attach 1
Thermistor to printheads Attach 8
Guides to V-blocks Attach 8
323 M3.5x8 mm
Plastite Thread
Forming
Frame support back plate to lower frame Attach 2
Door latch catch to frame Attach 2
Transfer HVPS to lower frame Mounting 2
Fuser top duct to lower frame Attach 1
Right front cover support to lower frame Attach 1
Front lower left cover to lower frame Attach 1
Front left handle cover asm to lower frame Attach 4
Front lower right cover to lower frame Attach 1
Front right handle cover asm to lower frame Attach 4
Right front cover to lower frame Attach 2
Reference
number
4-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
323 M3.5x8 mm
Plastite Thread
Forming
(continued)
Left lower cover to lower frame Attach 2
Left upper cover asm to lower frame Attach 2
Left upper cover asm to upper frame Attach 1
Left lower pivot to lower frame Attach 2
Left upper pivot lower frame Attach 1
Rear cover to lower frame, left cover Attach 6
Rear fan cover to lower frame and top
cover
Attach 4
RIP fan assembly to upper frame Attach 1
Cartridge contact caps to housing Attach 8
Rear cover to lower frame, left cover and
top cover
Attach 10
Top cover asm to upper front cover Attach 3
Top cover asm to card shield Attach 1
ITU light shield asm to upper front guide
ITU
Attach 1
Ribs to upper redrive door Mounting 5
Upper door hinges to upper frame (redrive) Mounting 2
Inner redrive asm to upper frame (redrive) Mounting 2
Developer HVPS to cartridge contact asm Mounting 4
BOR drive asm to upper frame Mounting 1
ITU drive asm to lower frame Mounting 3
Fuser drive asm to lower frame Mounting 4
Vacuum top duct to lower frame Mounting 2
Toner shield to lower frame Attach 4
Upper deflector to lower frame
(PF XPORT)
Mounting 2
VTB asm to lower frame (PF XPORT) Mounting 3
Inner deflector to lower frame (PF XPORT) Attach 1
Jam access spring to VTB asm
(PF XPORT)
Attach 1
500 pick assembly to lower frame Mounting 3
Paper size sensing assembly to lower
frame
Mounting 1
Paper level sensing assembly to lower
frame
Mounting 3
Duplex actuator bracket to lower frame Mounting 2
Fuser top duct to lower frame Mounting 1
Tray interlock bellcrank to lower frame Attach 1
Front left light shield to upper front cover
and front left handle assembly
Mounting 2
Card support plate to frame Mounting 2
Card shield to lower frame Mounting 3
Reference
number
4924-xx
324 M3.5x10 mm
Plastite Thread
Forming
Transfer HVPS/RIP fan asm to RIP shield Attach 1
Front left light shield to left upper cover asm
and top cover
Attach 1
Front right light shield to right front cover
support and top cover
Attach 1
Cartridge drive assemblies to upper frame Mounting 12
Upper door hinges to upper frame (redrive) Attach 2
Inner redrive assembly to upper frame Mounting 2
Paper level sensing assembly to lower
frame
Mounting 3
Inner deflector/pick assembly to lower
frame
Mounting 1
RIP fan to RIP fan duct Attach 2
412 2.9x5.2 mm Plastite Hinge restraint to door (MPF) SEMS Attach 1
423 M3.5x9 mm Plastite Tray bias bellcrank to tray Mounting 1
484 M3.5x14 mm
Machine Panhead
Printhead to upper frame Mounting 12
Reference
number
4-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
Removal procedures
CAUTION: Remove the power cord from the printer or electrical outlet before you connect or
disconnect any cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to
the printer. Disconnect any connections between the printer and PCs/peripherals. The Infoprint
1454/1464n weighs approximately 47.7 kg (105 lb) and requires at least two people to lift it safely.
Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down.
Note: Some removal procedures require removing cable ties. You must replace cable ties during reassembly to
avoid pinching wires, obstructing the paper path, or restricting mechanical movement.
Top cover assembly
Go to Top cover assembly on page 7-3 for part number.
1. Remove the redrive cap.
2. Remove the right light shield screw (A) type 324 on page 4-5 and screw (B) 323 on page 4-3. Also
release (C).
4924-xx
3. Remove the right light shield.
4. Unsnap the bottom of the operator panel bezel and remove.
5. Remove the top cover mounting screws (D) from the front of the printer.
4-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
6. Remove the top cover screws (E) type 323 on page 4-4 from the rear of the printer.
7. Open the MPF and remove the top cover screw (F) type 323 on page 4-4 from the left side of the printer.
8. Remove four screws (G) holding the outer system board shield.
4924-xx
9. Disconnect the cable from J2 (H) on the system board and pull the cable through the inner system board
shield.
10. Remove the top cover.
4-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
Front lower left cover
Go to Front lower left cover on page 7-3 for part numbers.
1. Remove the paper tray.
2. Open the front cover.
3. Open the paper path access door and carefully remove screw (A) type 323 on page 4-3, and close the
door.
4. Tape front jam access door (B) if tape is available, to help hold the door in place.
The spring loaded door is difficult to reassemble. Avoid disassembly of the door, unless you need to
replace the paper path access door.
5. Remove the screw (C) in the front left handle cover assembly.
4924-xx
6. Remove the front lower left cover with the paper path door attached.
Paper path access door cover
Go to Paper path access door on page 7-3 for part numbers.
1. Remove the front lower left cover. See Front lower left cover on page 4-10.
2. Separate the paper path access door cover and the front lower left cover.
Note: Do not lose the spring.
Front left handle cover assembly
Go to Front left handle cover assembly on page 7-3 for part number.
2. Remove the three front left handle cover assembly screws (A) type 323 on page 4-3 and remove the
assembly.
4-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
Front lower right cover
1. Remove tray.
2. Remove front right handle cover assembly. See Front right handle cover assembly on page 4-13.
3. Open the paper path access door and remove the left lower cover screw (A) type 323 on page 4-3.
4. Close the paper path access door and tape front jam access door (B) if tape is available, to help hold the
door in place.
The spring loaded latch is difficult to reassemble. Avoid unlatching the left side, if you just need access to
the right screw.
4924-xx
5. Remove the screw (C) from the front lower right cover.
6. Remove the assembly.
Front right handle cover assembly
Go to Front right handle cover assembly on page 7-3 for part number.
2. Remove the four front right handle cover assembly screws (A) type 323 on page 4-3 and the screw (B)
from the front lower right cover.
3. Remove the assembly.
4-14 Service Manual
4924-xx
Front cover assembly
Go to Front cover assembly (1454 only) on page 7-3 for part number.
1. Open the front cover assembly.
2. Remove the detent post tension spring (A).
A
4924-xx
4. Hold the front cover and remove the two screws (B) from the upper front pivot cover.
5. Remove the front cover assembly.
4-16 Service Manual
4924-xx
Rear cover
Go to Rear cover on page 7-5 for part number.
1. Remove the outer system board shield. See Outer system board shield on page 4-51.
2. Remove 12 rear cover screws (A) type 232 on page 4-3 and type 323 on page 4-3.
3. Open MPF door.
4924-xx
4. Remove two screws (B).
5. Remove tabs (C) from slots (D).
6. Remove the rear cover.
Note: Make sure the toroid (E) is positioned at the edge of the inner system board shield.
4-18 Service Manual
4924-xx
Lower right door assembly
Go to Lower right door assembly on page 7-3 for part number.
1. Open the lower right door assembly.
2. Remove the front lower right cover. See Front lower right cover on page 4-12.
3. Loosen the two screws (A).
4. Remove the lower right door assembly.
Left lower cover
See Fuser assembly on page 7-7 for part numbers
1. Remove the lower jam access door assembly. See Lower jam access door assembly on page 4-19.
2. Remove the left lower cover screws (A) type 323 on page 4-3 and remove the cover.
A
4924-xx
Lower jam access door assembly
Go to Cover, left lower on page 7-5 for part number.
1. Remove the paper path access door cover. See Paper path access door cover on page 4-11.
2. Remove the front left handle cover assembly. See Front left handle cover assembly on page 4-11.
3. Remove the lower jam access door assembly screws (A) type 323 on page 4-3 and remove the door.
Redrive door
Go to Redrive door assembly on page 7-12 for part number.
1. Open the redrive door.
2. Loosen the redrive door upper hinge screw (A) type 324 on page 4-5.
3. Lift the redrive door from the hinge (B) and remove the redrive door.
A(323)
A(324) B
4-20 Service Manual
4924-xx
Autocompensator pick assembly
1. Remove the ITU assembly. See ITU assembly on page 4-40.
2. Remove tray 1.
3. Remove the transfer plate. Lifting and rotating the right edge of the plate up to a 45angle releases the
transfer plate. Remove the grounding strap (A) attached to the bottom of the transfer plate.
A
4924-xx
4. Remove the black mylar piece by removing the two screws (B) or cutting the cable tie.
6. Remove the three screws (C) type 323 on page 4-3 to remove the front left handle cover assembly.
7. Remove the pin (D) that holds in the MPF swing arm assembly.
B
D
4-22 Service Manual
4924-xx
8. Remove the MPF swing arm assembly (E).
9. Remove the paper level sensor. There are two screws located under the back VTB belt. Remove both of
them along with a third that is located at the rear pivot point for the transfer plate (F). This allows the paper
level assembly to drop into the cavity that the tray is inserted into. Disconnect the cable from the paper level
sensor. Pull the paper lever sensor cable up through the opening. Remove the paper level sensor
assembly.
F
F
Left Side View
Front View
4924-xx
10. Disconnect the pick motor connector (G).
Paper Level Sensor
4-24 Service Manual
4924-xx
11. Remove four screws (H) holding the pick assembly in place.
12. Push the bellcrank (I) in to allow the pick arm to fall to the bottom of the tray.
I
4924-xx
13. Disconnect the spring clip (J) from the pick arm. Be sure not to let the spring come off of the lower frame.
Also identify which pegs the spring clip is sitting on. These pegs are typically marked with white paint.
14. Leaving the pick arm down, lift the pick assembly and slide it toward the back of the machine and drop it
through the holes located next to the brackets.
4-26 Service Manual
4924-xx
15. Put the new pick assembly into the printer. Make sure the pick motor connector is placed through the holes
before you insert the brackets. Make sure the boss (K) on the pick arm is on top of the bellcrank so it can
raise and lower the arm.
16. Lift the pick assembly to insert the brackets up through the appropriate openings. Once the pick assembly
brackets are through their openings, slide the assembly toward the front of the machine until the half moon
on the bracket is against the locator pin (L).
L
4924-xx
17. Reattach the spring clip to the pick arm. Make sure the pick arm rotates freely from top to bottom in the
machine.
18. Once the pick assembly is in place, put the four screws for the pick assembly back into place. Placing the
front side screw in first makes it easier to put in the rest of the screws. When starting the front screw, push
the pick assembly towards the front of the printer.
19. Reconnect the connectors.
20. Reattach the paper lever sensor (three screws).
21. Position the mylar piece using two screws or one cable tie. When you place the mylar piece, make sure you
place it back under the metal bar (M) under the inner deflector. if a cable tie is used to secure the mylar
piece, make sure that the blue cable running under the mylar piece is retained by the cable tie.
M
4-28 Service Manual
4924-xx
BOR drive assembly
See Motor assembly, Lift/BOR on page 7-25 for part numbers.
2. Remove the yellow toner cartridge.
3. Remove the front right light shield cover. See Front right light shield on page 4-34.
4. Remove the BOR housing assembly screw (A) type 323 on page 4-3 and remove the assembly.
Note: Gear (B) can easily fall from the assembly. Be careful not to drop the gear.
4924-xx
Cartridge contact assembly
Go to Cartridge contact assembly on page 7-26 for part numbers.
Warning: Do not remove printheads.
2. Remove the toner cartridges.
4. Remove the top cover assembly. See Top cover assembly on page 4-6.
5. Remove the developer HVPS board. See Developer HVPS board on page 4-31.
6. Remove the cartridge rail front and rear mounting screws and remove the rail of selected cartridge
assembly.
7. Press the cartridge contact assembly (yellow shown) retaining tabs (A) and remove the assembly.
8. Remove the screw (B) from the front of the printhead.
9. Remove the screws for the contact assembly you are removing.
4-30 Service Manual
4924-xx
Cartridge drive assembly
Note: Drive assemblies must be removed in the following order until the desired assembly can be removed:
Black
Magenta
Cyan
Yellow
Go to Cartridge drive assembly, cyan/magenta/black (one drive assembly per package) on page 7-27 for
part number.
1. Remove inner system board shield. See Inner system board shield on page 4-39.
2. Remove the cartridge drive assembly mounting screws (A). Black is shown.
3. Disconnect the cable (B) from the cartridge drive assembly.
4. Remove the cartridge drive assembly.
4924-xx
Developer HVPS board
Go to Developer HVPS board on page 7-32 for part numbers.
1. Remove inner system board shield. See Inner system board shield on page 4-39.
2. Remove four top machine screws (A) type 323 on page 4-3 and four bottom screws (B) type 121 on
page 4-2 from the developer HVPS board.
3. Remove all connectors (C) from the left board.
C
4-32 Service Manual
4924-xx
4. Remove connectors (D) from the right board.
5. Remove the developer HVPS boards.
Note: If you have a one piece Developer HVPS board, you can ignore steps 5 and 6.
6. Reconnect the HVPS boards.
Installation note:
1. Disconnect the cable between boards.
Note: You have a one piece Developer HVPS board.
2. Install the large board by attaching the bottom screws loosely, attach the top screws, then tighten the
bottom screws.
3. Connect the boards
4. Install the small board in the same manner as the large board.
Note: When replacing the developer HVPS, whether one piece or two piece, verify the TMC switches are
properly functioning by performing the Base Sensor Test for the black, cyan, yellow and magenta sensors.
See BASE SENSOR TEST on page 3-30. If a sensor fails the test, realign the developer HVPS boards
and rerun the test.
D
4924-xx
Friction buckler
Go to Friction buckler on page 7-17 for part numbers
1. Press the multipurpose feeder (MPF) latch to disconnect the MPF.
2. Use needlenose pliers to remove the buckler housing (A).
3. Replace the friction buckler (B).
4-34 Service Manual
4924-xx
Front right light shield
Go to Front right light shield cover on page 7-3 for part numbers
1. Open the top cover.
2. Remove the front right light shield screws (A) and (B).
3. Unlatch the alignment stud (C).
4924-xx
Fuser assembly
CAUTION: Be sure the fuser assembly has cooled before you remove it.
Go to Fuser assembly on page 7-7 for part numbers.
1. Open the lower right door assembly and redrive door.
2. Unlatch the two fuser latches (A).
3. Remove the fuser assembly.
A
4-36 Service Manual
4924-xx
Fuser bottom duct
Go to Fuser bottom duct on page 7-5 for part number.
1. Remove the fuser assembly. See Fuser assembly on page 4-35.
2. Remove the fuser top duct. See Fuser top duct on page 4-39.
3. Remove the redrive belt cover duct (A).
4. Remove fuser left duct (B).
5. Remove fuser bottom duct.
4924-xx
Fuser drive assembly
Go to Fuser drive assembly on page 7-8 for part number.
1. Remove the fuser bottom duct. See Fuser bottom duct on page 4-36.
2. Swing lever (A) and disengage VTB shaft.
3. Remove the fuser drive assembly screws (A) type 323 on page 4-3 and remove the assembly.
Fuser drive card assembly
Go to Card assembly - fuser drive on page 7-8 for part number.
1. Remove the rear cover. See Rear cover on page 4-16.
2. Remove the fuser fan. See Fuser fan on page 4-38.
3. Disconnect the cable (A).
4. Remove the three screws (B).
4-38 Service Manual
4924-xx
Fuser fan
Go to Fuser fan assembly with cable on page 7-33 for part number.
1. Remove rear cover. See Rear cover on page 4-16.
2. Disconnect the fuser fan cable from connector J31 on the system board.
3. Remove the fuser fan screws (A) and remove the fan.
4924-xx
Fuser top duct
Go to Fuser top duct on page 7-5 for part number.
2. Remove the fuser top duct screw (B) and disconnect tab (A).
3. Remove the top duct.
Inner system board shield
Go to System board shield assembly with clips on page 7-31 for part number.
1. Remove the top cover assembly. See Top cover assembly on page 4-6.
3. Remove the transfer HVPS board. See Transfer HVPS board on page 4-70.
4. Remove the system board. See System board on page 4-69.
5. Remove ground wire screw (A) and the cable straps (B).
4-40 Service Manual
4924-xx
6. Remove the five screws (C).
7. Lay the inner system board shield out of the way.
Note: If you need to remove the toroid, unclip the fastener.
ITU assembly
Go to ITU assembly on page 7-20 for part number.
2. Remove the toner cartridges.
3. Open the MPF to the lowest position.
4924-xx
4. Raise the ITU release lever (A) and slide the ITU from the printer.
ITU drive assembly
Go to ITU drive assembly with motor and waste toner full switch on page 7-39 for part number.
1. Remove the black cartridge drive assembly. See the removal for the Cartridge drive assembly on
page 4-30.
2. Disconnect the ITU drive coupling cable (A).
A
4-42 Service Manual
4924-xx
3. Cut the two cable ties (B).
4. Remove the three ITU drive assembly mounting screws (C) and disconnect the ITU drive motor cable (D).
5. Move the bottom of the ITU drive assembly toward you as you rotate the top of the assembly out of the
printer. Be careful not to damage the large drive gear as you remove the ITU drive assembly.
ITU drive motor
Go to ITU drive motor assembly on page 7-21 for part number.
1. Remove the black cartridge drive assembly. See the removal for the Cartridge drive assembly on
page 4-30.
2. Remove the ITU drive motor mounting screws (B), disconnect the cable (A), and remove the motor.
C B B D
4924-xx
LVPS assembly
Go to LVPS, 115V/230V switchable on page 7-29 for part number.
Note: Set the voltage range switch to the proper power setting for the geographic area you are in.
1. Remove the fuser drive assembly. See Fuser drive assembly on page 4-37.
3. Disconnect the J33 and J35 cables from the system board.
4. Remove the four LVPS screws (A) type 121 on page 4-2 from the rear of the printer.
5. Remove the right rear cover screw (B) type 121 on page 4-2.
4-44 Service Manual
4924-xx
6. Remove the screw (C) type 121 on page 4-2 from the top of the LVPS and remove the LVPS from the
printer.
Installation notes
When installing the new power supply, set the voltage range switch to the proper power setting for the
geographic area you are in.
Be sure to set the voltage range selector switch (A) on the LVPS to the proper setting.
4924-xx
Multipurpose feeder (MPF)
Go to Multipurpose feeder (MPF) on page 7-17 for part numbers.
1. Open the MPF to the lowest position.
2. Remove the MPF cable cover screw (A).
3. Place flatblade screwdriver in the slot (B) on the MPF cable cover and gently pry open the cover.
4-46 Service Manual
4924-xx
4. Disconnect the MPF switch cable from the MPF sensor (C).
5. Pull the MPF cable free of the enclosure and out from under the cable retainer (D).
6. Remove the MPF strap screw (E) type 412 on page 4-5.
4924-xx
7. Release the MPF latch (F) and remove the MPF.
Nip relief handle
Go to Nip relief handle on page 7-15 for part number.
1. Remove the left lower cover to access the nip relief handle. See Left lower cover on page 4-18.
2. Remove waste toner container.
3. Reinsert paper tray into printer.
4. Remove the broken pieces of old handle.
a. Pull up the upper piece of handle to raise the nip relief link (A) and rotate upper piece of handle 90
clockwise to free it from the nip relief link.
4-48 Service Manual
4924-xx
b. Pull down the lower portion of the broken handle as far as it goes. Rotate the handle to slide off the
post.
Installation notes
1. Rotate the new nip relief handle into place to connect it to the nip relief link (A).
2. Using a screwdriver, gently pry the nip relief lever (B) toward the rear of the machine and insert lower
portion of the handle so that it is between the nip relief lever and the reference edge plate (C).
4924-xx
3. Holding the handle in place, use a flathead screwdriver to gently pry up on the top portion of the nip relief
lever allowing the handle to snap into place onto the post using moderate force.
4. Once the handle snaps onto the post, press the upper portion of the handle to the right and rotate the
handle into its home position.
This seats the nip relief lever into the correct position.
5. Check for proper operation
6. Install the waste toner container.
7. Replace the covers.
4-50 Service Manual
4924-xx
Operator panel
Go to Operator panel assembly on page 7-3 for the part number.
1. Open the front cover assembly.
3. Unlatch the operator panel latches (A).
4924-xx
4. Disconnect the operator panel cable from the operator panel and remove the panel.
Outer system board shield
Go to System board outer shield on page 7-31 for part number.
1. Remove four screws (A).
2. Remove outer system board shield.
4-52 Service Manual
4924-xx
Paper size sensing assembly
Go to Paper size sensing assembly on page 7-51 for part number.
1. Enter Diagnostics mode. Power up the printer in Diagnostics mode (holding Go and Return until
Performing Self Test appears.).
2. Print the Quick Test Page, if possible. Retain this sheet to verify the installation.
a. Select REGISTRATION.
b. Press Go to print the page.
4. Remove the inner system board shield. See Inner system board shield on page 4-39.
5. Open the waste toner container door and slide the container out.
6. Remove the two screws (A) on the lower shield and remove the ground wire screw (B).
7. Remove screw (C) from the paper size sensing assembly.
4924-xx
8. Gently twist and remove the paper size sensing assembly. As shown, the assembly touches at the
spring (D), the fingers (E), the bottom (F), and the right side (G). This also occurs when replacing the
assembly.
Replacing the paper size sensing assembly:
1. Press on the back of the paper size sensing assembly fingers (H).
4-54 Service Manual
4924-xx
2. Move the assembly down to the bottom of the aligning hole. Be careful with the exposed fingers. Do not
allow them to press against the black plastic frame.
3. Gently wiggle the entire assembly and press in and around the corner to the right.
4. Grasp the rectangular piece (J) of the paper size sensing assembly and move up and to the left until the
screw hole (K) lines up.
5. Reinstall the ground screw, inner system board shield, waste toner container, outer system board shield,
and the covers.
6. Power up the printer in Diagnostics mode (holding Go and Return until Performing Self Test appears.)
7. Verify the model name to make sure the correct paper size sensing board is installed.
a. Select PRINTER SETUP from the Diagnostics mode.
b. Select Model Name.
The model name should match the model name on the Quick Test Page or on the printer logo. If it
does not, you have the wrong paper size sensing board.
8. Verify or change the serial number to the number on the Quick Test Page or on the printer.
a. Select Serial Number from PRINTER SETUP in the Diagnostics mode.
b. The leftmost digit blinks, indicating it is the first digit to be changed. To change the value, press Menu
until the desired value is displayed. Press Select to move to the next digit. The digit blinks. Continue
modifying each digit using this method. To skip a digit, and keep its current value, press Select.
9. Perform the Motor Detect test.
a. Remove all the print cartridges from the printer and close the cover.
b. Select Motor Detect from MISC TESTS.
c. Press Go.
Motor Detection in Progress is displayed.
The test lasts approximately ten seconds. No buttons are active during detection and the test
completes automatically.
10. Turn off the printer.
11. Replace the print cartridges.
12. Power up the printer in Diagnostics mode (holding Go and Return until Perfoming Self Test Appears.)
13. Set the Configuration ID. See Configuration ID on page 3-33. The printer will POR.
14. Turn the printer off and power up the printer in Diagnostics mode (holding Go and Return until Performing
Self Test appears.)
15. Set the registration. See REGISTRATION on page 3-14. Refer to settings on the Quick Test Page you
printed at the beginning of this removal.
16. Set the alignment. See ALIGNMENT MENU on page 3-15. Refer to settings on the Quick Test Page.
Paper size sensing board
4924-xx
Warning: Whenever the paper size sensing board is removed, customer settings in the NVRAM may be lost.
The Motor Detect test must be performed if the NVRAM contents are lost during the replacement of
a paper size sensing board. See Motor Detect on page 3-17.
Go to Paper size sensing on page 7-14 for part number.
1. Print the Quality Test Pages. See Prt Quality Pgs on page 3-9.
Save the margin settings so they can be reentered after replacing the board.
3. Disconnect the cables.
4. Remove the paper size sensing board screws (A).
5. Remove the board.
Pick rolls
Go to Pick roll tires (2 per pack) on page 7-51 for part number.
Front roll
1. Wipe any toner or debris from the bottom pan to avoid contaminating the pick rolls.
2. Pull the pick assembly down into the bottom pan and remove the screw.
Note: Do not attempt to remove either the shaft or the clutch races.
4-56 Service Manual
4924-xx
Rear roll
Reach around and depress the latch on the side of the shaft and remove the roll.
Installation notes:
Replace both rolls at the same time.
When you replace the front roll, make sure the roll is pressed against the shaft and the screw is fastened all
the way down.
When replacing both the front and back rolls, note the directional markings on the roll and make sure the
rolls turn clockwise when viewed from the front. Check out the directional arrows in the pictures. Verify the
rolls turn freely.
4924-xx
Printhead removal and adjustments
Identifying the printheads
A color version of this sheet is available in the appendix. SeeIdentifying the printheads on page A-4.
Warning: Do not loosen or remove all printheads at the same time. If all printheads are loosened or removed,
your reference to readjust will be lost.
Notes:
Whenever a printhead is removed, it is necessary to perform the Printhead mechanical alignment on
page 4-58 and Printhead electronic alignment on page 4-60.
The front cover must be installed and closed before any printhead alignment can be performed. It is not
necessary to remove the cover to access the printheads.
If there is a protective lens cover on the new printhead, it must be removed before installing the
replacement printhead.
4-58 Service Manual
4924-xx
Printhead mechanical alignment
1. Install two printhead alignment assemblies, one in the front and another in the rear (see Figure 2 and
Figure 3), by aligning the locating pin on the printhead alignment bracket (see Figure 1) with the hole in the
printer frame.
2. Attach the printhead alignment tool with the provided screw.
Thumbwheel Bracket Locating pin
Figure 1
4924-xx
3. Turn the thumbwheel (see Figure 1) until the end of the thumbwheel just touches the printhead mounting
beam for both the front and rear alignment assemblies.
4. Remove the old printhead and install a new printhead assembly. Do not tighten the printhead screws yet.
Note: Make sure the right rear screw goes through the printhead spacer located at the right rear of the
printer frame.
5. Bias the new printhead assembly against the front and rear stops.
6. Tighten the right rear printhead mounting screw. Then, tighten the front screw followed by the left rear
screw. Make sure the printhead is biased against the thumbwheels when tightening the screws.
7. Securely close the front cover or reattach if previously removed.
8. Turn the printer on and enter the Diagnostics mode.
9. If replacing the black printhead go to step 10. Otherwise, select Alignment, select color of the printhead
that was replaced, and set the Z value to zero. Exit Alignment menu.
10. Select Miscellaneous Test and Printhead Inst Alignment.
4-60 Service Manual
4924-xx
11. Print the Printhead Mechanical Alignment Test page to determine the printhead alignment.
Note: To see a printhead mechanical alignment test in color page, see Printhead mechanical alignment test
page on page B-9.
12. Loosen the printhead screws before making any adjustments to the thumbwheel.
13. Turn each thumbwheel the appropriate number of clicks as indicated by the test page. For example, if the
test page indicates a +10 as the misalignment, turn the thumbwheel 10 clicks in the positive direction
indicated on the test page. Do this for both the front and rear printhead.
14. Bias the printhead up against both thumbwheels, and hold in place when tightening printhead mounting
screws.
15. Tighten the right rear printhead mounting screw. Then tighten the front screw followed by the left rear
screw. Make sure the printhead is biased against the thumbwheels when tightening the screws.
16. Print another Printhead Mechanical Alignment Test Page to verify printhead alignment.
17. If the printhead alignment is within 5 for both front and rear positions, then proceed to electronic
alignment procedure. If not, repeat steps 12 through 16, until alignment is within 5.
Note: When replacing the black printhead there is no Z value to reset. After the black printhead is mechanically
aligned to the magenta printhead, it is necessary to electronically align the three color printheads to the new
black printhead.
Printhead electronic alignment
After completing all mechanical adjustments return to Alignment Menu. See ALIGNMENT MENU on
page 3-15 to electronically align the cyan, magenta, or yellow printheads to black.
4924-xx
Rear bellcrank (cyan, magenta, yellow)
1. Power off the printer.
2. Remove the four toner cartridges and leave the front door open.
4. Check each of the rear bellcranks for cracks or breakage.
5. Remove the spring (A).
4-62 Service Manual
4924-xx
6. Rotate the contact end of the bellcrank down (B) and remove. Be careful not to lose the contact spring (C).
Installation note
Replace the bellcranks by reversing the order of removal.
Note: Test the color coverage by running the Print Quality Pages in the Diagnostics or Configuration Menu.
4924-xx
Rear bellcrank (black)
1. Power off the printer.
2. Remove the four toner cartridges and leave the front door open.
4. Check each of the rear bellcranks for cracks or breakage.
5. Remove the spring.
6. Remove the stop screw (A) and two washers (B). Be careful not to lose the washers. Recommend using a
magnetic tipped screwdriver to remove the screw.
4-64 Service Manual
4924-xx
7. Rotate the contact end of the bellcrank down (C) and remove. Be careful not to lose the spring (D).
Installation note
Replace the bellcranks by using reverse order of removal.
Note: Test the color coverage by running the Print Quality Pages in the Diagnostics or Configuration Menu.
4924-xx
Redrive assembly
Go to Redrive assembly on page 7-12 for part number.
1. Remove the redrive door. See Redrive door on page 4-19.
3. Remove the redrive assembly screw (A) type 323 on page 4-3.
4. Remove the drive belt (B) from the lower redrive pulley.
5. Remove the redrive assembly.
Note: When you reinstall the redrive assembly be sure to align the notch in the redrive assembly with tab (C).
A(323)
4-66 Service Manual
4924-xx
Registration motor
1. Remove the system board shield.
2. Remove the registration motor mounting screws (B), cut the cable tie (A), and remove the assembly.
RIP fan
Go to RIP fan, 92 mm on page 7-33 for part number.
2. Remove the two rip fan rear screws (A).
3. Remove the front rip fan screw (B)
4. Disconnect the rip fan cable from the system board at connector J3.
5. Remove the rip fan.
A B(323) A(324)
4924-xx
S2/narrow media/transparency/multipurpose feeder cable
1. Remove the J21 connector cable to allow space. Note the route it shares with the sensor cable assembly
through the frame.
2. Route the new cable connector through the rectangular opening in the upper frame and out through the
opening in the lower frame.
Note: Guiding the cable through the small opening requires patience. Use the following diagram as a guide.
Installation notes
When replacing the cable tie (A), make sure the tape on the cable protects the cable at the opening in the
frame (B) and is not pinched or obstructs the MPF door.
Make sure the cable at point C is clear of sharp edges.
4-68 Service Manual
4924-xx
S2/narrow media/transparency/multipurpose feeder sensors
Replace only the necessary sensors.
Second transfer roll
Go to Second transfer roll on page 7-10 for part number.
2. Lift the transfer roll from the front bearing and remove the transfer roll.
4924-xx
System board
Go to System board, network on page 7-31.
1. Remove the outer system board shield. See Outer system board shield on page 4-51.
2. Disconnect all the cables from the system board.
3. Remove the USB screw (A) and parallel port cover (B), if applicable.
4. Remove the eight screws (C) type 232 on page 4-3 from the system board.
5. Remove the system board.
Note: When reinstalling the system board, verify the input and output option cables are fully connected.
To verify the input sources are recognized:
1. On the operator panel, at the Ready prompt, select Paper Menu.
2. Select Paper Source.
3. Make sure all installed options are listed.
To verify the output options are recognized:
1. At the Ready prompt, select Paper Menu.
2. Select Output Bin.
3. Make sure all installed options are listed.
4-70 Service Manual
4924-xx
Transfer HVPS board
Go to Transfer HVPS board on page 7-32 for part number.
2. Remove three transfer HVPS board screws (A).
A(323) A(232)
4924-xx
3. Remove all connectors (B).
4. Remove the transfer HVPS board.
4-72 Service Manual
4924-xx
Installation notes
To identify the color coded cable bands to the connectors, see Transfer high voltage power supply
(HVPS) on page 5-20.
When installing the transfer HVPS board, route the cable to the HVPS input connector at CN1 (C) over the
cable to the yellow transfer contact (D), under the cable to the magenta transfer contact (E), and attached
to the cable tie (F). This makes sure the toroid (G) does not come into contact with the motor when the card
is in place.
4924-xx
Transfer plate assembly
Go to Transfer plate assembly on page 7-10 for part number.
1. Remove the S2/narrow media/transparency/multipurpose feeder cable. See S2/narrow
media/transparency/multipurpose feeder cable on page 4-67.
2. Remove the transfer plate. Lifting and rotating the right edge of the plate up to a 45angle releases the
transfer plate. Remove the grounding strap (A) attached to the bottom of the transfer plate.
3. Remove the transfer plate assembly.
A
4-74 Service Manual
4924-xx
Vacuum transport belt (VTB)
Go to Vacuum transport belt assembly on page 7-9 for part number.
1. Remove the transfer plate assembly. See Transfer plate assembly on page 4-73.
3. Remove the two front screws (A).
4. Loosen belt (B) on redrive assembly and remove from redrive gear.
5. Remove belt from gear on vacuum belt transfer unit.
4924-xx
6. Rotate release lever on gear until the gear can be removed.
7. Remove screw from ground wire.
8. Remove vacuum belt transfer belt unit far enough to release ground wire from restraint clips and remove
completly.
4-76 Service Manual
4924-xx
Vacuum transport belt (VTB) fan
Go to VTB fan, 60 mm on page 7-33 for part number.
1. Disconnect VTB fan from the system board.
2. Remove VTB fan with a flatblade screwdriver.
Waste container door
Go to Waste container door on page 7-5 for part number.
1. Open the waste container door.
2. Flex the door and remove it from the hinges (A).
A
4924-xx
Waste container latch
Go to Waste container latch on page 7-24 for part number.
1. Remove the paper size sensing assembly. See Paper size sensing assembly on page 4-52.
2. Use a flatblade screwdriver to release the waste container latch from the paper size sensing assembly.
4-78 Service Manual
4924-xx
Connector locations 5-1
4924-xx
5. Connector locations
Locations
Printer boards
5-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
Printer motors
Fuser fan
RIP fan
Pick asm
motor
ITU drive motor
Fuser drive
motor and card
VTB fan
Yellow carriage
drive motor
Black carriage
drive motor
Magenta carriage
drive motor
Registration
drive motor
BOR drive motor
Web oiler
drive motor (optional)
Cyan carriage
drive motor
Printheads
4924-xx
Printer sensors
5-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
Cartridge contact assembly pin locations (cyan, magenta and yellow)
4924-xx
Cartridge contact assembly pin locations (black)
5-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
Connectors
System board - non-network
4924-xx
System board - network
5-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
System board
See System board - non-network on page 5-6 or System board - network on page 5-7.
Connector Pin no. Signal
J1 USB Port G1 Ground
1 USB +5 V dc
2 USB D-
3 USB D+
4 Ground
G2 Ground
J2 Top Options Connector Bin Full 1 Printer TXD
2 Ground
3 Ground
4 Printer RXD
5 +24V_OPTIONS (through fuse F11)
6 Ground
7 +5V_OPTIONS (through fuse F9
8 +5V_BIN_FULL (switched)
9 Ground
10 BIN_FULL_IN
J3 RIP fan 1 FAN3_STALL_IN
2 Ground
3 FAN3_CNTRL-
4 +24V_LEFTSIDE
5 N/C
J4 BOR lift motor 1 LIFT_OUT- (+24 V dc in standby)
2 LIFT_OUT+ (+24 V dc in standby)
J5 Web Oiler Motor 1 +5V dc (through fuse F8)
2 OILER_CURR_SEL_A
3 OILER_CURR_SEL_B
4 OILER_PHASE_A
5 OILER_PHASE_B
6 Ground
7 +24V_LEFTSIDE
J6 Operator panel 1 BUF_I2CDATA
2 +5V dc (through fuse 8)
3 BUF_I2CCLK
4 Ground
5 OP-Panel Interrupt (Active line)
4924-xx
J7 Yellow Printhead Mirror Motor 1 FUSE24V
2 Ground
3 Ground
4 +5 V dc (through fuse F12)
5 Y MMSTART
6 Y HSYN-SOS
7 Y MMLOCK
8 Ground
9 Y MMREF
10 N/C
J8 Yellow and Cyan Video to
Printheads
1 C_DATA+
2 Ground
3 C_DATA-
4 Y_THERMISTOR
5 Ground
6 Y_LENA
7 +5 V dc (through fuse F12 and safety switches at
J10)
8 Ground
9 C_LPWM
10 Y_LADJ
11 Ground
12 Ground
13 C_LADJ
14 Y_LPWM
15 Ground
J10)
17 C_LENA
18 Ground
19 C_THERMISTOR
20 Y_DATA-
21 Ground
22 Y_DATA+
5-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
J9 Printhead - Cyan Mirror Motor 1 FUSE24V
2 Ground
3 Ground
5 C_MMSTART
6 C_HSYN_SOS
7 C_MMLOCK
8 Ground
9 C_MMREF
10 N/C
J10 Cover Open Switch 1 +5 V dc (direct from low voltage power supply)
2 Ground
3 VDO_ERR (+5 V dc to J8 and J12)
J11 Printhead - Magenta Mirror Motor 1 FUSE24V
2 Ground
3 Ground
4 V_V5FUSE
5 M_MMSTART
6 M_HSYN-S0S
7 M_MMLOCK
8 Ground
9 M_MMREF
10 N/C
4924-xx
J12 Printhead - Black/Magenta Video 1 K_DATA+
2 Ground
3 K_DATA-
4 M_THERMISTOR
5 Ground
6 M_LENA
J10)
8 Ground
9 K_LPWM
10 M_LADJ
11 Ground
12 Ground
13 K_LADJ
14 M_LPWM
15 Ground
J10)
17 K_LENA
18 Ground
19 K_THERMISTOR
20 M_DATA-
21 Ground
22 M_DATA+
J13 Printhead - Black Mirror Motor 1 FUSE24V
2 Ground
3 Ground
5 K_MMSTART
6 K_HSYN-SOS
7 K_MMLOCK
8 Ground
9 K_MMREF
10 N/C
5-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
J14 Developer HVPS 1 -CART_METER_K_IN
2 K_AC_BIAS_ENABLE (active low)
3 SC_K_CHIP
4 N/C
5 K_DEV_PWM_OUT
6 -CART_METER_M_IN
7 K_CHARGE_PWM_OUT
8 CMY_CHARGE_PWM_OUT
9 SC_M_CHIP
10 N/C
11 -CART_METER_C_IN
12 CMY_AC_BIAS_ENABLE (active low)
13 SC_C_CHIP
14 N/C
15 M_DEV_PWM_OUT
16 -CART_METER_Y_IN
17 C_DEV_PWM_OUT
18 Y_DEV_PWM_OUT
19 SC_Y_CHIP
20 N/C
21 Ground
22 +24V_SWITCHED
23 N/C
24 N/C
4924-xx
J15 Transfer HVPS 1 ITU_TX_ENA_OUT (active low)
2 ITU_TX_CUR_PWM_OUT
3 ITU_SERVO_IN
4 ITU_TX_PWM_OUT
5 CMY_TX_ENA_OUT (active low)
6 K_SERVO_IN
7 K_TX_PWM_OUT
8 C_SERVO_IN
9 C_TX_PWM_OUT
10 M_SERVO_IN
11 Y_TX_PWM_OUT
12 Y_SERVO_IN
13 M_TX_PWM_OUT
14 Ground
15 +24V_SWITCHED
16 N/C
J16 Option DRAM Socket
J17 Not Used
J18 Parallel Port
J19 Not Used
J20 ITU/TPS Autoconnect 1 N/C
2 ITU_I2C_DATA
3 +3.3V dc (Through fuse F13)
4 TPS_GAIN_OUT
5 ITU_TEMP
6 BELT_HOLE 1 N/C
7 Ground
8 Ground
9 ITU_I2C_CLK
10 +24V_SWITCHED
11 TPS_LED_ON_OUT
12 TONER_PATCH_OUT
13 N/C
14 BELT_HOLE 2
15 +5V_SWITCHED
5-14 Service Manual
4924-xx
J21 S2/Narrow Media/Prism/
MPF Sensor
1 Ground
2 +5V dc S2 (switched)
3 NARROW_MEDIA_IN
4 PAPERPATH_S2_IN
5 +5 V dc NM (switched)
6 Ground
7 Ground
8 +5 V dc PRISM (switched)
9 PRISM_SENSOR_IN
10 PRISM_LED_VOLT
11 Ground
12 +5 V dc MPF (switched)
13 MPF_FEED_OUT_IN
14 N/C
J22 INA Card Socket
J23 Registration (staging) Motor 1 +5V_SWITCHED
2 STAGING_ENC
3 Ground
4 N/C
5 STAGING_OUT_2 (+24 V dc in standby)
6 STAGING_OUT_1(+24 V dc in standby)
J24 Optional hard disk drive
J25 Autocomp Motor 1 +5 V dc Paper level (switched)
2 +5V_SWITCHED
3 PAPER_OUT_IN
4 AUTOCOMP_ENC
5 PAPER_LOW_IN
6 Ground
7 Ground
8 Ground
9 AUTOCOMP_OUT1 (+24 V dc in standby)
10 AUTOCOMP_OUT2 (+24 V dc in standby)
J26 Ethernet port
J27 Not Used
J28 Cover Open Switch
(+24V dc switched)
1 +24V To Cover Open Switch
2 +24V dc Switched
4924-xx
J29 Fuser Stepper Motor/
Yellow BLDC Motor
1 Y_ON_OUT
2 FUSER_ON_OUT (Fuser current I0)
3 +5V dc (Through fuse F8)
5 Y_DIR_OUT
6 FUSER_DIR_OUT (Fuser phase B)
7 +24V _Y_AND_FUSER (Through fuse F3)
8 +24V_Y_AND_FUSER (Through fuse F3)
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 Y_CLK_OUT
12 FUSER_CLK_OUT (Fuser Phase A)
13 Y_HALL_IN
14 FUSER_HALL_IN (Fuser Current I1)
15 N/C
16 Ground
J30 ITU/Black BLDC Motors 1 K_ON_OUT
2 ITU_ON_OUT
5 K_DIR_OUT
6 ITU_DIR_OUT
7 +24V_K_AND_ITU (Through fuse F4)
8 +24V_K_AND_ITU (Through fuse F4)
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 K_CLK_OUT
12 ITU_CLK_OUT
13 K_HALL_IN
14 ITU_HALL_IN
15 N/C
16 N/C
J31 Fuser Fan 1 FAN1_STALL_IN
2 Ground
3 FAN1_CNTRL
4 +24V_LEFTSIDE
5 Ground
5-16 Service Manual
4924-xx
J32 VTB Fan 1 FAN2_STALL_IN
2 Ground
3 VTB_FAN_OUT (Fan 2 control)
4 +24V_LEFTSIDE
J33 Fuser Interface 1 EXIT_SENSOR_IN
2 FUSER_CAM_1_IN
3 Ground
4 OILER_ENC_A_IN
5 OILER_ENC_B_IN
6 HR_THERM_IN (hot roll thermistor)
7 BR_THERM_IN (backup roll thermistor)
8 Ground
9 +5V_SWITCHED
10 ZERO_XING_IN
11 HR_HEAT_ON_OUT (hot roll control)
12 BR_THERM_ON_OUT (backup roll control)
J34 Magenta/Cyan BLDC Motors 1 M_ON_OUT
2 C_ON_OUT
5 M_DIR_OUT
6 C_DIR_OUT
7 +24V_M_AND_C (Through fuse F5)
8 +24V_M_AND_C (Through fuse F5)
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 M_CLK_OUT
12 C_CLK_OUT
13 M_HALL_IN
14 C_HALL_IN
15 N/C
16 N/C
17 N/C
18 N/C
4924-xx
J35 Low Voltage Power Supply 1 +3.3 V dc
2 +3.3 V dc
3 +5 V dc
4 +5 V dc
5 +24V dc
6 +24V dc
7 +24V dc
8 +3.3 V dc Sense
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 Ground
12 Ground
13 Ground
14 Ground
15 Ground
16 Ground
J37 Bottom Options Connector
Waste Toner Full
Media Size
1 Printer TXD
2 Ground
3 Ground
4 Printer RXD
5 +24V_OPTIONS (Through fuse F11)
6 Ground
7 +5V_OPTIONS (Through fuse F9)
8 Staging Encoder
9 ITU_CLNR_FULL
10 N/C
11 Ground
12 WASTE_BTL_PRES
13 TRAY_SIZE_3
14 Ground
15 TRAY_SIZE_2
16 TRAY_SIZE_1
17 Ground
18 +3.3 V dc (Through fuse F13)
19 MEM_DATA (IC Data to Media Size Card)
20 MEM_CLK (IC Clock to Media Size Card)
5-18 Service Manual
4924-xx
Autoconnecttop
JT25 - Diagnostic port 1 Ground
2 Printer RXD
3 Printer TXD
Connector Pin no Color Signal
CN1 Autoconnecttop 1 White +24 V dc
2 Black Ground
3 Yellow Printer RXD
4 Black Ground
5 N/A NC
6 Red +5 V dc
7 Black Ground
8 Blue Printer TXD
4924-xx
Autoconnectbottom
Connector Pin no Signal Signal
CN1 Autoconnectbottom 1 White +24 V dc
2 Black Ground
3 Yellow Printer RXD
4 Black Ground
5 Brown STAGING_ENCODER
6 Red +5 V dc
7 Black Ground
8 Blue Printer TXD
5-20 Service Manual
4924-xx
Transfer high voltage power supply (HVPS)
4924-xx
Connector Pin no Signal
CN1 HVPS Input Connector 1 +24 V dc Switched
2 +24 V dc Return
3 M-Txpwm
4 M-Srvo out
5 Y-Txpwm
6 Y-Srvo out
7 C-Txpwm
8 C-Srvo out
9 K-Txpwm
10 K-Srvo out
11 KCYM-Txenable
12 ITU-Txpwm
13 ITU-Srvo out
14 ITU-Txcurpwm
15 TUI-Txenable
T102 Transformer HV Terminal I (ITU) 1 HV Transformer output to 2nd Transfer Roll Cable
T201 Transformer HV Terminal K
Black
1 HV Transformer Output Terminal to Black Transfer
Cable
T301 Transformer HV Terminal C
Cyan
1 HV Transformer Output Terminal to Cyan Transfer
Cable
T401 Transformer HV Terminal Y
Yellow
1 HV Transformer Output Terminal to Yellow Transfer
Cable
T501 Transformer HV Terminal M
Magenta
1 HV Transformer Output Terminal to Magenta Transfer
Cable
5-22 Service Manual
4924-xx
Developer high voltage power supply (HVPS) board
CN1 Developer HVPS Input 1 +24 V dc Return
2 +24 V dc
3 Y-Ctsense
4 Y-Devpwm
5 Y-TnrSense
6 C-Devpwm
7 C-CtSense
8 M-Devpwm
9 C-TnrSense
10 CYM-Acenable
11 M-CtSense
12 CYM-Chgpwm
13 M-TnrSense
14 K-Chgpwm
15 K-CtSense
16 K-Devpwm
17 K-TnrSense
18 K-Acenable
CN2 Cartridge Signature Button -
Black
1 K-CtSense (red wire)
2 K-TnrSense (Gnd Return) (black wire)
Magenta
1 M-CtSense (red wire)
2 M-TnrSense (Gnd Return) (black wire)
Cyan
1 C-CtSense (red wire)
2 C-TnrSense (Gnd Return) (black wire)
4924-xx
Low voltage power supply (LVPS)
LVPS cable connectors to system board
Yellow
1 Y-CtSense (red wire)
2 Y-TnrSense (Gnd Return) (black wire)
CB Terminal Cleaner Bias Terminal (not used)
Connector
Pin
no.
Signal
Main power to
system board
(J35)
1 +3.3 V dc
2 +3.3 V dc
3 +5 V dc
4 +5 V dc
5 +24 V dc
6 +24 V dc
7 +24 V dc
8 +3.3 V dc Sense
9 Ground
10 Ground
11 Ground
12 Ground
13 Ground
14 Ground
15 Ground
16 Ground
LVPS to system
board cable for
fuser (J33)
1 FusExitSen
2 BURCam1
3 Ground
4 WebEncoderA IN
5 WebEncoderB IN
6 HRThermistor IN
7 BURThermistor IN
8 Ground
9 +5 V dc switched
10 XOVERXNG
11 Heat On #1 (HR)
12 Heat On #2 (BUR)
5-24 Service Manual
4924-xx
LVPS fuser connectors
LVPS AC Fuser Connector 1 AC Load #1
2 AC Common
3 Ground
4 N/C
5 AC Load #2x
LVPS DC Fuser Control Connector 1 FusExitSen
2 BURCam1
3 N/C
4 WebEncoderA
5 WebEncoderB
6 HRThermistor
7 BURThermistor
8 Return - Analog Ground
9 +5 V dc switched
10 N/C
4924-xx
Paper size sensing board
Connector
Pin
no.
Signal
J1 1 +3.3V dc
2 EPROM Data
3 Ground
4 EPROM Clock
J2 1 J3-1 (Waste BTL Full)
2 Ground
3 Waste BTL PRESENT
(SW4)
4 Tray Size 1 (SW3)
5 Ground
6 Tray Size 2 (SW2)
7 Tray Size 3 (SW1)
J3 1 J2-1 (Waste BTL Full)
2 Ground
5-26 Service Manual
4924-xx
High-capacity input tray (HCIT)
HCIT 2000-sheet board
Connector
Pin
no.
Signal
CN1 I/F 1 Send
2 PRI RXD
3 PGND
4 PERON
5 SGND
6 PRI TXD
CN2 LVPS 1 Poweron
2 +5 V dc
3 SGND
4 PGND
5 PGND
6 PGND
7 +24 V dc
8 +24 V dc
9 +24 V dc
CN3 REG Motor 1 +24 V dc
2 +24 V dc
3 REG A
4 REG A
5 REG B
6 REG B
7 No Connection
CN4 PICK Motor 1 +24 V dc
2 +24 V dc
3 PICK A
4 *PICK A
5 PICK B
6 *PICK B
CN5 LIFT Motor 1 +24 V dc
2 LHOT
4924-xx
CN6 Sensors
Side Door/Level/
Empty/
Registration
Home/Pick Home
1 +5 V dc
2 GND
3 SIDE
4 +5 V dc
5 GND
6 LEVEL
7 +5 V dc
8 GND
9 EMPTY
10 +5 V dc
11 GND
12 RHOME
13 +5 V dc
14 GND
15 PHOME
CN7 Size
Sensors/Near
Empty
1 +5 V dc
2 GND
3 SIZE 0
4 +5 V dc
5 GND
6 SIZE 1
7 +5 V dc
8 GND
9 SIZE 2
10 +5 V dc
11 GND
12 NE EMP
CN8
S1(Pick Sensor)
S2(Registration
Sensor)
1 +5 V dc
2 S2
3 GND
4 +5 V dc
5 S1
6 GND
Connector
Pin
no.
Signal
5-28 Service Manual
4924-xx
High-capacity output finisher (HCOF)
HCOF system board
For a more detailed diagram, see Finisher cables on page 7-66.
4924-xx
See HCOF system board on page 5-28.
CN1 Drop Solenoid 1 SOL+
2 SOL-
CN2 Stapler Assembly 1 MTR-
2 MTR-
3 N/C
4 MTR+
5 MTR+
6 N/C
7 No Cartridge
8 Low Staple
9 Home Position
10 Unit Check
11 Ground
12 +5 V dc
CN3 Jogger Motor/
Accumulator Drive Motor
1 Jog A
2 Jog *A
3 Jog B
4 Jog *B
5 Bun A
6 Bun *A
7 Bun B
8 Bun *B
CN4 Jogger Force Homing Sensor
Accumulator Homing Sensor
1 +5 V dc
2 Jog Home Pos Sensor
3 Ground
4 +5 V dc
5 Accumulator Home Pos Sensor
6 Ground
CN5 Chad Box Full 1 +5 V dc
2 Chad Box Sensor
3 Ground
5-30 Service Manual
4924-xx
CN6 Tray Sensors Tray Limit/
Near Full/Output Tray Offset Sensor
1 Tray Limit SW
2 Ground
3 +5 V dc
4 Tray Near Full Sensor
5 Ground
6 +5 V dc
7 Tray Offset Posit Sensor
8 Ground
CN7 Output Tray Offset Motor 1 MTR +
2 MTR -
CN8 Tray Sensors Exit Timing/
Paper Surface Upper/
Paper Surface Lower
1 +5 V dc
2 Exit Timing Sensor
3 Ground
4 +5 V dc
5 Paper Surface Upper Sensor
6 Ground
7 +5 V dc
8 Paper Surface Lower Sensor
9 Ground
CN9 Punch Motor 1 A+
2 A-
3 B+
4 B-
CN10 Inverter Solenoid/
Inverter Jam Sensor
1 +SOL
2 -SOL
3 +5 V dc
4 Inverter Jam Sensor
5 Ground
CN11 Front Door Switch 1 Switch +
2 Switch -
CN12 Tray Elevation Motor 1 MTR +
2 MTR -
CN13 Exit Motor 1 A+
2 A-
3 B+
4 B-
5 N/C
4924-xx
CN14 Low Voltage Power Supply 1 +24 V dc
2 +24 V dc
3 P-Ground
4 P-Ground
CN15 Enter Motor 1 A+
2 A-
3 B+
4 B-
5 N/C
CN16 Punch Motor Homing Sensor/
Drop Timing Sensor/
Inverter Timing Sensor/
Punch timing Sensor
1 +5 V dc
2 Drop Timing Sensor
3 Ground
4 +5 V dc
5 Punch Home Sensor
6 Ground
7 +5 V dc
8 Punch Timing A Sensor
9 Ground
10 +5 V dc
11 Punch Timing B Sensor
12 Ground
CN17 Accumulator Solenoid 1 SOL+
2 SOL -
CN18 Communications 1 TxD
2 SG
3 RxD
4 SG
5 FG
CN19 Printer Docking Switch 1 Switch - PTR Joint
2 N/C
3 Ground
CN20 CPU Prog 1
20
CN21 Fan Connector - not used 1 +24 V dc
2 Control
CN22 Main Fan 1 +24 V dc
2 Control
5-32 Service Manual
4924-xx
HCOF LVPS board
HCOF sub LVPS relay board
Connector Pin No Signal
CN2 LVPS Out 1 +24 V dc
2 +24 V dc
3 +24 V dc
4 +24 V dc
5 Ground
6 Ground
7 Ground
8 Ground
CN1 1 AC In from Relay
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 AC In from Relay
Connector
Pin
no
Signal
CN1 AC Input 1 AC In
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 AC In
CN2 LVPS 1 AC Out to LVPS
2 Not used
3 AC Out to LVPS
CN3 Relay Board
+5 V dc Switched
1 +5 V dc
2 Ground
Preventive maintenance 6-1
4924-xx
6. Preventive maintenance
This chapter describes procedures for printer preventive maintenance. Follow these recommendations to help
prevent problems and maintain optimum performance.
Safety inspection guide
The purpose of this inspection guide is to aid you in identifying unsafe conditions.
If any unsafe conditions exist, find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you
correct the hazard.
Check the following items:
Damaged, missing, or altered parts, especially in the area of the On/Off switch and the power supply
Damaged, missing, or altered covers, especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover
Possible safety exposure from any non-IBM attachments
Lubrication specifications
Lubricate only when parts are replaced or as needed, not on a scheduled basis. Use of lubricants other than
those specified can cause premature failure. Some unauthorized lubricants may chemically attack
polycarbonate parts. Use IBM no. 10 oil, P/N 1280443 (Approved equivalents: Mobil DTE27, Shell Tellus 100,
Fuchs Renolin MR30), IBM no. 23 grease (Approved equivalent Shell Darina 1), and grease, P/N 99A0394 to
lubricate appropriate areas. Use Nyogel type 774 to lubricate the Fuser Drive Assembly and Nyogel 744 to
lubricate the ITU and Cartridge Drive assemblies.
6-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
Lubrication for replacement motors
The motor drive FRUs contain the proper lubricant in the FRU. Only use the lubricant included.
Fuser drive assembly
Before installing the new fuser drive assembly:
1. Apply a thin coating of Nyogel type 774 grease to the points identified (A) from the supplied packet.
2. Rotate the motor housing (B) to distribute evenly.
Preventive maintenance 6-3
4924-xx
Cartridge drive assembly
ITU drive assembly
Note: Do not lubricate Gear 58 (C).
A
B
A
A
B
C
6-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
Scheduled maintenance
The operator panel displays 80 Fuser Maintenance and 83 ITU Maintenance for scheduled maintenance.
80 Fuser Maintenance is displayed at each 200,000 copies when the fuser assembly needs to be replaced to
maintain the print quality and reliability of the printer. The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the
following part numbers:
Standard fusers
56P2910, Maintenance kit 115 V fuser
Parts catalog 7-1
4924-xx
7. Parts catalog
How to use this parts catalog
SIMILAR ASSEMBLIES: If two assemblies contain a majority of identical parts, they are shown on the
same list. Common parts are shown by one index number. Parts peculiar to one or the other of the
assemblies are listed separately and identified by description.
NS: (Not Shown) in the Asm-Index column indicates that the part is procurable but is not pictured in the
illustration.
The IBM Infoprint 1454/1464 laser printer is available in several models:
The parts catalog uses the following model designations to identify model specific FRUs: 401, 402, 421, and
422.
7-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 1: Covers
Parts catalog 7-3
4924-xx
Assembly 1: Covers
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
11 56P2821 1 Top cover assembly
2 56P2838 1 250 output flag and retainer
3 56P1539 1 Cable, options - stacker, including output bin sensor
4 56P2820 1 Redrive cap cover assembly
5 53P9812 7 Machine pad
6 53P9821 1 Top front support bracket
7 56P2813 1 Right rear cover
8 3 Screw, parts packet 53P9933
9 56P2810 1 Right front cover
10 12 Screw type 323, parts packet 53P7583
11 56P2837 1 Lower right door assembly
12 53P9837 1 Front right light shield cover
13 56P2216 4 Shield, door spring
15 53P9808 4 Spring, rear hold down
16 53P9782 4 Bellcrank, front hold down
17 56P2246 1 Detent spring
18 56P2218 1 Detent, front access door
19 56P2219 1 Housing, front access door
20 56P2816 1 Handle, front access door
21 56P2951 1 Front cover assembly (1454 only)
21 56P2950 1 Front cover assembly (1464 only)
22 56P2811 1 Front lower right cover
23 56P2822 1 Front right handle cover assembly
24 56P2808 1 Paper path access door
25 53P9835 1 Spring, paper path access door
26 56P2807 1 Front lower left cover
27 56P2823 1 Front left handle cover assembly
28 53P9836 1 Left front light shield cover
29 56P1277 1 Paper tray guide
30 56P2920 1 Operator panel logo kit
31 56P2844 1 Operator panel assembly
32 2 Screws, parts packet 53P9935
33 53P9831 1 Front upper pivot cover
34 53P9829 1 Front access door support
35 56P2489 1 Label, top paper jam, Infoprint 1464 only
35 56P2505 1 Label, top paper jam, Infoprint 1454 only
NS 56P2954 1 Bezel, operator panel
7-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 1.1: Covers
Parts catalog 7-5
4924-xx
Assembly 1.1: Covers
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
1.11 56P2819 1 Left upper cover assembly
3 56P2809 1 Pivot, left upper cover
4 53P9913 1 Jam access spring
5 56P2835 1 Lower access jam door assembly
6 56P2814 1 Left lower pivot cover
7 56P2812 1 Cover, left lower
8 56P2815 1 Waste container door
9 56P2800 1 Blank, TLI/SN label
10 53P9819 2 Ground cable
11 56P2824 1 Rear cover
12 53P9815 2 Fuser latch slide
13 53P9816 2 Fuser latch slide spring
14 53P9775 1 Fuser top duct
15 53P9818 1 Duplex actuator arm assembly
16 56P1500 1 RIP fan duct
17 53P9792 1 Fuser wall duct
18 53P9791 1 Fuser bottom duct
19 56P2290 1 Fuser left duct
20 56P2291 1 Redrive belt cover duct
NS 53P9925 6 Cable tie (6 in pack)
NS 53P9926 2 Cable tie pad
7-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 2: Cartridge mounting
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
21 53P9938 4 Guide assembly, left side
2 53P9939 4 Guide assembly, right side
Parts catalog 7-7
4924-xx
Assembly 3: Fuser assembly
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
31 56P2852 1 Fuser assembly, 220 V 500W
1 56P2851 1 Fuser assembly, 115 V 500W
1 56P2853 1 Fuser assembly, 100 V 500W (Japan)
1
7-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 4: Fuser drive
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
41 4 Screws type 323, parts packet 53P7583
2 56P2802 1 Fuser drive assembly
3 56P1563 1 Card assembly - fuser drive
4 3 Screws, parts packet 53P9934 (card assembly mounting)
Parts catalog 7-9
4924-xx
Assembly 5: Vacuum transport belt (VTB) assembly
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
51 53P9913 1 Jam access spring
2 53P9911 1 Vacuum transport belt assembly
2
1
7-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 6: Transfer
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
61 53P9744 1 Second transfer roll
2 53P9910 1 Transfer plate assembly
2
1
Parts catalog 7-11
4924-xx
Assembly 7: Printheads
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
71 56P2801 4 Printhead assembly (do not replace more than one printhead at a time)
3 56P2292 4 Printhead spacer
4 56P1198 4 Thermistor card
6 56P2296 1 Card assembly, printhead diagnostic aid
7-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 8: Paper feed output (redrive)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
81 56P0167 8 Anchor, bracket mounting
2 53P9915 2 Upper door hinge
4 56P2204 1 Redrive belt 300 T
5 53P9914 1 Redrive assembly
6 56P2836 1 Redrive door assembly
7 56P1532 1 Lower right door latch
8 56P1533 1 Lower left door latch
10 56P2837 1 Lower right door assembly
3
3
7
5
9
2
2
6
8
1
1
10
4
Parts catalog 7-13
4924-xx
Assembly 9: Paper feed input
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
91 56P2101 2 Sensor, S2/NMS
2 56P2175 1 Sensor, transparency reflective (XPAR)
3 56P2174 1 Cable, S2/XPAR/NMS/MPF (without sensors)
4 56P1524 1 Paper out sensor MPF
5 56P2100 1 Cable assembly, S2/XPAR/NMS/MPF (with sensors)
7-14 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 10: Paper size sensing
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
101 56P1564 1 System board shield support with clips
2 53P9891 1 Paper size sensing bracket
3 53P9890 4 Paper size sensing spring
4 1 Screw, paper size sensing assembly mounting, parts packet 53P9934
5 3 Screw, paper size sensing card mounting, parts packet 53P9934
6 56P2952 1 US media size sensing card assembly, Infoprint 1464 only
6 56P2955 1 Non-US media size sensing card assembly, Infoprint 1464 only
6 56P2953 1 US media size sensing card assembly, Infoprint 1454 only
6 56P2956 1 Non-US media size sensing card assembly, Infoprint 1454 only
7 53P9889 4 Paper size sensing link
Parts catalog 7-15
4924-xx
Assembly 11: Paper feed transport
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
111 56P2194 Nip relief handle
2 56P2857 1 Kit, staging drive assembly, including
- Staging motor assembly
- Gear, reference plate
- Gear, staging idler
- Gear, staging reduction
- Motor screws
- Grease (Nyogel 767A)
7-16 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 12: Multipurpose feeder (MPF)
Parts catalog 7-17
4924-xx
Assembly 12: Multipurpose feeder (MPF)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
121 56P2825 1 MP feeder door cover
2 53P9883 1 Door hinge restraint
4 56P2826 1 Frame bias latch
5 56P2827 1 Frame bias latch cover
7 53P9877 1 Frame bias spring
8 56P2831 2 MPF support bracket cover
9 56P2828 1 Sensor mount bracket
10 56P1524 1 Paper out sensor MPF
11 56P2829 1 MPF cable cover
12 53P9881 2 MPF support bracket spring
13 56P2833 2 MPF support bracket
14 53P9885 1 MPF bracket assembly
15 53P9886 1 MPF drive gear
16 53P9888 1 MPF drive gear bushing
17 53P9887 1 MPF drive gear shaft
18 56P2832 1 MPF autocompensator pick assembly
19 53P9787 3 Rib housing
20 53P9870 1 Friction buckler
21 53P9781 1 Buckler housing
22 56P2830 1 MPF door assembly
7-18 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 13: 500-Sheet integrated tray
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
131 56P2834 1 500-Sheet tray assembly
2 53P9848 1 Back restraint latch
3 53P9847 1 Back restraint
4 53P9854 1 Tray bias bellcrank assembly
6 53P9855 1 Tray bias spring
7 53P9965 1 Reflector label
8 53P9850 4 Wear strip
9 53P9849 1 Tray wear clip
10 56P1504 2 Restraint pad
11 53P9846 1 Side restraint
Parts catalog 7-19
4924-xx
Assembly 14: Autocompensator assembly
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
141 53P9894 1 Tray interlock bellcrank
2 53P9955 1 Pick arm lift bellcrank
3 56P1526 1 Pick assembly 500-tray
4 53P9954 1 Bellcrank lift spring
5 53P9899 1 Paper level sensing assembly
6 53P9895 1 Tray interlock bracket
7 53P9884 1 Sensor, paper out/low
8 1 Screw, pick roll mounting, parts packet 53P9936
9 75P5958 1 Pick roll tires (2 per pack)
10 56P1542 Cable, pick motor extension and paper level sensing
7-20 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 15: ITU assembly
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
15-1 56P1513 1 ITU light shield assembly (autoconnect)
2 56P1540 1 Printhead interlock cable assembly
3 56P2847 1 ITU assembly
4 56P1572 1 ITU coupler retract lever
Parts catalog 7-21
4924-xx
Assembly 16: ITU drive assembly
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
161 56P2806 1 ITU drive motor assembly
2 53P9817 1 #58 gear
3 56P2805 1 ITU motor drive
4 4 Screw type 323, parts packet 53P7583 (ITU drive motor to ITU drive assembly)
5 3 Screw type 323, parts packet 53P7583 (ITU drive assembly lower frame)
2
4
1
5
3
5
7-22 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 17: ITU loading
Parts catalog 7-23
4924-xx
Assembly 17: ITU loading
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
171 56P1568 1 Yellow terminal contact assembly
2 53P9865 4 Terminal, contact spring
4 53P9786 8 Cartridge support roller
5 56P1495 1 Parts packet, ITU loading - yellow, including
- Yellow BOR spring
- Rear block guide
- Rear transfer bellcrank
- Front V block guide
- Front transfer bellcrank
- High voltage contact spring
6 56P1496 1 Parts packet, ITU loading - cyan, including
- Cyan BOR spring
- Rear V block guide
7 56P1497 1 Parts packet, ITU loading - magenta, including
- Magenta BOR spring
- Rear V block guide
8 56P1498 1 Parts packet, ITU loading - black, including
- Black BOR spring
- Rear block guide
9 56P1565 1 Black terminal contact assembly
10 56P1566 1 Magenta terminal contact assembly
11 56P1567 1 Cyan terminal contact assembly
12 56P0594 1 Cam, BOR front
13 56P0595 1 Cam, BOR rear
14 56P0560 1 Rear ITU guide
15 53P9866 2 ITU bias spring
7-24 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 18: Waste toner
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
181 53P9916 1 Waste toner container
2 53P9893 1 Waste container latch spring
3 53P9892 1 Waste container latch
Parts catalog 7-25
4924-xx
Assembly 19: BOR drive assembly
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
191 56P1536 1 Motor assembly, Lift/BOR
1
7-26 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 20: Cartridge contact assembly
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
201 56P0310 3 Cartridge contact assembly, complete, cyan/magenta/yellow
2 53P9808 4 Spring, rear hold down
3 53P9809 4 Rear hold down bellcrank
4 56P1561 1 Cartridge contact assembly, complete black
Parts catalog 7-27
4924-xx
Assembly 21: Cartridge drive assembly
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
211 56P2803 3 Cartridge drive assembly, cyan/magenta/black (one drive assembly per package)
3 56P2804 1 Cartridge drive assembly, yellow
7-28 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 22: Electronics
Parts catalog 7-29
4924-xx
Assembly 22: Electronics
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
221 11A9095 1 Power cord set (LV)U.S., Asia Pacific (English), Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Japan, Mexico,
Nicaragua, Panama, Puerto Rico, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Venezuela, Virgin Islands
1 43H5544 1 Power cord set (HV)PRC
1 1339517 1 Power cord set (HV)Bolivia, Peru
1 1339544 1 Power cord set (HV)Argentina
1 1339529 1 Power cord set African countries - Bluemark, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Catalan,
CIS, Croatia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Macedonia,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden,
Turkey, Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro)
1 1339530 1 Power cord set (HV)Israel
1 1339531 1 Power cord set (HV)Switzerland
1 1339532 1 Power cord setBotswana, Lesotho, Namibia, South Africa
1 1339524 1 Power cord set (HV)Chile, Uruguay
1 1339534 1 Power cord setDenmark
1 1339550 1 Power cord set (LV)Brazil
1 1339520 1 Power cord set (HV)Paraguay
1 1339528 1 Power cord set (HV)Ireland, UK
2 56P1514 1 LVPS, 115V/230V switchable
7-30 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 22.1: Electronics
3
5
6
4
8
1
9
10
12
11
2
2
6
6
7
6
6
6
13
Parts catalog 7-31
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
22.11 56P1517 1 System board outer shield
2 56P1547 5 Cable clip
3 56P1518 1 System board shield assembly with clips
4 56P1545 1 Cable, ground
5 56P1564 1 System board shield support with clips
7 56P2841 1 System board, network
8 53P9770 2 Stand off
9 56P2297 1 Card assembly, bar code
10 56P9910 1 128MB SDRAM card assembly
10 53P9924 1 64MB SDRAM card assembly
11 53P8477 1 Ethernet blank shield, use with non-network system boards
12 56P2236 1 Shield, parallel port
13 56P1543 1 INA blank flat shield, use when options are not installed
7-32 Service Manual
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
22.21 53P9762 1 Transfer HVPS board
2 2 Screw type 323, parts packet 53P7583 (TFR HVPS board to frame)
3 1 Screw, parts packet 53P9937 (TFR HVPS board to frame)
4 53P7112 3 Standoff, high voltage power supply - developer board
6 56P2897 1 Developer HVPS board
Parts catalog 7-33
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
22.31 56P1551 1 VTB fan, 60 mm
2 53P9912 1 VTB fan gap cover
3 56P1509 1 Fuser fan assembly with cable
4 53P7584 2 Screws, fuser fan mounting
5 56P1538 1 RIP fan, 92 mm
6 56P1500 1 RIP fan duct
2
1
6
7
3
4
5
7-34 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 23: Electronicscabling interconnections 1
Parts catalog 7-35
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
231 56P1539 1 Cable, options - stacker with output bin sensor
2 56P1538 1 RIP fan, 92 mm
3 56P1536 1 Motor assembly, Lift/BOR
4 56P1550 1 Cable, oiler motor driver
5 53P9756 1 Cable, operator panel
6 56P2801 1 Printhead assembly - yellow mirror motor (attached to yellow printhead)
7 56P1549 1 Cable, laser - cyan/yellow
8 56P2801 1 Printhead assembly - cyan mirror motor (attached to cyan printhead)
9 56P1540 1 Printhead interlock cable assembly
10 56P2801 1 Printhead assembly - magenta mirror motor (attached to magenta printhead)
11 56P1548 1 Cable, laser - black/magenta
12 56P2801 1 Printhead assembly - black mirror motor (attached to black printhead)
13 56P1501 1 Cable, HVPS control - developer
14 56P1502 1 Cable, HVPS control - transfer
15 56P1513 1 ITU light shield assembly (autoconnect)
16 56P2174 1 Cable, S2/XPAR/NMS/MPF (without sensors)
17 56P2857 1 Registration motor assembly with cable
18 56P1542 1 Cable, pick motor extension and paper level sensing
19 56P1508 1 Cable, ITU and K cartridge motor
20 56P1507 1 Cable, C and M cartridge motor
21 56P1503 1 Cable assembly - options bottom/paper size sensing
22 56P1514 1 LVPS assembly - with cable - power
23 56P1514 1 LVPS assembly - for fuser DC control
24 56P1551 1 VTB fan, 60 mm
25 56P1509 1 Fuser fan assembly with cable
26 56P1506 1 Cable, fuser and Y cartridge motor
NS 1 Toroids, parts packet 56P2942
7-36 Service Manual
4924-xx
Parts catalog 7-37
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
241 56P1565 1 Black terminal contact assembly
2 56P1567 1 Cyan terminal contact assembly
3 56P1568 1 Yellow terminal contact assembly
4 56P1566 1 Magenta terminal contact assembly
5 56P0174 1 Cable assembly, second transfer voltage
6 56P1502 1 Cable, HVPS control - transfer
7-38 Service Manual
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
251 56P1501 1 Cable assembly, HVPS control - developer
2 56P0310 3 Cartridge contact assembly, complete, cyan/magenta/yellow
3 56P1561 1 Cartridge contact assembly, complete, black
Parts catalog 7-39
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
261 56P1503 1 Cable assembly - options bottom/paper size sensing
2 56P2806 1 ITU drive assembly with motor and waste toner full switch
7-40 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 27: Output expander (Infoprint 1464 only)
Parts catalog 7-41
4924-xx
Assembly 27: Output expander (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
271 56P2870 1 Output expander, complete
2 56P2918 1 Right cover
3 56P2919 1 ESD brush cover
4 56P2875 1 Deflector, upper redrive,
also order 53P8222
5 53P8222 1 Spring, upper diverter
6 53P8301 1 Shaft assembly, exit,
also order parts packet 53P8359
7 53P8206 1 Shaft assembly, lower exit,
8 56P0407 1 Shield, output option card
9 53P8413 1 Board, output expander DC motor
10 56P2871 1 Cover, front control board
11 56P2879 1 Tray, output expander
12 53P8512 1 Diverter arm
13 53P8513 1 Spring clutch assembly
14 53P8338 1 Spring, output tray
15 2 Shaft bearing, parts packet 53P8359
16 56P2878 1 Latch, output tray
17 56P0406 1 Bracket, front attach
18 53P8321 1 Spring, swing arm
19 56P2917 1 Output expander assembly, mechanical linkage
20 56P2874 1 Cover, rear support
21 56P2873 1 Rear cover
22 56P2876 1 Level sensor bracket
23 56P2877 1 Flag, output paper level
24 53P8320 1 Sensor, dual bin full
7-42 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 27.1: Output expander (Infoprint 1464 only)
Parts catalog 7-43
4924-xx
Assembly 27.1: Output expander (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
27.11 56P2916 1 Door assembly, right jam access
2 53P8300 1 Shaft assembly, lower,
3 53P8298 3 Pulley, drive
4 56P0410 2 Bracket, rear attach
6 56P2872 1 Cover, front
7 53P8296 1 Belt, 160 gear
8 53P8297 1 Arm assembly, belt idler
9 53P8299 1 Spring, belt tensioner
10 53P8338 1 Spring, output tray
11 56P2878 1 Latch, output tray
12 56P2899 1 Frame assembly
13 53P8295 1 Sensor, output expander pass thru
14 6 Shaft bearing, parts packet 53P8359
15 53P8411 1 Shaft assembly, middle 40T,
NS 56P2943 1 Kit, multi-bin stacker
7-44 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 28: 5-Bin mailbox (Infoprint 1464 only)
13
Parts catalog 7-45
4924-xx
Assembly 28: 5-Bin mailbox (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
281 56P2880 1 5-Bin mailbox, complete
2 56P2820 1 Redrive cap cover assembly
3 56P2937 1 Cover, wire
4 56P2882 1 Cover, top bin
5 56P2931 1 Latch, access door rear
6 53P8222 1 Spring, upper diverter
7 56P2889 1 Door, front
8 56P2881 1 Latch, access door front
9 56P2930 1 Cover, right
10 53P8542 4 Shaft asm, drive
11 53P8543 1 Shaft asm, drive with gear
12 56P2886 1 Cover, right side
13 53P8544 1 Packet, drive shaft bushing
14 53P8560 2 Sensor, 5-bin mailbox pass thru
15 56P2885 5 Tray, paper cap
16 56P2884 1 Bracket asm, bail attach
17 56P2940 1 Kit, 5-bin mailbox asm
18 1 Bail, order P/N 56P2940, 5-bin mailbox asm kit
19 56P2932 5 Support, paper tray
20 56P2939 5 Stop asm, paper tray
21 56P2935 4 Flag, bin full
22 56P2887 1 Rear structural cover
23 53P8554 5 Cable, dual sensor
24 53P8555 5 Sensor, dual bin level
25 53P8537 1 Cable asm, lower autoconnect
26 53P8535 1 Drive asm, main DC drive
27 56P2883 1 Flag, bin full
28 53P8558 1 Board asm, 5-bin mailbox system
29 56P2941 1 Frame asm, left w/clutch asm
30 53P8589 1 Gear, drive
31 53P8538 1 Cable asm, upper autoconnect
32 12 Screw, board mounting, parts packet 53P8617
33 56P2888 1 Cover, left side
7-46 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 28.1: 5-Bin mailbox (Infoprint 1464 only)
Parts catalog 7-47
4924-xx
Assembly 28.1: 5-Bin mailbox (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
28.11 53P8559 4 Spring, diverter
2 56P2936 1 Frame asm, right side
4 53P8547 4 Cam, diverter actuator
5 53P8550 4 Spring, diverter actuator
6 53P8548 4 Latch, diverter actuator
7 53P8549 4 Arbor, diverter actuator
8 53P8592 4 Retainer, C-clip
9 56P0418 1 Bracket, attach front
10 53P8551 4 Solenoid, diverter
11 56P2938 5 Deflector, paper exit w/brush
12 56P2934 4 Deflector, paper
13 53P8590 5 Deflector
14 56P2933 1 Deflector, paper top bin
NS 56P0421 1 Spring, static ground
NS NA 1 Grease packet, IBM #23
NS 53P8534 10 Roller asm, rear access door
NS 53P8536 1 32 ppm drive gear
NS 53P8591 1 Retainer, R-ring
NS 53P8330 10 Retainer
NS 56P0550 1 Cable, tray media level sensor
7-48 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 29: 500-Sheet drawer option
Parts catalog 7-49
4924-xx
Assembly 29: 500-Sheet drawer option
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
291 56P2850 1 500-Sheet drawer option, complete
2 56P2834 1 500-Sheet tray assembly
3 53P9848 1 Back restraint latch
4 53P9847 1 Back restraint
5 53P9854 1 Tray bias bellcrank assembly
7 53P9855 1 Tray bias spring
8 53P9965 1 Reflector label
9 53P9850 1 Wear strip
10 53P9849 1 Tray wear clip
11 53P9846 1 Side restraint
12 56P1504 2 Restraint pad
7-50 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 29.1: 500-Sheet drawer option
3
11
7
13
18
5
16
9
15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10
6
17
4
12
8
14
14
14
14
19
1
20
21
22
Parts catalog 7-51
4924-xx
Assembly 29.1: 500-Sheet drawer option
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
29.11 56P0168 1 Drive assembly, 500 option 2
3 56P2868 1 500-Sheet option tray pick assembly
4 53P9962 1 Paper level sensing assembly
5 53P9894 1 Tray interlock bellcrank
6 56P2859 1 Cover, frame
7 53P9550 1 Pass thru sensor
8 53P9959 1 Hinge
9 53P9956 1 Electronics/size sensing assembly with system board
10 53P9955 1 Pick arm lift bellcrank
11 53P9963 1 Paper size sensing assembly
12 53P9954 1 Bellcrank lift spring
13 56P2858 1 500 base assembly
14 53P9812 7 Machine pad
15 56P1571 1 Plate, 500 support assembly
16 56P2867 1 Paper guide
17 53P9960 1 Wall support plate
18 56P2869 1 Base door assembly
19 53P9958 1 Spring
20 56P2849 1 500 option deflector
21 56P2176 1 Grounding spring
22 75P5958 1 Pick roll tires (2 per pack)
NS 53P9925 4 Cable tie (6 in a pack)
7-52 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 30: Duplex option
Parts catalog 7-53
4924-xx
Assembly 30: Duplex option
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
301 56P2860 1 Duplex option, complete
2 56P2863 1 Back cover
3 56P2898 5 Redrive bearing
4 56P0447 1 Duplex entry shaft assembly
6 56P0434 1 Right side front tray guide
7 56P0483 1 Deflector actuator assembly
8 56P1570 1 Deflector follower assembly
9 56P2861 1 Duplex front jam tray assembly
10 56P0457 1 Duplex support bracket
11 56P2866 1 Sensor mount plate
12 56P0442 1 Duplex exit sensor
13 56P0435 1 Duplex shaft mount
14 56P0479 1 Front decurl assembly
15 56P0444 1 F/R backup shaft assembly
16 56P0476 4 5 mm bushing
17 56P0473 1 Brake pad
18 56P2865 1 Duplex paper guide
19 56P0454 1 Wall support
20 56P0475 1 Brake spring
21 56P0472 1 Pass thru shaft assembly
22 56P0441 1 Duplex shaft assembly
23 56P0468 1 Pass thru spring
24 56P0470 1 Aligner arm spring
25 56P0466 1 Spur drive gear
26 56P0467 2 26T duplex gear
27 Retainer, parts packet 53P8249
28 56P0471 1 Bellcrank assembly
29 56P0474 1 Decurl BAC assembly
30 56P0445 1 40T shaft drive F/R gear
31 56P0449 1 Support decurl guide
NS 56P0482 1 Pulley washer
7-54 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 30.1: Duplex option
Parts catalog 7-55
4924-xx
Assembly 30.1: Duplex option
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
30.11 56P0456 1 Duplex support plate
2 56P0462 1 Autoconnect cable assembly
3 56P0463 1 DC forward/reverse motor assembly
4 56P0464 1 DC duplex feed motor
6 53P9925 6 Cable tie (6 in pack)
7 56P0459 1 Back support
8 56P0430 1 Duplex card assembly
9 56P2484 1 Belt, transfer
10 56P2862 1 Right jam clearance tray assembly
11 56P0458 1 Chassis ground spring
12 53P8592 8 Retainer, C-clip
13 56P0478 2 Aligner spring
14 53P8279 2 Paper guide assembly
15 56P0465 2 Drive alignment shaft assembly
16 56P0477 1 Reduction gear shaft
17 56P0451 3 Right backup spring assembly
18 53P8536 2 32 ppm drive gear
19 56P0452 3 Left backup spring assembly
20 56P2864 1 Upper rib assembly
21 56P0437 1 Duplex input sensor
22 Screw (long), parts packet 53P9933
7-56 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 31: High-capacity input tray (HCIT) (Infoprint 1464 only)
Parts catalog 7-57
4924-xx
Assembly 31: HCIT (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
311 56P0561 1 Paper size sensor box assembly
2 56P0519 1 Flag, paper size F
3 56P0520 1 Flag, paper size C
4 56P0518 1 Flag, paper size R
5 56P0522 3 Spring, paper size flag
6 56P0516 9 Sensor, photo interrupter
7 56P0511 1 Paper size sensors cable
8 56P0494 1 System control board
9 Screws, parts packet 53P9936
10 56P0495 1 LVPS
11 56P0513 1 Elevator motor assembly
12 56P0497 1 AC power outlet
13 56P0498 1 AC power inlet
14 56P0490 1 Jumper, AC power cord
15 56P0524 1 Paper tray guide
16 56P0547 1 Elevator lift belt
17 56P0549 1 Elevator lift
18 56P0563 3 Ring 7, elevator lift gear/elevator lift
19 56P0548 1 Elevator lift gear
20 56P0523 2 Paper tray arms
21 56P0525 1 Feed unit, complete assembly
22 56P0527 2 Bushing
23 56P0533 1 Spring, feed unit front
24 56P0534 1 Spring, feed unit rear
25 56P0562 1 Feed cover
26 56P0542 2 Separation/torque roller
27 56P0529 2 Feed cam
28 E-clips, parts packet 56P0531
29 56P0528 2 Feed roller
30 56P0530 2 Spring, feed unit
31 56P0532 1 Bushing, 060
32 56P0544 2 Emitter timing wheel
33 56P0535 3 Clip, plastic 5W
34 56P0526 2 Sensors, special optical
35 56P0536 1 Level sensor flag
36 56P0540 1 Spring, extension
37 56P0539 1 Near empty sensor flag
7-58 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 31.1: High-capacity input tray (HCIT) (Infoprint 1464 only)
Parts catalog 7-59
4924-xx
Assembly 31.1: HCIT (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
31.11 56P2905 1 Rear cover
2 56P2903 1 Right side cover
3 56P0491 2 Caster, movable
5 56P0493 4 F adjuster
6 56P2901 1 Front cover
7 56P2902 1 Cover, main CA
8 56P0492 2 Caster, fixed
9 56P2904 1 Left side cover
10 56P2906 1 Upper left side jam cover
11 56P0507 1 Locating pin, options front right
12 56P0506 1 Locating pin, options rear left
13 56P0514 1 Options autoconnect cable assembly
14 56P0517 1 Options cable mounting plate
NS 56P0509 1 Cable, feed unit special sensors
NS 56P0510 1 Cable, feed unit sensors
NS 56P0512 1 Cable, elevator motor
NS 56P0515 1 Magnetic latch
NS 56P0541 1 Tray present lever
NS 56P0543 9 Cable clamp
NS 56P0564 1 Kit, stabilizer with mounting screws
7-60 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 32: Finisher
Parts catalog 7-61
4924-xx
Assembly 32: Finisher
Asm-
Index
Part
number
Units Description
321 56P0321 1 Top cover (tall finisher)
1 56P1287 1 Scanner plate (short finisher)
2 56P0569 1 Rear cover (tall finisher)
2 56P1285 1 Rear cover (short finisher)
3 56P0573 1 Upper right side cover (tall finisher)
3 56P1286 1 Upper right side cover (short finisher)
4 56P0574 1 Lower tray cover
5 56P0576 1 Bottom kick cover
6 56P0575 1 Front/rear lower cover
7 56P0387 1 Bar tip unit
8 56P0577 1 Lower right side cover
9 56P0320 1 Cover front door
10 56P0566 1 Finisher install kit
11 56P1290 1 Cover wire
7-62 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 32.1: Finisher
Parts catalog 7-63
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
32.11 56P0324 1 Motor assembly elevator tray
2 56P0357 1 Actuation assembly
3 56P1471 1 HCOF control board assembly
4 56P0325 1 Motor assembly paper feed
5 56P0332 1 Accumulator paper feed belt (40S3M900)
6 56P2294 1 Accumulator drive belt (B30S2M334)
7 56P0315 1 Punch assembly
8 56P0345 1 Punch motor homing sensor (GP1A73A)
9 56P0318 1 Box, chad
10 56P0329 1 Inverter D drive belt (40S3M225)
11 56P0383 1 Solenoid inverter
12 56P0347 3 Jogger fence homing sensor (EE-SX460-P1-CHN)
13 56P0342 4 Caster
14 56P0338 1 Low voltage power supply
15 56P0333 2 Tray elevation belt (60S6M1420)
16 56P0323 1 Output tray offset motor and gear assembly
17 56P0386 1 Fan assembly DC motor
18 56P0322 1 Tray paper
19 56P0326 1 Flag paper full
20 56P0331 1 Exit foam Roller drive belt (40S3M80)
21 56P0334 1 Tray elevation drive belt (170P2M4)
22 56P0335 1 Exit roller drive belt (40S2M264)
23 56P0336 1 Output tray offset drive belt (40S2M134)
24 56P0337 1 Punch belt (40S2M176)
25 56P0578 1 Tray wall cover
26 56P0327 1 Paper feed belt (40S3M888)
27 56P0343 1 Punch timing sensor (OJ-541-A5)
28 56P0350 2 Paper surface sensor (EE-SX460-P1-CHN)
29 56P0352 1 Printer docking switch SS-5FL-3T(10E)
30 56P0388 1 Tray limit switches (includes two)
31 56P0346 1 Exit timing sensor (EE-SPY415)
32 56P0328 1 Inverter transfer belt (40S3M198)
NS 56P0340 1 Communications cable
NS 56P0341 1 Power cord
NS 56P0354 1 Bracket finisher alignment
NS 56P0356 1 Pack magnet, strong and weak and door latch
7-64 Service Manual
4924-xx
Parts catalog 7-65
4924-xx
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
32.21 56P0355 1 Guide vertical paper
2 56P0385 1 Solenoid drop assembly
3 56P0347 1 Jogger fence homing sensor (EE-SX1235A-P2)
4 56P0384 1 Accumulator belt (hook)
5 56P2294 1 Accumulator drive belt (B30S2M334)
6 56P0319 1 Accumulator w/o stapler
7 56P0348 1 Drop timing sensor (OS-535223-602)
8 56P0349 1 Accumulator homing sensor (OS-311D-A5)
9 56P0316 1 Staple assembly
10 56P0358 2 Accumulator slides
11 56P0317 1 Staple cartridge
12 56P0346 1 Exit timing sensor (EE-SPY415)
13 56P0344 1 Inverter timing sensor (OJ511K-A5)
14 56P0330 1 Paper feed-input belt (40S3M279)
15 56P0351 1 Cover open switch
16 56P2295 1 Jogger fence belt (B40S2M460)
NS 56P0382 1 Harness cable assembly D5 - low voltage power supply to low voltage power relay
board
7-66 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 33: Finisher cables
See the foldout page.
Parts catalog 7-67
4924-xx
Assembly 33: Finisher cables
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
331 56P0340 1 Communications cable
2 56P0341 1 Power cord
3 56P0359 1 Harness cable assembly H2 - system board to drop solenoid
4 56P0360 1 Harness cable assembly H3 - system board to harness cable assembly H4/drop timing
sensor/punch motor homing sensor/inverter timing sensor
5 56P0361 1 Harness cable assembly H4 - harness cable H3 to punch timing sensor
6 56P0362 1 Harness cable assembly H5 - system board to printer docking switch
7 56P0363 1 Harness cable assembly H6 - system board to fan
8 56P0364 1 Harness cable assembly S1 - stapler cable to stapler assembly
9 56P1280 1 Harness cable assembly stapler - system board to cable S1/jogger fence homing
sensor/accumulator homing sensor/jogger motor accumulator drive motor
10 56P0368 1 Harness cable assembly S5 - system board to chad box full sensor
11 56P0369 1 Harness cable assembly E2 - cable E5 to exit timing sensor
12 56P0370 1 Harness cable assembly E3 - cable E5 to paper surface upper sensor/paper surface
lower sensor
13 56P0371 1 Harness cable assembly E5 - system board to cable E2/E3
14 56P0372 1 Harness cable assembly E6 - cable E8 to tray limit switches
15 56P0373 1 Harness cable assembly E7 - cable E8 to output tray offset sensor
16 56P0374 1 Harness cable assembly E8 - system board to E6/E7
17 56P0375 1 Harness cable assembly E9 - cable E10 to output offset motor
18 56P0376 1 Harness cable assembly E10 - system board to cable E9
19 56P0378 1 Harness cable assembly R1 - system board to inverter solenoid/inverter jam sensor
20 56P0379 1 Harness cable assembly D1 - system board to front door switch
21 56P0380 1 Harness cable assembly D2 - system board to low voltage power supply
22 56P0381 1 Harness cable assembly D3 - low voltage power supply relay board to AC input/output
23 56P0382 1 Harness cable assembly D5 - low voltage power supply to low voltage power supply
relay board.
7-68 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 34: Envelope option (Infoprint 1464 only)
Parts catalog 7-69
4924-xx
Assembly 34: Envelope option (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
341 56P2890 1 Envelope option (complete)
2 56P2891 1 Envelope tray assembly
7-70 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 35: Outdoor media tray option (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
351 56P2892 1 Outdoor media drawer assembly
2 56P2893 1 Outdoor media tray assembly
Parts catalog 7-71
4924-xx
Assembly 36: Banner option (Infoprint 1464 only)
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
361 56P2894 1 Banner input assembly
7-72 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 37: Options
Parts catalog 7-73
4924-xx
Assembly 37: Options
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
NS 53P9924 1 64MB SDRAM card assembly
NS 56P1417 1 16MB Flash DIMM card assembly
NS 56P1418 1 32MB Flash DIMM card assembly
NS 56P1430 1 Traditional Chinese font DIMM card assembly
NS 56P1429 1 Simplified Chinese font DIMM card assembly
NS 56P1437 1 Adapter, parallel 1284-B
NS 56P9982 1 Hard Disk, 20GB with/Adapter (formatted)
NS 56P1428 1 Lexmark Forms 16MB Flash DIMM
NS 56P1427 1 Lexmark Forms 32MB Flash DIMM
NS 56P9942 1 Hard Drive Mounting Kit
NS 56P1741 1 MarkNet Token-Ring Print Internal Server
NS 56P1431 1 MarkNet X2011e Ethernet 10/100BaseTX - 1 Port External Server
NS 56P1432 1 MarkNet X2012e Ethernet 10BaseT/2 10BaseTX/10Base 2 - 1 Port External Server
NS 56P1435 1 External serial adapter (RS 232)
NS 56P0159 1 Coax/Twinax adapter for SCS
NS 56P1436 1 RS-232 serial interface card
NS 56P3090 1 IPDS/SCS card assembly
NS 56P1438 1 Japanese font card assembly
NS 56P2231 1 Korean font card assembly card assembly
NS 56P2299 1 PrintCryption card assembly
NS 56P2248 1 ImageQuick card assembly
NS 56P1433 1 MarkNet X2031e Ethernet 10/100BaseTX - 3 Port External Server
NS 56P1434 1 MarkNet X2030t Token-Ring External Server
NS 56P1742 1 MarkNet N2101e Ethernet 10/100BaseTX Internal Server
NS 56P9932 1 Lexmark Forms hard disk, 5GB or larger w/adapter
NS 53P7069 1 High speed bi-directional parallel cable (10 ft)
NS 53P7071 1 Serial cable, soft
NS 56P2297 1 Bar code card assembly
NS 56P2242 1 802.11g Wireless Print Server, external Ethernet to wireless (USA, Canada only)
NS 56P2243 1 802.11g Wireless Print Server, external Ethernet to wireless(All countries except USA
and Canada)
NS 56P2744 1 802.11g Wireless Print Server, external USB to wireless (USA, Canada only)
NS 56P2745 1 802.11g Wireless Print Server, external USB to wireless (All countries except USA and
Canada)
7-74 Service Manual
4924-xx
Assembly 38: Miscellaneous
Asm-
index
Part
number
Units Description
NS 1 Screw type 323, parts packet 53P7583
NS 1 Screw type 312/322/412/423, parts packet 53P9936
NS 1 Screw, 500-sheet tray, parts packet 53P9940
NS 75P5496 1 Kit, relocation package assembly printer
NS 53P7716 1 Kit, relocation package assembly output expander
NS 53P7717 1 Kit, relocation package assembly 5-bin mailbox
NS 53P7718 1 Kit, relocation package assembly 500 drawer
NS 53P7719 1 Kit, relocation package assembly duplex
NS 75P5495 1 Kit, relocation package assembly finisher
NS 1 Bushings, parts packet 53P8359
Appendix AService tips A-1
4924-xx
Appendix AService tips A
Printhead diagnostics
If you get a printhead error, follow this diagnostic to find the specific failure.
1. Verify all the printhead cables are properly seated.
If the printhead cables are properly seated and the error remains, record the error code. Continue to the
next step.
2. Determine how to setup the printhead diagnostic tool.
a. Verify the printhead diagnostic tool is configured as in following illustration. Reconfigure if necessary.
b. Select which pair of printheads to use based on the error code.
If the printer displays the codes that indicate yellow or cyan, use the tool to switch the yellow and cyan
signals. If the error codes indicated a magenta or black error, use the tool to switch the magenta and
black signals.
Magenta/black
Connect tool here for:
Yellow/cyan
A-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
3. Install the printhead diagnostic tool and determine the problem.
The following procedure shows the yellow and cyan switch as an example.
a. Turn off the printer.
b. Unplug the printhead cables from the system board and connect them to the printhead diagnostic
tool.
c. Connect the printhead diagnostic tool cables to the connectors on the system board. This reverses
the printhead color signals for the selected pair of colors.
4924-xx
d. Turn on the printer and note the new error codes.
If an automatic calibration begins, 36 Printer Service Required may appear. The printhead and
system board are working correctly and the printhead cable connections should be checked.
If the error code remains the same, replace the System board. If that solves the problem, you
are finished.
If the printer displays a different printhead error code, which indicates another color, the
printhead or the printhead cables are defective. See the following table for the printhead codes.
For example, the printer originally displays the printhead error code 108 (yellow). After switching the
signals using the diagnostic tool, the printer displays the printhead error code 106 (cyan).
4. Remove the printhead diagnostic tool.
5. The problem is in either the printhead cables or the printhead. Replace the printhead cables. If the problem
persists, replace the printhead. See Printhead removal and adjustments on page 4-57.
Note: Replace and adjust only one printhead at a time.
Printhead error codes Printhead error codes
Yellow Cyan Magenta Black (K)
For 10x errors 108 106 107 109
For 11x errors 117 115 116 114
For errors 169175 175 171 173 169
Not commonly seen 176 172 174 170
A-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
Identifying the printheads
Notes:
Whenever a printhead is removed, it is necessary to perform the Printhead mechanical alignment and
Printhead electronic alignment.
The front cover must be installed and closed before any printhead alignment can be performed. It is not
necessary to remove the cover to access the printheads.
If there is a protective lens cover on the new printhead, it must be removed before installing the
replacement printhead.
4924-xx
System board cabling reference
See System board - non-network on page 5-6 or System board - network on page 5-7 for connections.
Refer to the System board wiring diagram for additional details.
A-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
Redrive belt routing
If the redrive belt has been removed, use the diagram and information to properly route the belt. The idler gear
roller in these photos is only visible because the printer has been disassembled to the frame. The gear will have
to be located by feel to ensure proper installation.
Redrive gear (A) and auto tension gear (B) properly routed.
Redrive belt properly routed on the idler gear (C) and the roller (D).
Redrive belt properly routed on the vacuum transfer belt (VTB) gear (E).
4924-xx
Finisher alignment
This tip provides detailed instructions for aligning the finisher to the printer.
The sides of the finisher must be parallel with the printer and at the same height, or you may have paper feeding
problems.
There are four locations where adjustments can be made to correctly align the finisher with the printer. There are
two adjustment casters on the left (the side closest to the printer) and two on the right, underneath the platform
cover.
Note: The short finisher left casters adjust with caster bolts, while the tall finisher left casters adjust with
wingnuts.
How the casters are adjusted depends on whether you have the short or tall finisher.
Short finisher
Printer
Optional duplex unit
Three additional 500-sheet drawers
Printer stand
Finisher
Finisher
Printer
Duplex unit
500-sheet
drawers
Printer stand
A-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
Tall finisher
Printer
Optional duplex unit
One additional 500-sheet drawer
Optional 2000-sheet drawer
Finisher
Printer
Finisher
Duplex unit
500-sheet
drawer
2000-sheet
drawer
4924-xx
Step 1: Secure the printer
Completely stabilize the printer before the finisher alignment process is started. How this is done depends on
whether you have a short or tall finisher.
Short finisher
1. Attach caster brakes (A) to the two back legs of the printer caster base.
2. Screw the caster brakes onto the legs of the caster base.
3. Adjust the leveling feet (B) on the caster brakes so they securely touch the floor.
Tall finisher
Adjust the four leveling feet (C) on the bottom of the 2000-sheet drawer so all four securely touch the floor.
C
A-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
Step 2: Align the pin
Adjust the two casters on the left side (closest to the printer) to raise or lower the finisher as needed, so the pin
(D) on the printer properly aligns with the hole in the finisher (the pin should freely slide into the hole).
Short finisher
1. Insert the Allen wrench (E) into either caster bolt (F).
2. Rotate the wrench in the appropriate direction to adjust the height of the finisher (clockwise raises the
finisher).
3. Repeat with the other caster bolt.
D
4924-xx
Tall finisher
Loosen or tighten the wingnuts (G) to adjust the height of the finisher (clockwise raises the finisher).
Step 3: Align the bumper pads
Adjust the two casters on the right side (under the platform cover) to raise or lower the finisher as needed so the
two bumper pads on the finisher lightly touch the printer.
This ensures that the gap (H) between the printer and finisher is the same from top to bottom.
H
A-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
Short and tall finisher
1. Lift the platform cover.
2. Insert the Allen wrench (E) into either caster bolt (J).
3. Rotate the wrench in the appropriate direction to adjust the height of the finisher (clockwise raises the
finisher).
4. Repeat with the other caster bolt.
Step 4: Adjust the tilt
If necessary, adjust the tilt of the finisher so that the front is flush with the front of the printer. This can usually be
done by adjusting the two front casters (those closest to the finisher door).
Note: When adjusting the tilt, be sure that the adjustments made in steps 1 and 2 are maintained. Additional
adjustments may be necessary in those locations.
If the finisher wobbles after making adjustments in steps 1, 2, and 3, make sure each caster touches the floor.
X
X
4924-xx
Step 5: Connect the finisher and printer
Push the finisher against the printer, making sure the gap in the front is the same as the gap in the back.
When adjoining the finisher and the printer, make sure that the finisher cable is out of the way of the paper path.
If the cable folds itself between the finisher and the printer, disconnect the cable, twist it one time, and then
reconnect it. This may help the cable bend the other direction.
Finisher alignment quick check
Use this table to make sure all alignments have been made.
Make sure: To make adjustments, see:
1. The printer is secured to the floor. Step 1: Secure the printer on appendix
page A-9
2. The finishers height is correct.
The pin should align with the hole in the finisher, and the
finisher should easily dock to the printer without interference or
binding with the pin.
Step 2: Align the pin on appendix page A-10
3. The finisher is vertically aligned to the printer.
The finisher's two bumper pads should lightly touch the printer.
Step 3: Align the bumper pads on appendix
page A-11
4. The finisher's tilt is correct.
The printer and finisher's front covers should be flush together
at top and bottom. If you run your hand across them from side
to side they should feel as if they are one part.
Step 4: Adjust the tilt on appendix page A-12
5. The finisher is squarely docked to the printer.
The printer and finisher's top covers should have the same
distance between them at the front and rear when docked.
Step 5: Connect the finisher and printer on
appendix page A-13
X X
A-14 Service Manual
4924-xx
Duplex option deflector button replacement
230 Paper Jam - duplex deflector fails
During a duplex job, the duplex option fails to actuate the deflector in the fuser and the paper is diverted away
from the duplex. The duplex option does not receive the sheet and prompts a 230 Paper Jam message. Replace
the rubber deflector button with the enclosed compression spring deflector button.
Replacing the button
1. The FRU kit contains two parts that should be assembled as shown.
2. Remove the deflector button by pulling up.
4924-xx
3. Place the new button into the cam.
4. Verify the new button moves freely by pressing the button firmly down and watching it snap back.
Note: Leave the button in the up position.
A-16 Service Manual
4924-xx
Appendix BPrint quality samples B-1
4924-xx
Appendix BPrint quality samples
The following pages represent some of the pages available in various menus. While they are as close as
possible to what you will see, variations in printing may result from individual user printer settings, media, and
printer alignment.
Print MenusPage one of two
B-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
Print MenusPage two of two
4924-xx
Print tests
Print Quality PagesTitle page (total of five)
B-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
Print Quality PagesPage 1 (total of five)
4924-xx
B-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
4924-xx
B-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
Registration and alignment
Quick Test Page
4924-xx
Printhead mechanical alignment test page
B-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
Printhead electronic alignment test pageMagenta (one of two)
4924-xx
Printhead electronic alignment test pageMagenta (two of two)
B-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
Index I-1
4924-xx
Index
Numerics
1565 Emul Error Load 2-40
1xx service errors
error code table 2-82-13
error-specific service checks 2-412-65
2000-sheet input tray option
diagnostics 2-4
parts catalog 7-56, 7-58
2xx paper jams
description 2-152-17
error-specific service check 2-662-82
30-99 user attendance messages 2-312-40
diagnostics 2-4
service check 2-102
500-sheet integrated tray
parts catalog 7-18
5-bin mailbox option
diagnostics 2-5
service checks 2-98
80 Fuser Maintenance 6-4
900 RIP Software Error
service checks 2-83
9xx service errors
error code table 2-62-8
error-specific service check 2-832-97
A
AC power, service check 2-105
acoustics 1-5
acronyms 1-17
ALIGNMENT MENU 3-15
alignments
printhead electronic alignment 4-60
printhead mechanical alignment 3-15, 4-58
attendance messages 2-27
Auto Color Adjust 3-11
autocompensator pick assembly
parts catalog 7-19
removal 4-20
service checks 2-107
autoconnect, bottom, connections 5-19
autoconnect, top, connections 5-18
B
banner tray 7-71
BASE SENSOR TEST 3-30
Belt Tracking 3-18
black only retract (BOR), service checks 2-109
BOR drive assembly
parts catalog 7-25
removal 4-28
BOR drive motor, location 5-2
Button Test 3-20
C
cabling
system board 7-34
system board in color 8-5
transfer HVPS 7-36
CACHE Test 3-21
Cal Ref Adj 3-34
cartridge contact assembly
location 5-4, 5-5
parts catalog 7-26
removal 4-29
cartridge drive assembly
location 5-2
lubrication 6-3
parts catalog 7-27
removal 4-30
service checks 2-57, 2-58, 2-59, 2-61, 2-62, 2-63,
2-64, 2-65
cartridge drive motor, location 5-2
close door, service checks 2-110
color correction settings 1-3
Color Menu 2-23
Color Page Count 3-32
Color Trapping 3-9
Configuration ID 3-33
configuration menu 3-8
Color Trapping 3-9
Demo Mode 3-10
Energy Conserve 3-11
entering 3-8
Env Prompts 3-12
ERROR LOG 3-11
Exit Config Menu 3-8, 3-12
Factory Defaults 3-10
Font Sharpening 3-11
Fuser Count Value 3-9
ITU Count Value 3-9
Panel Menu 3-10
Paper Prompts 3-12
PPDS Emulation 3-10
Print Quality Pages 3-9
Reset Fuser Count 3-9
SIZE SENSING 3-10
Tray Insert Msg 3-9
connector locations
developer HVPS board 5-22
fuser connectors 5-24
HCIT 2000-sheet board 5-26
HCOF LVPS board 5-32
HCOF system board 5-28
HVPS 5-20
HVPS board 5-20
I-2 Service Manual
4924-xx
LVPS 5-23
paper size sensing board 5-25
system board 5-8, 8-5
D
DC Charge Adjustment 3-34
DC power, service checks 2-105
Defaults 3-32
defect locator chart and transparency 3-4
Demo Mode 3-10
Dev Bias Adj 3-34
developer HVPS board
connectors 5-22
location 5-1
parts catalog 7-32
removal 4-31
diagnostic aids
partial print test 3-6
print quality deft locator transparency 3-4
printhead diagnostics 3-1
diagnostics
2xx paper jam message table 2-27
error code table 2-6
HCOF error code table 2-116
sub error code table 2-18
system board LED error code table 2-121
user attendance message table 2-27
Diagnostics Mode 3-13
ALIGNMENT MENU 3-15
BASE SENSOR TEST 3-30
DEVICE TESTS 3-30
Disk Test/Clean 3-31
Flash Test 3-31
Quick Disk Test 3-30
Drift Sensors 3-16
DUPLEX TESTS 3-24
Duplex Quick Tests 3-24
Duplex Sensor Test 3-24
Duplex Top Margin Offset 3-24
entering 3-13
EP SETUP 3-34
DC Charge Adjustment 3-34
Dev Bias Adj 3-34
EP Defaults 3-34
Fuser Temp 3-34
Transfer Adjust 3-34
ERROR LOG 3-35
Clear Log 3-36
Display Log 3-35
Print Log 3-35
EXIT DIAGNOSTICS 3-13, 3-36
FINISHER TESTS 3-28
Finisher Feed Test 3-28
Finisher Sensor Test 3-28
Hole Punch Test 3-29
Staple Test 3-28
HARDWARE TESTS 3-20
Button Test 3-20
CACHE Test 3-21
DRAM Test 3-21
LCD Test 3-20
Parallel Wrap Test 3-22
ROM Test 3-22
Serial Wrap Test 3-23
INPUT TRAY TESTS 3-25
Feed Test 3-25
Sensor Test 3-25
MISC TESTS 3-17
Belt Tracking 3-18
Motor Detect 3-17
Printhead Inst 3-18
Toggle ITU 3-17
OUTPUT BIN TESTS 3-26
Diverter Test 3-27
Feed Test 3-26
Feed to All Bins 3-26
Sensor Test 3-27
PRINT TESTS
Print Quality Pgs 3-19
Quick Test Pages, by input source 3-19
PRINTER SETUP 3-32
Cal Ref Adj 3-34
Configuration ID 3-33
Defaults 3-32
Edge to Edge 3-33
Engine Setting x 3-33
Model Name 3-33
PAGE COUNTS 3-32
Reset Calibration 3-34
Serial Number 3-33
REGISTRATION 3-14
TOP FINE MARGIN ADJ 3-16
dip switch settings, HCIT 3-36
Diverter Test 3-27
DRAM Test 3-21
Drift Sensors 3-16
duplex option
deflector button replacement 8-14
Duplex Quick Test 3-24
Duplex Sensor Test 3-24
Duplex Top Margin Offset 3-24
E
Edge to Edge 3-33
electronics 7-28, 7-30, 7-32, 7-33
electronics, cabling interconnections 7-34, 7-36, 7-38,
7-39
Energy Conserve 3-11
Engine Setting x 3-33
Env Prompts 3-12
envelope feeder option
parts catalog 7-68
error codes
1565 service error 2-40
1xx service errors 2-8
2xx paper jams 2-15
Index I-3
4924-xx
3x-8x attendance errors 2-31
9xx service errors 2-6
sub error code tables, 9xx and 2xx 2-18
user attendance errors 2-27
ERROR LOG
Clear Log 3-36
configuration menu 3-11
diagnostics mode 3-35
Display Log 3-35
Print Log 3-11, 3-35
ESD-sensitive parts 4-1
exiting configuration menu 3-12
F
Factory Defaults 3-10
Feed Test 3-25, 3-26
Feed to All Bins 3-26
finisher
alignment tip 8-7
cables 7-66
connections 5-28
LVPS board 5-32
parts catalog 7-60, 7-62, 7-64
sub LVPS relay board 5-32
Finisher Feed Test 3-28
Finisher Sensor Test 3-28
finisher system board, connections 5-28
Flash Test 3-31
Font Sharpening 3-11
friction buckler, parts catalog 7-17
front right light shield 4-34
fuser assembly
parts catalog 7-7
removal 4-35
fuser bottom duct
parts catalog 7-5
removal 4-36
Fuser Count Value 3-9
fuser drive assembly
lubrication 6-2
parts catalog 7-8
removal 4-37
fuser drive card assembly
parts catalog 7-8
removal 4-37
fuser fan
location 5-2
parts catalog 7-35
removal 4-38
service checks 2-85
fuser motor assembly, location 5-1
Fuser Temp 3-34
H
HCIT standalone test mode 3-36
high-capacity input tray (HCIT)
connections 5-26
paper jam 2-75
standalone test mode 3-36
Hole Punch Test 3-29
HVPS, see developer HVPS or transfer HVPS
I
input media types and weights 1-14
ITU assembly
parts catalog 7-20
removal 4-40
service check 2-41, 2-44
ITU Count Value 3-9
ITU drive assembly
lubrication 6-3
parts catalog 7-21
removal 4-41
ITU drive motor
location 5-2
removal 4-42
L
LCD Test 3-20
low voltage power supply (LVPS)
connections 5-23, 5-24
location 5-1
parts catalog 7-29
removal 4-43
service check 2-86
lubrication
cartridge drive assembly replacement 6-3
fuser drive assembly replacement 6-2
ITU drive assembly replacement 6-3
lubrication specifications 6-1
M
maintenance kits 6-4
maintenance, scheduled 6-4
media
input types and weights 1-14
output media types and weights 1-15
sizes 1-12
types 1-10
memory
available memory options 1-9
configuration 1-8
menus 2-22
messages, attendance 2-27
Model Name 3-33
models 1-1
Mono Page Count 3-32
Motor Detect 3-17
multipurpose feeder (MPF)
removal 4-45
N
narrow media sensor (NMS) cable, removal 4-67
narrow media sensor (NMS), removal 4-68
I-4 Service Manual
4924-xx
nip relief handle
parts catalog 7-15
removal 4-47
nip shock 3-4
O
operator panel
parts catalog 7-3
understanding 2-21
options and features
description 1-2
parts catalog 7-72
outdoor media tray 7-70
output expander
output media types and weights 1-15
P
page counts
setting page counts 3-32
viewing permanent 3-33
Panel Menus 3-10
Paper Prompts 3-12
paper size sensing assembly
connections 5-25
location 5-1
parts catalog 7-14
removal 4-52
replacement 4-53
service check 2-143
paper size sensing board
removal 4-54
paper, see media
Parallel Wrap Test 3-22
partial print test 3-6
parts catalog
500-sheet drawer option 7-48, 7-50
500-sheet integrated tray 7-18
5-bin mailbox 7-44, 7-46
autocompensator assembly 7-19
banner tray 7-71
BOR drive assembly 7-25
cartridge contact assembly 7-26
cartridge drive assembly 7-27
cartridge mounting 7-6
covers 7-2, 7-4
duplex option 7-52, 7-54
electronics 7-28, 7-30, 7-32, 7-33
electronicscabling interconnections 1 7-34
envelope option 7-68
finisher 7-60, 7-62, 7-64
finisher cables 7-66
fuser assembly 7-7
fuser drive 7-8
high-capacity input tray (HCIT) 7-56, 7-58
ITU assembly 7-20
ITU drive assembly 7-21
ITU loading 7-22
miscellaneous 7-74
multipurpose feeder (MPF) 7-16, 7-17
options 7-72
outdoor media tray 7-70
output expander 7-40, 7-42
paper feed input 7-13
paper feed output (redrive) 7-12
paper feed transport 7-15
paper size sensing 7-14
printheads 7-11
transfer 7-10
vacuum transport belt assembly (VTB) 7-9
waste toner container 7-24
Perm Page Count 3-32
pick rolls, removal 4-55
POR sequence 2-2
power cords 7-29
power-on sequence (POR) 2-2
PPDS Emulation 3-10
print quality 3-5
black and white only 2-133
blank page 2-130
entire page is one color 2-131
horizontal lines or streaks 2-134
light lines or streaks 2-139
light print 2-133
light print - all colors 2-133
low image density 2-135
missing colors 2-132
negative ghost image 2-137
one color has light print 2-134
paper wrapped around the second transfer roll 2-140
poor color alignment 2-136
print quality service checks 2-130
print quality test pages 3-19
residual image 2-137
service check 2-130
smudged or distorted images 2-138
toner is on the back of the printed page 2-139
toner smears or rubs off the page 2-138
transparency print quality is poor 2-136
uneven printing 2-137
vertical lines or streaks 2-134
white streak in color plane 2-140
print quality defect locator chart 3-4
print quality samples 9-1
PRINT TESTS
Print Quality Pgs 3-19, 9-3
Quick Test Page 3-19
printer alignment procedures 4-58, 4-60
printhead electronic alignment 4-60
printhead electronic alignment test pages 9-10
Printhead Inst 3-18
printhead interlock switch, service check 2-110
printheads
Index I-5
4924-xx
diagnostics aid 3-1
electronic alignment 4-60
identification 4-57
location 5-2
parts catalog 7-11
removal 4-58
Prt Quality Pgs 3-9
Q
Quick Disk Test 3-30
Quick Test Page 3-15, 3-19, 9-8
Quick Test, duplex 3-24
R
rear bellcrank
parts catalog 7-23
removal 4-61, 4-63
redrive assembly
belt routing 8-6
parts catalog 7-12
removal 4-65
REGISTRATION 3-14
registration motor
location 5-2
parts catalog 7-15
removal 4-66
removals
autocompensator pick assembly 4-20
BOR drive assembly 4-28
cartridge contact assembly 4-29
covers
front cover assembly 4-14
front left handle cover assembly 4-10, 4-11
front lower left cover 4-10
front lower right cover 4-12
front right handle cover assembly 4-13
left lower cover 4-18
lower jam access door assembly 4-19
lower right door assembly 4-18
paper path access door cover 4-11
rear cover 4-16
redrive door 4-19
top cover assembly 4-6
developer HVPS board 4-31
friction buckler 4-33
front right light shield 4-34
fuser assembly 4-35
fuser bottom duct 4-36
fuser drive assembly 4-37
fuser drive card assembly 4-37
fuser fan 4-38
fuser top duct 4-39
inner system board shield 4-39
ITU assembly 4-40
ITU drive assembly 4-41
ITU drive motor 4-42, 4-66
LVPS assembly 4-43
multipurpose feeder (MPF) 4-45
nip relief handle 4-47
operator panel 4-50
outer system board shield 4-51
paper size sensing assembly 4-52
paper size sensing board 4-54
pick rolls 4-55
printheads 4-57
rear bellcrank (black) 4-63
rear bellcrank (cyan, magenta, yellow) 4-61
redrive assembly 4-65
registration motor 4-66
RIP fan 4-66
S2/narrow media/transparency/mutipurpose feeder
cables 4-67
S2/narrow media/transparency/mutipurpose feeder
sensors 4-68
second transfer roll 4-68
system board 4-69
transfer HVPS board 4-70
transfer plate assembly 4-73
vacuum transport belt (VTB) 4-74
vacuum transport belt (VTB) fan 4-76
waste container door 4-76
waste container latch 4-77
Reset Calibration 3-34
Reset Fuser Count 3-9
resolution 1-3
RIP fan
location 5-2
removal 4-66
service check 2-86
ROM Test 3-22
S
S2 sensor cable, removal 4-67
S2 sensor, removal 4-68
safety information ii-xv
safety inspection guide 6-1
screw identification table 4-2
second transfer roll
parts catalog 7-10
removal 4-68
service check 2-141
Sensor Test 3-25, 3-27
sensors
location 5-3
paper out, MPF 7-13
paper size 7-14
S2/narrow media (NMS) 4-67, 4-68, 7-13
transparency 7-13
Serial Number 3-33
Serial Wrap Test 3-23
service checks 2-41
100 ITU error 2-63
100-990 error-specific service checks 2-412-97
500-sheet drawer option 2-102
5-bin mailbox option 2-98
900 error code 2-83
AC and DC power 2-105
autocompensator 2-107
black only retract (BOR) 2-109
I-6 Service Manual
4924-xx
close door/HVPS/printhead interlock switch 2-110
duplex option 2-112
envelope feeder option 2-114
fans 2-85
finisher 2-116
fuser drive assembly noise check 2-124
HCIT 2-121
HCIT 2000-sheet option 2-121
ITU drive motor 2-63
operator panel LCD/status LED/buttons 2-125
output expander option 2-127
print quality 2-130
second transfer roll 2-141
toner metering cycle (TMC) 2-87
tray 1 2-142
tray 1 paper size sensing 2-143
service tips
duplex option deflector button replacement 8-14
finisher alignment 8-7
identifying system board cabling 8-5
identifying the printheads 8-4
redrive belt routing 8-6
setting printer alignment 3-15
SIZE SENSING 3-10
specifications
acoustics 1-5
dimensions 1-4
electrical 1-5
environment 1-6
media 1-10
memory configuration 1-8
memory options 1-9
operating clearance 1-5
performance 1-2
power and electrical 1-5
speed and performance 1-6
time to first print 1-8
Stapler Test 3-28
symptoms
500-sheet drawer option 2-4
5-bin mailbox option 2-5
base printer 2-3
close door displays constantly 2-3
colored lines, streaks or smudges 2-3
excessive fuser drive motor assembly noise 2-3
fuser fan fails to run or is noisy 2-3
machine inoperative 2-3
one or more op panel buttons do not work 2-3
operator panel - one pel or random pels are missing
2-3
operator panel displays all diamonds continuously
2-3
operator panel is blank 2-3
paper feed problem 2-3
paper feed problems, integrated tray 2-3
print quality - black line 2-3
print quality - blank page (no image) 2-3
print quality - evenly spaced horizontal marks or
lines on the printed page 2-3
print quality - light lines or streaks appear on the
printed page 2-3
print quality - light print 2-3
print quality - missing colors 2-3
print quality - multiple horizontal lines 2-4
print quality - poor color registration 2-4
print quality - toner on the back of the page 2-4
print quality - toner smears or rubs off the page 2-4
print quality - uneven printing 2-3
printer prints black only 2-3
RIP fan fails to run or is noisy 2-3
single color printed 2-3
VTB fan fails to run or is noisy 2-3
finisher option 2-5
HCIT 2000-sheet option 2-4
magenta, cyan, or yellow lines 2-3
output expander option 2-4
system board
cabling reference 8-5
connections 5-6, 5-7, 5-8
location 5-1
parts catalog 7-34
removal 4-69
T
Toggle ITU 3-17
toner darkness 1-3
tools required 1-1
Transfer Adjust 3-34
transfer HVPS board
connectors 5-20
location 5-1
parts catalog 7-32
removal 4-70
transfer plate assembly
parts catalog 7-10
removal 4-73
transparency sensor cable, removal 4-67
transparency sensor, removal 4-68
Tray Insert Msg 3-9
U
Utilities Menu 2-25
V
vacuum transport belt (VTB)
parts catalog 7-9
removal 4-74
vacuum transport belt (VTB) fan 5-2
removal 4-76
service check 2-85
W
waste container door, removal 4-76
waste container latch 7-24
waste toner container, parts catalog 7-24
web oiler fuser
Index I-7
4924-xx
location 5-1
I-8 Service Manual
4924-xx
Part number index I-9
4924-xx
Part number index
P/N Description Page
11A9095 Power cord set (LV)U.S., Asia Pacific (English), Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El
Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Japan, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Puerto Rico, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan,
Venezuela, Virgin Islands - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339517 Power cord set (HV)Bolivia, Peru - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339520 Power cord set (HV)Paraguay - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339524 Power cord set (HV)Chile, Uruguay - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339528 Power cord set (HV)Ireland, UK - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339529 Power cord setvarious - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339530 Power cord set (HV)Israel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339531 Power cord set (HV)Switzerland - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339532 Power cord setBotswana, Lesotho, Namibia, South Africa - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339534 Power cord setDenmark - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339544 Power cord set (HV)Argentina - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
1339550 Power cord set (LV)Brazil - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
43H5544 Power cord set (HV)PRC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
53P7112 Standoff, high voltage power supply - developer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-34
53P7583 Screw type 323, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-5, 7-10, 7-17, 7-23, 7-25, 7-34, 7-49, 7-53, 7-57, 7-76
53P7584 Screws, fuser fan mounting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
53P8206 Shaft assembly, lower exit, also order parts packet 53P8359 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
53P8222 Spring, upper diverter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43, 7-47
53P8249 Retainer, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
53P8279 Paper guide assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
53P8295 Sensor, output expander pass thru - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
53P8296 Belt, 160 gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
53P8297 Arm assembly, belt idler - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
53P8298 Pulley, drive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
53P8299 Spring, belt tensioner - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
53P8300 Shaft assembly, lower, also order parts packet 53P8359 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
53P8301 Shaft assembly, exit, also order parts packet 53P8359 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
53P8320 Sensor, dual bin full - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
53P8321 Spring, swing arm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
53P8330 Retainer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8338 Spring, output tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43, 7-45
53P8359 Shaft bearing, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43, 7-45
53P8411 Shaft assembly, middle 40T, also order parts packet 53P8359 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
53P8413 Board, output expander DC motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
53P8477 Ethernet blank shield, use with non-network system boards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
53P8512 Diverter arm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
53P8513 Spring clutch assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
53P8534 Roller asm, rear access door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8535 Drive asm, main DC drive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8536 32 ppm drive gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49, 7-57
53P8537 Cable asm, lower autoconnect - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8538 Cable asm, upper autoconnect - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8542 Shaft asm, drive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8543 Shaft asm, drive with gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8544 Packet, drive shaft bushing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8547 Cam, diverter actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8548 Latch, diverter actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8549 Arbor, diverter actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8550 Spring, diverter actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8551 Solenoid, diverter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8554 Cable, dual sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8555 Sensor, dual bin level - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
I-10 Service Manual
4924-xx
53P8558 Board asm, 5-bin mailbox system - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8559 Spring, diverter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8560 Sensor, 5-bin mailbox pass thru - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8589 Gear, drive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P8590 Deflector - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8591 Retainer, R-ring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
53P8592 Retainer, C-clip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49, 7-57
53P8617 Screw, board mounting, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
53P9550 Pass thru sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
53P9956 Electronics/size sensing assembly with system board - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
53P9959 Hinge - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
53P9744 Second transfer roll - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-12
53P9756 Cable, operator panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
53P9762 Transfer HVPS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-34
53P9770 Stand off - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
53P9775 Fuser top duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
53P9781 Buckler housing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9782 Bellcrank, front hold door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
53P9786 Cartridge support roller - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
53P9787 Rib housing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9791 Fuser bottom duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
53P9792 Fuser wall duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
53P9808 Spring, rear hold down - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-28
53P9809 Rear hold down bellcrank - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-28
53P9812 Machine pad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-53
53P9815 Fuser latch slide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
53P9816 Fuser latch slide spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
53P9817 #58 gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
53P9818 Duplex actuator arm assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
53P9819 Ground cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
53P9821 Top front support bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
53P9829 Front access door support - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
53P9831 Front upper pivot cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
53P9835 Spring, paper path access door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
53P9836 Left front light shield cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
53P9837 Front right light shield cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
53P9846 Side restraint - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
53P9847 Back restraint - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
53P9848 Back restraint latch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
53P9849 Tray wear clip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
53P9850 Wear strip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
53P9854 Tray bias bellcrank assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
53P9855 Tray bias spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
53P9865 Terminal, contact spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
53P9866 ITU bias spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
53P9870 Friction buckler - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9877 Frame bias spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9881 MPF support bracket spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9883 Door hinge restraint - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9884 Sensor, paper out/low - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
53P9885 MPF bracket assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9886 MPF drive gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9887 MPF drive gear shaft - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9888 MPF drive gear bushing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
53P9889 Paper size sensing link - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16
53P9890 Paper size sensing spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16
53P9891 Paper size sensing bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16
53P9892 Waste container latch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-26
53P9893 Waste container latch spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-26
4924-xx
53P9894 Tray interlock bellcrank - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21, 7-53
53P9954 Bellcrank lift spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21, 7-53
53P9895 Tray interlock bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
53P9955 Pick arm lift bellcrank - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21, 7-53
53P9899 Paper level sensing assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
53P9910 Transfer plate assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-12
53P9911 Vacuum transport belt assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
53P9912 VTB fan gap cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
53P9913 Jam access spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5, 7-11
53P9914 Redrive assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-14
53P9915 Upper door hinge - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-14
53P9916 Waste toner container - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-26
53P9924 64MB SDRAM card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33, 7-75
53P9925 Cable tie (6 in pack) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5, 7-53, 7-57
53P9926 Cable tie pad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
53P9933 Screw, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-14, 7-29, 7-34, 7-35, 7-57, 7-76
53P9934 Screws, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-10, 7-16, 7-33, 7-76
53P9935 Screws, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-6, 7-76
53P9936 Screw, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-14, 7-19, 7-20, 7-21, 7-25, 7-51, 7-55, 7-76
53P9936 Screws, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13, 7-59, 7-61
53P9937 Screw, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13, 7-76
53P9938 Guide assembly, left side - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-6
53P9939 Guide assembly, right side - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-6
53P9940 Screw, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-76
53P9941 Screw type 124, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-76
53P9942 Screw, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31, 7-34, 7-76
53P9958 Spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
53P9960 Wall support plate - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
53P9962 Paper level sensing assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
53P9963 Paper size sensing assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
53P9965 Reflector label - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
56P0159 Coax/Twinax adapter for SCS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P0167 Anchor, bracket mounting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-14
56P0168 Drive assembly, 500 option 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P0169 Screw, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
56P0174 Cable assembly, 2nd transfer voltage - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
56P0310 Cartridge contact assembly, complete, cyan/magenta/yellow - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-28, 7-40
56P0315 Punch assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0316 Staple assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0317 Staple cartridge - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0318 Box, chad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0319 Accumulator w/o stapler - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0320 Cover front door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0321 Top cover (tall finisher) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0322 Tray paper - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0323 Output tray offset motor and gear assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0324 Motor assembly elevator tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0325 Motor assembly paper feed - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0326 Flag paper full - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0327 Paper feed belt (40S3M888) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0328 Inverter transfer belt (40S3M198) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0329 Inverter D drive belt (40S3M225) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0330 Paper feed-input belt (40S3M279) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0331 Exit foam Roller drive belt (40S3M80) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0332 Accumulator paper feed belt (40S3M900) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0333 Tray elevator belt (60S6M1420) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0334 Tray elevator drive belt (170P2M4) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0335 Exit roller drive belt (40S2M264) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0336 Output tray offset drive belt (40S2M134) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
I-12 Service Manual
4924-xx
56P0337 Punch belt (40S2M176) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0338 Low voltage power supply - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0340 Communications cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65, 7-69
56P0341 Power cord - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65, 7-69
56P0342 Caster - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0343 Punch timing sensor (OJ-541-A5) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0344 Inverter timing sensor (OJ511K-A5) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0345 Punch motor homing sensor (GP1A73A) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0346 Exit timing sensor (EE-SPY415) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65, 7-67
56P0347 Jogger fence homing sensor (EE-SX460-P1-CHN) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65, 7-67
56P0348 Drop timing sensor (OS-535223-602) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0349 Accumulator homing sensor (OS-311D-A5) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0350 Paper surface sensor (EE-SX460-P1-CHN) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0351 Cover open switch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0352 Printer docking switch SS-5FL-3T(10E) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0354 Bracket finisher alignment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0355 Guide vertical paper - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0356 Pack magnet, strong and weak and door latch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0357 Actuation assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0358 Accumulator slides - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0359 Harness cable assembly H2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-69
56P0364 Harness cable assembly S1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-69
56P0368 Harness cable assembly S5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-69
56P0369 Harness cable assembly E2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-69
56P0376 Harness cable assembly E10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-69
56P0378 Harness cable assembly R1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-69
56P0379 Harness cable assembly D1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-69
56P0382 Harness cable assembly D5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67, 7-69
56P0383 Solenoid inverter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0384 Accumulator belt (hook) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0385 Solenoid drop assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P0386 Fan assembly DC motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0387 Bar tip unit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0388 Tray limit switch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0406 Bracket, front attach - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P0407 Shield, output option card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P0410 Bracket, rear attach - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
56P0418 Bracket, attach front - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
56P0421 Spring, static ground - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
56P0430 Duplex card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0434 Right side front tray guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0435 Duplex shaft mount - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0437 Duplex output sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0441 Duplex shaft assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0442 Duplex exit sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0444 F/R backup shaft assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0445 40T shaft drive F/R gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
4924-xx
56P0447 Duplex entry shaft assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0449 Support decurl guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0451 Right backup spring assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0452 Left backup spring assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0454 Wall support - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0456 Duplex support plate - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0457 Duplex support bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0458 Chassis ground spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0459 Back support - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0462 Autoconnect cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0463 DC forward/reverse motor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0464 DC duplex feed motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0465 Drive alignment shaft assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0466 Spur drive gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0467 26T duplex gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0468 Pass thru spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0470 Aligner arm spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0471 Bellcrank assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0472 Pass thru shaft assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0473 Brake pad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0474 Decurl BAC assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0475 Brake spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0476 5 mm bushing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0477 Reduction gear shaft - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0478 Aligner spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P0479 Front decurl assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0482 Pulley washer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0483 Deflector actuator assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P0490 Jumper, AC power cord - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0491 Caster, movable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0492 Caster, fixed - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0493 F adjuster - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0494 System control board - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0495 LVPS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0497 AC power outlet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0498 AC power inlet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0506 Locating pin, options rear left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0507 Locating pin, options front right - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0509 Cable, feed unit special sensors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0510 Cable, feed unit sensors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0511 Paper size sensors cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0512 Cable, elevator motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0513 Elevator motor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0514 Options autoconnect cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0515 Magnetic latch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0516 Sensor, photo interrupter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0517 Options cable mounting plate - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0518 Flag, paper size R - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0519 Flag, paper size F - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0520 Flag, paper size C - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0522 Spring, paper size flag - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0523 Paper tray arms - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0524 Paper tray guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0525 Feed unit, complete assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0526 Sensors, special optical - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0527 Bushing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0528 Feed roller - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0529 Feed cam - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0530 Spring, feed unit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
I-14 Service Manual
4924-xx
56P0531 E-clips, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0532 Bushing, 060 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0533 Spring, feed unit front - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0534 Spring, feed unit rear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0535 Clip, plastic 5W - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0536 Level sensor flag - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0539 Near empty sensor flag - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0540 Spring, extension - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0541 Tray present lever - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0542 Separation/torque roller - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0543 Cable clamp - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0544 Emitter timing wheel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0547 Elevator lift belt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0548 Elevator lift gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0549 Elevator lift - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0550 Cable, tray media level sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
56P0560 Rear ITU guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
56P0561 Paper size sensor box assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0562 Feed cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0563 Ring 7, elevator lift gear/elevator lift - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-59
56P0564 Kit, stabilizer with mounting screws - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P0566 Finisher install kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0569 Rear cover (tall finisher) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0573 Upper right side cover (tall finisher) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0574 Lower tray cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0575 Front/rear lower cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0576 Bottom kick cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0577 Lower right side cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P0578 Tray wall cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P0594 Cam, BOR front - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
56P0595 Cam, BOR rear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
56P1198 Thermistor card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
56P1277 Paper tray guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P1280 Harness cable assembly stapler - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-69
56P1285 Rear cover (short finisher) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P1286 Upper right side cover (short finisher) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P1287 Scanner plate (short finisher) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P1290 Cover wire - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-63
56P1417 16MB Flash DIMM card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1418 32MB Flash DIMM card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1427 Lexmark Forms 32MB Flash DIMM - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1428 Lexmark Forms 16MB Flash DIMM - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1429 Simplified Chinese font DIMM card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1430 Traditional Chinese font DIMM card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1431 MarkNet X2011e Ethernet 10/100BaseTX - 1 Port External Server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1432 MarkNet X2012e Ethernet 10BaseT/2 10BaseTX/10Base 2 - 1 Port External Server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1433 MarkNet X2031e Ethernet 10/100BaseTX - 3 Port External Server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1434 MarkNet X2030t Token Ring External Server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1435 External serial adapter (RS 232) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1436 RS-232 serial/interface card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1437 Adapter, parallel 1284-B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1438 Japanese font card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1471 HCOF control board assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65
56P1495 Parts packet, ITU loading - yellow - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
56P1496 Parts packet, ITU loading - cyan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
56P1497 Parts packet, ITU loading - magenta - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
56P1498 Parts packet, ITU loading - black - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
56P1500 RIP fan duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5, 7-35
56P1501 Cable, HVPS control - developer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37, 7-40
4924-xx
56P1502 Cable, HVPS control - transfer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37, 7-39
56P1503 Cable assembly - options bottom/paper size sensing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37, 7-41
56P1504 Restraint pad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
56P1506 Cable, fuser and Y cartridge motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P1507 Cable, C and M cartridge motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P1508 Cable, ITU and K cartridge motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P1509 Fuser fan assembly with cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35, 7-37
56P1513 ITU light shield assembly (autoconnect) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-22, 7-37
56P1514 LVPS, 115V/230V - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31, 7-37
56P1517 System board outer shield - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
56P1518 System board shield assembly with clips - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
56P1524 Paper out sensor MPF - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15, 7-19
56P1526 Pick assembly 500-tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
56P1532 Lower rear door latch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-14
56P1533 Lower front door latch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-14
56P1536 Motor assembly, Lift/BOR - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27, 7-37
56P1538 RIP fan, 92 mm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35, 7-37
56P1539 Cable, options - stacker - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-37
56P1540 Printhead interlock cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-22, 7-37
56P1542 Cable, pick motor extension and paper level sensing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21, 7-37
56P1543 INA blank flat shield, use when options are not installed - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
56P1545 Cable ground - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
56P1547 Cable clip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
56P1548 Cable, laser - black/magenta - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P1549 Cable, laser - cyan/yellow - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P1550 Cable, oiler motor driver - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P1551 VTB fan, 60 mm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35, 7-37
56P1555 110 V web oiler upgrade kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-17
56P1558 Web oiler driver board assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
56P1561 Cartridge contact assembly, complete black - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-28, 7-40
56P1563 Card assembly - fuser drive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-10
56P1564 System board shield support with clips - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16, 7-33
56P1565 Black terminal contact assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25, 7-39
56P1566 Magenta terminal contact assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25, 7-39
56P1567 Cyan terminal contact assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25, 7-39
56P1568 Yellow terminal contact assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25, 7-39
56P1570 Deflector follower assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P1571 Plate, 500 support assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P1572 ITU coupler retract lever - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-22
56P1741 MarkNet Token-Ring Print Internal Server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P1742 MarkNet N2101e Ethernet 10/100BaseTX Internal Server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P2100 Cable assembly, S2/XPAR/NMS/MPF (with sensors) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
56P2101 Sensor, S2/NMS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
56P2174 Cable, S2/XPAR/NMS/MPF (without sensors) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15, 7-37
56P2175 Sensor transparency reflective (XPAR) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
56P2176 Grounding spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P2194 Nip relief handle - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
56P2204 Redrive belt 300 T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-14
56P2216 Shield, door spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2218 Detent, front access door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2219 Housing, front access door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2220 Parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2223 512MB SDRAM card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P2231 Korean font card assembly card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P2236 Shield, parallel port - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
56P2246 Detent spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2248 ImageQuick card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
I-16 Service Manual
4924-xx
56P2290 Fuser lift duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2291 Redrive belt cover duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2292 Printhead spacer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
56P2294 Accumulator drive belt (B30S2M334) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-65, 7-67
56P2295 Jogger fence belt (B40S2M460) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-67
56P2296 Card assembly, printhead diagnostic aid - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
56P2297 Card assembly, bar code - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
56P2298 PRESCRIBE card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P2299 PrintCryption card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P2484 Belt, transfer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P2489 Label, top paper jam, Infoprint 1464 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2505 Label, top paper jam, Infoprint 1454 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2800 Blank, TLI/SN label - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2801 Printhead assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13, 7-37
56P2802 Fuser drive assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-10
56P2803 Cartridge drive assembly, cyan/magenta/black - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
56P2804 Cartridge drive assembly, yellow - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
56P2805 ITU motor drive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
56P2806 ITU drive motor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
56P2807 Front lower left cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2808 Paper path access door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2809 Left upper pivot cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2810 Right front cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2811 Front lower right cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2812 Cover, left lower - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2813 Right rear cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2814 Left lower pivot cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2815 Waste container door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2816 Handle, front access door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2819 Left upper cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2820 Redrive cap cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-47
56P2821 Top cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2822 Front right handle cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2823 Front left handle cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2824 Rear cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2825 MP feeder door cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2826 Frame bias latch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2827 Frame bias latch cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2828 Sensor mount bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2829 MPF cable cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2830 MPF door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2831 MPF support bracket cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2832 MPF autocompensator pick assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2833 MPF support bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
56P2834 500-Sheet tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-20, 7-51
56P2835 Lower access jam door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
56P2836 Redrive door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-14
56P2837 Lower right door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3, 7-14
56P2838 250 output flag and retainer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2841 System board, network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
56P2842 Operator panel bezel with overlays, Infoprint 1454 only - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2844 Operator panel assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2847 ITU assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-22
56P2848 ITU maintenance kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-4
56P2849 500 option deflector - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P2850 500-Sheet tray option, complete - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-51
56P2851 Fuser assembly, 115 V 500W - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
56P2852 Fuser assembly, 220 V 500W - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
56P2853 Fuser assembly, 100V 500W (Japan) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
4924-xx
56P2854 Fuser assembly, web oiler 100 V 500W (Japan) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
56P2855 Fuser assembly, web oiler 115V 500W - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
56P2856 Fuser assembly, web oiler 220 V 500W - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
56P2857 Registration motor assembly with cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P2857 Kit, staging drive assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
56P2858 500 base assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P2859 Cover, frame - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P2860 Duplex option, complete - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P2861 Duplex front jam tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P2862 Right jam clearance tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P2863 Back cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P2864 Upper rib assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-57
56P2865 Duplex paper guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P2866 Sensor mount plate - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P2867 Paper guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P2868 500-Sheet option tray pick assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P2869 Base door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-53
56P2870 Output expander, complete - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2871 Cover, front control board - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2872 Cover, front - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
56P2873 Rear cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2874 Cover, rear support - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2875 Deflector, upper redrive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2876 Level sensor bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2877 Flag, output paper level - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2878 Latch, output tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43, 7-45
56P2879 Tray, output expander - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2880 5-Bin mailbox, complete - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2881 Latch, access door front - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2882 Cover, top bin - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2883 Flag, bin full - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2884 Bracket asm, bail attach - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2885 Tray, paper cap - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2886 Cover, right side - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2887 Rear structural cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2888 Cover, left side - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2889 Door, front - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2890 Envelope option (complete) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
56P2891 Envelope tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-71
56P2892 Outdoor media drawer assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-72
56P2893 Outdoor media tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-72
56P2894 Banner input assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-73
56P2897 Developer HVPS board - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-34
56P2898 Redrive bearing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-55
56P2899 Frame assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
56P2901 Front cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P2902 Cover, main CA - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P2903 Right side cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P2904 Left side cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P2905 Rear cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P2906 Upper left side jam cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-61
56P2910 Maintenance kit 115V fuser - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-4
56P2916 Door assembly, right jam access - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
56P2917 Output expander assembly, mechanical linkage - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2918 Right cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2919 ESD brush cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2930 Cover, right - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
I-18 Service Manual
4924-xx
56P2931 Latch, access door rear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2932 Support, paper tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2933 Deflector, paper top bin - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
56P2934 Deflector, paper - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
56P2935 Flag, bin full - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2936 Frame asm, right side - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
56P2937 Cover, wire - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2938 Deflector, paper exit w/brush - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49
56P2939 Stop asm, paper tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2940 Bail, order P/N 56P2940, 5-bin mailbox asm kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2940 Kit, 5-bin mailbox asm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2941 Frame asm, left w/clutch asm - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-47
56P2942 Toroids, parts packet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P2943 Kit, multi-bin stacker - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
56P2950 Front cover assembly (1464 only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2951 Front cover assembly (1454 only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
56P2952 US media size sensing card assembly, Infoprint 1464 only - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16
56P2953 US media size sensing card assembly, Infoprint 1454 only - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16
56P2955 Non-US media size sensing card assembly, Infoprint 1464 only - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16
56P2956 Non-US media size sensing card assembly, Infoprint 1454 only - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-16
56P3090 Card assembly IPDS/SCS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P9910 128MB SDRAM card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33, 7-75
56P9911 256MB SDRAM card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P9926 Lexmark Optra Forms Software - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P9927 Lexmark Forms Director Software - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P9932 Lexmark Forms hard drive, 5GB or larger w/adapter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P9942 Hard Drive Mounting Kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
56P9982 Hard Disk, 20GB with/Adapter (formatted) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-75
53P7716 Kit, relocation package assembly output expander - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-76
53P7717 Kit, relocation package assembly 5-bin mailbox - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-76
53P7718 Kit, relocation package assembly 500 drawer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-76
53P7719 Kit, relocation package assembly duplex - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-76
7370595 Kit, relocation package assembly finisher - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-76
7371549 Kit, relocation package assembly printer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-76
75P5958 Pick roll tires - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21, 7-53
99A0462 Grease packet, IBM #23 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-49

IBM Infoprint Color 1454, 1464 Parts List, Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IBM Infoprint Color 1454, 1464 Parts List, Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

IBM Infoprint Color 1454, 1464 Parts List, Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IBM

Infoprint Color 1454, 1464

You might also like